# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2021, 2022.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.38-rc2\n"
+"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.38-rc4\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: util-linux@vger.kernel.org\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2022-03-16 17:43+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-06 18:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-03-17 11:29+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Ukrainian <trans-uk@lists.fedoraproject.org>\n"
"Language: uk\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 20.12.0\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 3 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n"
-"%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=n==1 ? 3 : n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2;\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3
-msgid ""
-"For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-"
-"linux/issues."
-msgstr ""
-"Для звітування щодо вад скористайтеся системою стеження за вадами — https://"
-"github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."
+msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."
+msgstr "Для звітування щодо вад скористайтеся системою стеження за вадами — https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5
-msgid ""
-"The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) "
-"functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file"
+msgstr "Розфарбовування виведених даних реалізовано у можливості *terminal-colors.d*(5). Неявне розфарбовування може бути вимкнено спорожненням файла"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n"
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_"
-msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/cal.disable*\n"
+msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{команда}.disable_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9
msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "для команди *{команда}* або для усіх інструментів"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
-msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_"
+msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/"
-"terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting."
+msgstr "Специфічні для користувача _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ або _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ мають пріоритет над загальними параметрами."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17
-msgid ""
-"Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this "
-"case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet."
+msgstr "Зауважте, що можна типово увімкнути розфарбовування виведених даних і у цьому випадку каталоги _terminal-colors.d_ не повинні існувати."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4
-msgid ""
-"The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version "
-"{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/"
-"utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
-msgstr ""
-"Бібліотека *{lib}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, починаючи з версії "
-"{firstversion}. Її можна отримати з https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/"
-"util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]."
+msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
+msgstr "Бібліотека *{lib}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, починаючи з версії {firstversion}. Її можна отримати з https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4
-msgid ""
-"The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be "
-"downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
-"Kernel Archive]."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма *{command}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, який можна отримати з "
-"https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]."
+msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]."
+msgstr "Програма *{command}* є частиною пакунка util-linux, який можна отримати з https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[архіву ядра Linux]."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7
-msgid ""
-"By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are "
-"in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in "
-"order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of "
-"them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K"
-"\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part "
-"of these abbreviations."
+msgid "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part of these abbreviations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6
-msgid ""
-"For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *."
-"po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
-msgstr ""
-"Дані авторів цього перекладу можна дізнатися із заголовка відповідного файла "
-"*.po на сайті проєкту перекладу GNU: http://translationproject.org/domain/"
-"util-linux-man.html"
+msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
+msgstr "Дані авторів цього перекладу можна дізнатися із заголовка відповідного файла *.po на сайті проєкту перекладу GNU: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html"
#. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your
#. translation team.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../man-common/translation.adoc:12
msgid "Report man page translation bugs to: <%1>"
-msgstr ""
-"Про помилки у перекладі сторінки підручника слід повідомляти сюди: <%1>"
+msgstr "Про помилки у перекладі сторінки підручника слід повідомляти сюди: <%1>"
#. addpart.8 -- man page for addpart
#. Copyright 2007 Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:17 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:16
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:41
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:41
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17
-#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26
-#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11
-#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9
-#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10
-#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26
-#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12
-#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15
-#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15
-#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9
-#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20
-#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9
-#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11
-#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11
-#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10
-#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34
-#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11
-#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34
-#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9
-#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9
-#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44
-#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10
-#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44
-#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46
-#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43
-#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45
-#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46
-#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43
-#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:43
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:41
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:41 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:41
+#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:17
+#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:13
+#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:11 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:11
+#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:9 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:9
+#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:10 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:28
+#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:26 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:43
+#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:12 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:47
+#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:11
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:10 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:10
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:14
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:43 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:43
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:15
+#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:20 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:11
+#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:9 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:11
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:13
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:11 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:43
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:11 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:34
+#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:10 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:33
+#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:34
+#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:43
+#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:14
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:14 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:40
+#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:15
+#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:43
+#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:11 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:9
+#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:9 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:9
+#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:9 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:43
+#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:10
+#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:10 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:16
+#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:46
+#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:44
+#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:43
+#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:45 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:10
+#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:46 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:10
+#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:43 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:43
#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME"
msgstr "НАЗВА"
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:21 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:20
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:45
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:45
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21
-#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30
-#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15
-#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13
-#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14
-#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30
-#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16
-#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19
-#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19
-#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13
-#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24
-#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13
-#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15
-#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15
-#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14
-#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39
-#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15
-#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38
-#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13
-#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13
-#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48
-#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14
-#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48
-#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48
-#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47
-#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50
-#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47
-#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:47
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:45
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:45 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:45
+#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:21
+#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:17
+#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:15 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:15
+#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:13 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:13
+#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:14 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:32
+#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:30 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:47
+#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:16 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:51
+#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:15
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:14 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:14
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:18
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:47 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:47
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:19
+#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:24 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:15
+#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:13 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:15
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:17
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:15 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:47
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:15 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:38
+#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:14 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:37
+#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:38
+#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:47
+#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:21
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:18
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:18 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:44
+#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:19
+#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:47
+#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:15 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:38 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:13
+#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:13 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:13
+#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:13 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:47
+#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:48 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:14
+#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:14 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:20
+#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:50
+#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:48 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:47
+#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:14
+#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:50 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:14
+#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:47 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:47
#, no-wrap
msgid "SYNOPSIS"
msgstr "КОРОТКИЙ ОПИС"
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:25 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:26
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:49 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:51
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:51
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25
-#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36
-#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19
-#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17
-#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18
-#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34
-#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26
-#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23
-#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23
-#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51
-#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17
-#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28
-#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17
-#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19
-#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24
-#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24
-#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45
-#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19
-#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22
-#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19
-#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25 ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21
-#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19
-#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19
-#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46
-#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17
-#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17
-#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52
-#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18
-#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52
-#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54
-#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51
-#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53
-#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54
-#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51
-#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:58
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:52
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:51 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:53
+#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:25 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:25
+#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:36 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:21
+#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:19 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:19
+#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:17 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:19
+#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:18 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:36
+#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:53
+#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:26 ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:57
+#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:19
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:22 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:22
+#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:23 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:25
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:51
+#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:23
+#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:19
+#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:17 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:19
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:21 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:21
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:19 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:51
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:24 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:44
+#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:24 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:43
+#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:21
+#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:23
+#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:46
+#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:51
+#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:25
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:24
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:39
+#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:60
+#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:25
+#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:51
+#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:21 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:19
+#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:19 ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:17
+#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:17 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:31
+#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:17 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:51
+#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:18
+#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:18 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:24
+#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:52 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:52
+#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:52
+#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:51
+#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:53 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:18
+#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:54 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:18
+#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:51 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "DESCRIPTION"
msgstr "ОПИС"
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:28
msgid "This command doesn't manipulate partitions on a block device."
-msgstr ""
-"Цю команду не призначено для керування розділами на блоковому пристрої."
+msgstr "Цю команду не призначено для керування розділами на блоковому пристрої."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:29
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:48 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:56
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:59
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:63
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73
-#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124
-#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131
-#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67
-#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145
-#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72
-#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53
-#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235
-#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107
-#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240 ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440
-#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108 ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54
-#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:100
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103
-#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:138 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91
-#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:109 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126
-#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58
-#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76
-#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51
-#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:183
-#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86
-#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53
-#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:83
-#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49
-#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88
-#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103
-#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566
-#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137
-#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135
-#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78
-#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:90
-#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44
-#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47
-#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:262
-#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95
-#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75
-#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167
-#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81 ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80
-#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123 ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92
-#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67 ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194
-#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195
-#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142 ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61
-#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:84
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:70
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:63 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:67
+#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:73 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:55
+#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:161
+#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:38
+#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:67 ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:129
+#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:145 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:75
+#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:72 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:179
+#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:53 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:67
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:235 ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:151
+#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:107 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:240
+#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:101 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:168
+#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:440 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:108
+#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:54 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:71
+#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:81
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:66 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:68
+#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:103 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:138
+#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:91 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:109
+#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:126 ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:54
+#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:108
+#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:76 ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:81
+#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:51 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:47
+#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:183 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:117
+#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:125
+#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:135
+#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:83 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:373
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:68
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:88 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:118
+#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:106
+#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:75
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1566 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:65
+#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:137 ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:63
+#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:135 ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:92
+#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:78 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:130
+#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:114
+#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:44 ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:164
+#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:176
+#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:262 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:100
+#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:95 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:161
+#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:75 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:95
+#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:167 ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:81
+#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:80 ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:123
+#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:92 ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:67
+#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:194 ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:22
+#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:195 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:142
+#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:61 ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:80
#, no-wrap
msgid "SEE ALSO"
msgstr "ТАКОЖ ПЕРЕГЛЯНЬТЕ"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18
msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line"
-msgstr ""
-"blockdev — викликати керування введенням-виведенням блокового пристрою з "
-"командного рядка"
+msgstr "blockdev — викликати керування введенням-виведенням блокового пристрою з командного рядка"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the "
-"command line."
-msgstr ""
-"За допомогою програми blockdev можна викликати керування введенням-"
-"виведенням блокового пристрою з командного рядка."
+msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line."
+msgstr "За допомогою програми blockdev можна викликати керування введенням-виведенням блокового пристрою з командного рядка."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple "
-"devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ "
-"are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
-msgstr ""
-"Вивести звіт щодо вказаного пристрою. Можна вказувати декілька пристроїв. "
-"Якщо не вказано жодного пристрою, буде показано усі пристрої, які є у _/proc/"
-"partitions_. Зауважте, що значення StartSec розділу задається у 512-байтових "
-"секторах."
+msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors."
+msgstr "Вивести звіт щодо вказаного пристрою. Можна вказувати декілька пристроїв. Якщо не вказано жодного пристрою, буде показано усі пристрої, які є у _/proc/partitions_. Зауважте, що значення StartSec розділу задається у 512-байтових секторах."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. "
-"It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for "
-"example) by filesystem driver on mount."
-msgstr ""
-"Вивести розмір блоку у байтах. Цей розмір не описує топологію пристрою. Це "
-"розмір, який використовується ядром на внутрішньому рівні, його може бути "
-"змінено (наприклад) драйвером файлової системи при монтуванні."
+msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount."
+msgstr "Вивести розмір блоку у байтах. Цей розмір не описує топологію пристрою. Це розмір, який використовується ядром на внутрішньому рівні, його може бути змінено (наприклад) драйвером файлової системи при монтуванні."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62
msgid "Get filesystem readahead in 512-byte sectors."
-msgstr ""
-"Отримати стан режиму попереднього читання для файлової системи у 512-"
-"байтових секторах."
+msgstr "Отримати стан режиму попереднього читання для файлової системи у 512-байтових секторах."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:80
msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise."
-msgstr ""
-"Отримати стан режиму лише читання. Виводить 1, якщо пристрій призначено лише "
-"для читання, і 0 в інших випадках."
+msgstr "Отримати стан режиму лише читання. Виводить 1, якщо пристрій призначено лише для читання, і 0 в інших випадках."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:81
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* "
-"option."
-msgstr ""
-"Вивести розмір пристрою (32-бітовий!) у секторах. Вважається застарілим. "
-"Замість нього слід використовувати параметр *--getsz*."
+msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option."
+msgstr "Вивести розмір пристрою (32-бітовий!) у секторах. Вважається застарілим. Замість нього слід використовувати параметр *--getsz*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file "
-"descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only "
-"persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once "
-"*blockdev* exits."
-msgstr ""
-"Встановити розмір блоку. Зауважте, що розмір блоку є специфічним для "
-"поточного дескриптора файла, що відкриває блоковий пристрій, тому зміна "
-"розміру блоку зберігається лише протягом часу, коли *blockdev* тримає "
-"пристрій відкритим — його буде втрачено одразу після завершення роботи "
-"*blockdev*."
+msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits."
+msgstr "Встановити розмір блоку. Зауважте, що розмір блоку є специфічним для поточного дескриптора файла, що відкриває блоковий пристрій, тому зміна розміру блоку зберігається лише протягом часу, коли *blockdev* тримає пристрій відкритим — його буде втрачено одразу після завершення роботи *blockdev*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:99
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:101
msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)."
-msgstr ""
-"Встановити для файлової системи режим попереднього читання (те саме, що і *--"
-"setra* у ядрах 2.6)."
+msgstr "Встановити для файлової системи режим попереднього читання (те саме, що і *--setra* у ядрах 2.6)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:102
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected "
-"by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode "
-"will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
-msgstr ""
-"Встановити режим лише читання. Можливо, ця зміна не вплине на поточний "
-"активний доступ до пристрою. Наприклад, не буде змінено режим доступу до "
-"файлової системи, яку вже змонтовано у режимі читання-запису. Зміну буде "
-"застосовано після повторного монтування."
+msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount."
+msgstr "Встановити режим лише читання. Можливо, ця зміна не вплине на поточний активний доступ до пристрою. Наприклад, не буде змінено режим доступу до файлової системи, яку вже змонтовано у режимі читання-запису. Зміну буде застосовано після повторного монтування."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:44 ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:46
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:55
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:59
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63 ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69
-#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51 ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120
-#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126
-#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34 ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63
-#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70 ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71
-#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49
-#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231
-#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236
-#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435
-#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104 ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65
-#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64
-#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99 ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133
-#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86 ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100
-#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54
-#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68
-#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47 ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43
-#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177 ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113
-#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81 ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116
-#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:79
-#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383 ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45
-#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59
-#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154
-#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101
-#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68
-#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562
-#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132
-#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131 ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72
-#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:84
-#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110 ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40
-#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:257
-#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95
-#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62
-#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:80
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:55 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:66
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:59 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:63
+#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:51
+#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120 ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:157
+#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:126 ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:34
+#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:63 ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:70
+#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:71 ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:175
+#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:49 ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:63
+#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:231 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:100
+#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:236 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:163
+#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:435 ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:104
+#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:65 ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:62
+#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:64 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:99
+#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:133 ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:86
+#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:100 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:122
+#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:103
+#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:47
+#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:177
+#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:113 ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:81
+#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:116 ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:49
+#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:79 ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:383
+#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:45 ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:84
+#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:59 ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:114
+#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:154 ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:97
+#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:45
+#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:71
+#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1562 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:61
+#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:132 ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:131
+#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:72 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:122
+#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:84 ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:110
+#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:41
+#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:257 ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:68
+#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:95 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:325
+#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:62 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:79
+#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:187
#, no-wrap
msgid "AUTHORS"
msgstr "АВТОРИ"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-"
-"friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Зауважте, що *cfdisk* надає у ваше розпорядження базові функціональні "
-"можливості із поділу на розділи із зручним для користування інтерфейсом. "
-"Якщо вам потрібні додаткові можливості, скористайтеся *fdisk*(8)."
+msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead."
+msgstr "Зауважте, що *cfdisk* надає у ваше розпорядження базові функціональні можливості із поділу на розділи із зручним для користування інтерфейсом. Якщо вам потрібні додаткові можливості, скористайтеся *fdisk*(8)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be "
-"unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using "
-"the write command."
-msgstr ""
-"Усі зміни міток диска буде збережено лише у пам'яті. Зміни не вноситимуться, "
-"доки ви не вирішите записати їх. Будьте обережні з використанням команди "
-"запису."
+msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command."
+msgstr "Усі зміни міток диска буде збережено лише у пам'яті. Зміни не вноситимуться, доки ви не вирішите записати їх. Будьте обережні з використанням команди запису."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
-"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
-"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
-"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* передбачено підтримку міток дисків MBR "
-"(DOS), GPT, SUN та SGI, але більше не передбачено жодних функціональних "
-"можливостей для адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-"
-"сектор). CHS ніколи не була важливою для Linux, і ця концепція адресування "
-"немає жодного сенсу для нових пристрої."
+msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
+msgstr "Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* передбачено підтримку міток дисків MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN та SGI, але більше не передбачено жодних функціональних можливостей для адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор). CHS ніколи не була важливою для Linux, і ця концепція адресування немає жодного сенсу для нових пристрої."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any "
-"more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and "
-"*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
-msgstr ""
-"Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* також усунено команду print. Відповідні "
-"функціональні можливості надаються програмами *partx*(8) і *lsblk*(8) у "
-"комфортніший і повніший спосіб."
+msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way."
+msgstr "Починаючи з версії 2.25, у *cfdisk* також усунено команду print. Відповідні функціональні можливості надаються програмами *partx*(8) і *lsblk*(8) у комфортніший і повніший спосіб."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Якщо ви хочете вилучити стару таблицю розділів з пристрою, скористайтеся "
-"*wipefs*(8)."
+msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)."
+msgstr "Якщо ви хочете вилучити стару таблицю розділів з пристрою, скористайтеся *wipefs*(8)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* "
-#| "or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. "
-#| "The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
-#| "output. See also the COLORS section."
-msgid ""
-"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
-"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
-"colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* "
-"output. See also the *COLORS* section."
-msgstr ""
-"Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може "
-"бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, "
-"типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із "
-"поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою "
-"виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ КОЛЬОРИ."
+msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
+msgstr "Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ *КОЛЬОРИ*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:66
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:57
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional "
-#| "argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the "
-#| "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option "
-#| "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not "
-#| "to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with "
-#| "udevd or other tools."
-msgid ""
-"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
-"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
-"is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment "
-"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
-"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other "
-"tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним "
-"керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 "
-"і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде "
-"*\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. "
-"Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати "
-"конфліктів із udevd або іншими програмами."
+msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other tools."
+msgstr "Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде *\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати конфліктів із *systemd-udevd*(8) або іншими програмами."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:89
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero "
-"the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program "
-"without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to "
-"create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible "
-"script."
-msgstr ""
-"Розпочати із заповненою нулями у пам'яті таблицею розділів. Використання "
-"цього параметра не занулює таблицю розділів на диску; замість цього, його "
-"використання просто запускає програму без читання наявної таблиці розділів. "
-"За допомогою цього параметра можна створити нову таблицю розділів з нуля або "
-"на основі сумісного з *sfdisk*(8) скрипту."
+msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script."
+msgstr "Розпочати із заповненою нулями у пам'яті таблицею розділів. Використання цього параметра не занулює таблицю розділів на диску; замість цього, його використання просто запускає програму без читання наявної таблиці розділів. За допомогою цього параметра можна створити нову таблицю розділів з нуля або на основі сумісного з *sfdisk*(8) скрипту."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key "
-"(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the "
-"available commands:"
-msgstr ""
-"Команди *cfdisk* можна вводити натисканням відповідної клавіші (натискання "
-"_Enter_ після команди не є обов'язковим). Ось список доступних команд:"
+msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:"
+msgstr "Команди *cfdisk* можна вводити натисканням відповідної клавіші (натискання _Enter_ після команди не є обов'язковим). Ось список доступних команд:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select "
-"which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be "
-"available for all partition label types."
-msgstr ""
-"Перемкнути прапорець придатності до завантаження для поточного розділу. "
-"Уможливлює вибір основного розділу на диску, який буде придатним до "
-"завантаження. Ця команда доступна не для усіх типів міток розділів."
+msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types."
+msgstr "Перемкнути прапорець придатності до завантаження для поточного розділу. Уможливлює вибір основного розділу на диску, який буде придатним до завантаження. Ця команда доступна не для усіх типів міток розділів."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into "
-"free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the "
-"current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as "
-"unusable cannot be deleted."
-msgstr ""
-"Вилучити поточний розділ. У результаті поточний розділ буде перетворено на "
-"вільне місце і об'єднано із вільним місцем, яке безпосереднього оточує "
-"поточний розділ. Розділ, який вже позначено як вільний або непридатний до "
-"використання, не може бути вилучено."
+msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted."
+msgstr "Вилучити поточний розділ. У результаті поточний розділ буде перетворено на вільне місце і об'єднано із вільним місцем, яке безпосереднього оточує поточний розділ. Розділ, який вже позначено як вільний або непридатний до використання, не може бути вилучено."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
-"size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the "
-"entire available free space at the current position."
-msgstr ""
-"Створити розділ з вільного місця. *cfdisk* надішле запит щодо розміру "
-"розділу, який ви хочете створити. Типовим є розмір, який дорівнює усьому "
-"доступному вільному місцю у поточній позиції."
+msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position."
+msgstr "Створити розділ з вільного місця. *cfdisk* надішле запит щодо розміру розділу, який ви хочете створити. Типовим є розмір, який дорівнює усьому доступному вільному місцю у поточній позиції."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
-"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is "
-"optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
-msgstr ""
-"За розміром можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо "
-"для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад "
-"«K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)."
+msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
+msgstr "За розміром можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад «K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the "
-"disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Вийти з програми. У результаті роботу програми буде завершено без запису "
-"даних на диск."
+msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk."
+msgstr "Вийти з програми. У результаті роботу програми буде завершено без запису даних на диск."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the "
-"new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition "
-"marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
-msgstr ""
-"Зменшити або збільшити поточний розділ. *cfdisk* попросить вас вказати новий "
-"розмір розділу. Типовим розміром є поточний розмір. Розміни розділу, який "
-"позначено як вільне місце або як непридатний до використання, не можна "
-"змінювати."
+msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized."
+msgstr "Зменшити або збільшити поточний розділ. *cfdisk* попросить вас вказати новий розмір розділу. Типовим розміром є поточний розмір. Розміни розділу, який позначено як вільне місце або як непридатний до використання, не можна змінювати."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and "
-"adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no "
-"longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
-msgstr ""
-"Упорядкувати розділи за зростанням значення початкового сектора. При "
-"вилученні і додаванні розділів, ймовірно, що нумерація розділів не буде "
-"відповідати їхньому порядку на диску. Ця команда відновлює таку "
-"відповідність."
+msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match."
+msgstr "Упорядкувати розділи за зростанням значення початкового сектора. При вилученні і додаванні розділів, ймовірно, що нумерація розділів не буде відповідати їхньому порядку на диску. Ця команда відновлює таку відповідність."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:47
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ "
-"partitions."
-msgstr ""
-"Змінити тип розділу. Типово, нові розділи буде створено як розділи _Linux_."
+msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions."
+msgstr "Змінити тип розділу. Типово, нові розділи буде створено як розділи _Linux_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script "
-#| "file."
-msgid ""
-"Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible "
-"script file."
-msgstr ""
-"Створити дамп поточного таблиці розділів у пам'яті до сумісного з sfdisk "
-"файла скрипту."
+msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible script file."
+msgstr "Створити дамп поточного таблиці розділів у пам'яті до сумісного з **sfdisk**(8) файла скрипту."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and "
-"other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) та "
-"іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з "
-"*sfdisk*(8)."
+msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
+msgstr "Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) та іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з *sfdisk*(8)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no "
-"partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* "
-"command-line option."
-msgstr ""
-"Також можна завантажити скрипт sfdisk до *cfdisk*, якщо на пристрої немає "
-"таблиці розділів або ви запускаєте *cfdisk* із параметром командного рядка "
-"*--zero*."
+msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option."
+msgstr "Також можна завантажити скрипт sfdisk до *cfdisk*, якщо на пристрої немає таблиці розділів або ви запускаєте *cfdisk* із параметром командного рядка *--zero*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since "
-"this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the "
-"write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the "
-"partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition "
-"table from the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Записати таблицю розділів на диск (вам слід ввести літеру W верхнього "
-"регістру). Оскільки у результаті може бути знищення даних на диску, вам слід "
-"або підтвердити або відмовити у записі введенням слова `yes' (так) або "
-"`no' (ні). Якщо вами буде введено `yes', *cfdisk* запише таблицю розділів на "
-"диск, а потім накаже ядру повторно прочитати таблицю розділів з диска."
+msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk."
+msgstr "Записати таблицю розділів на диск (вам слід ввести літеру W верхнього регістру). Оскільки у результаті може бути знищення даних на диску, вам слід або підтвердити або відмовити у записі введенням слова `yes' (так) або `no' (ні). Якщо вами буде введено `yes', *cfdisk* запише таблицю розділів на диск, а потім накаже ядру повторно прочитати таблицю розділів з диска."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case "
-"you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using "
-"*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
-msgstr ""
-"Повторне читання таблиці розділів не завжди працює. У таких випадках вам "
-"слід повідомити ядро щодо нових розділів за допомогою *partprobe*(8) або "
-"*partx*(8) чи перезавантаження системи."
+msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system."
+msgstr "Повторне читання таблиці розділів не завжди працює. У таких випадках вам слід повідомити ядро щодо нових розділів за допомогою *partprobe*(8) або *partx*(8) чи перезавантаження системи."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more "
-"partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next "
-"(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) "
-"partition displayed on the screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Пересунути курсор на попередній або наступний розділ. Якщо розділів більше, "
-"ніж може бути показано на екрані, ви можете перейти до наступного "
-"(попереднього) набору розділів пересуванням нижче (вище) за останній "
-"(перший) розділ, який показано на екрані."
+msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen."
+msgstr "Пересунути курсор на попередній або наступний розділ. Якщо розділів більше, ніж може бути показано на екрані, ви можете перейти до наступного (попереднього) набору розділів пересуванням нижче (вище) за останній (перший) розділ, який показано на екрані."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the "
-"currently selected item."
-msgstr ""
-"Вибрати попередній або наступний пункт меню. Натискання _Enter_ призведе до "
-"виконання поточного позначеного пункту."
+msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item."
+msgstr "Вибрати попередній або наступний пункт меню. Натискання _Enter_ призведе до виконання поточного позначеного пункту."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters "
-"(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the "
-"_Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
-msgstr ""
-"Усі команди може бути введено літерами верхнього чи нижнього регістру (окрім "
-"**W** для запису). У підменю або у відповідь на запит ви можете натиснути "
-"клавішу _Esc_ для повернення до основного меню."
+msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu."
+msgstr "Усі команди може бути введено літерами верхнього чи нижнього регістру (окрім **W** для запису). У підменю або у відповідь на запит ви можете натиснути клавішу _Esc_ для повернення до основного меню."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135
msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
-msgstr ""
-"використати символи візуального доповнення. Потребує вмикання "
-"*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
+msgstr "використати символи візуального доповнення. Потребує вмикання *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:88
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:411 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more "
-"details."
-msgstr ""
-"використати виключне блокування BSD. Режимом може бути «1» або «0». Див. *--"
-"lock*, щоб дізнатися більше."
+msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details."
+msgstr "використати виключне блокування BSD. Режимом може бути «1» або «0». Див. *--lock*, щоб дізнатися більше."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:444
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from "
-"mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
-msgstr ""
-"Поточну реалізацію *cfdisk* засновано на початковому коді *cfdisk*, автором "
-"якого є mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
+msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
+msgstr "Поточну реалізацію *cfdisk* засновано на початковому коді *cfdisk*, автором якого є mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work "
-"with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format "
-"has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load "
-"the disk parameters."
-msgstr ""
-"Типові пристрої для дискет, _/dev/fd0_ і _/dev/fd1_, не працюватимуть з "
-"*fdformat*, якщо використовується нестандартний формат або якщо формат не "
-"було автоматично виявлено раніше. Якщо ви маєте справу з одним з цих "
-"випадків, скористайтеся *setfdprm*(8) для завантаження параметрів дискети."
+msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters."
+msgstr "Типові пристрої для дискет, _/dev/fd0_ і _/dev/fd1_, не працюватимуть з *fdformat*, якщо використовується нестандартний формат або якщо формат не було автоматично виявлено раніше. Якщо ви маєте справу з одним з цих випадків, скористайтеся *setfdprm*(8) для завантаження параметрів дискети."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60
msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)."
-msgstr ""
-"Спробувати виправити доріжки з помилками, виявлені під час перевірки (до N "
-"повторів)."
+msgstr "Спробувати виправити доріжки з помилками, виявлені під час перевірки (до N повторів)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) "
-"instead."
-msgstr ""
-"Ця програма не працює із пристроями USB для дискет. Скористайтеся замість "
-"неї *ufiformat*(8)."
+msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead."
+msgstr "Ця програма не працює із пристроями USB для дискет. Скористайтеся замість неї *ufiformat*(8)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called "
-"_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually "
-"found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk "
-"slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Блокові пристрої можна поділити на один або декілька логічних дисків, які "
-"називаються _розділами_. Цей поділ записують до _таблиці розділів_, яка, "
-"зазвичай, починається у секторі 0 диска. (У світі BSD це називається «зрізи "
-"диска» або «мітка диска».)"
+msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)"
+msgstr "Блокові пристрої можна поділити на один або декілька логічних дисків, які називаються _розділами_. Цей поділ записують до _таблиці розділів_, яка, зазвичай, починається у секторі 0 диска. (У світі BSD це називається «зрізи диска» або «мітка диска».)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. "
-"*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an "
-"alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea "
-"to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last "
-"partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,"
-"G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
-msgstr ""
-"Типово, поділ на розділи є керованим обмеженнями введення-виведення пристрою "
-"(топологією). *fdisk* може оптимізувати компонування диска для розміру "
-"сектора у 4 кБ і використовувати зсув вирівнювання на сучасних пристроях для "
-"MBR і GPT. Завжди варто використовувати типові значення *fdisk* (наприклад, "
-"перший і останній сектори розділу), а розміри розділів, які вказано у "
-"позначеннях {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...}, завжди вирівнюються відповідно до "
-"властивостей пристрою."
+msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties."
+msgstr "Типово, поділ на розділи є керованим обмеженнями введення-виведення пристрою (топологією). *fdisk* може оптимізувати компонування диска для розміру сектора у 4 кБ і використовувати зсув вирівнювання на сучасних пристроях для MBR і GPT. Завжди варто використовувати типові значення *fdisk* (наприклад, перший і останній сектори розділу), а розміри розділів, які вказано у позначеннях {plus}/-<size>{M,G,...}, завжди вирівнюються відповідно до властивостей пристрою."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. "
-"Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H "
-"<n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
-msgstr ""
-"Адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор) вважається "
-"застарілим і типово не використовуються. Будь ласка, не користуйтеся "
-"застарілими статтями і рекомендаціями, де радять *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* для "
-"SSD або пристроями із секторами з розміром 4 кБ."
+msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices."
+msgstr "Адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор) вважається застарілим і типово не використовуються. Будь ласка, не користуйтеся застарілими статтями і рекомендаціями, де радять *fdisk -S <n> -H <n>* для SSD або пристроями із секторами з розміром 4 кБ."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk "
-"layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in "
-"the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should "
-"always be backward compatible."
+msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and "
-"4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old "
-"kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* "
-"differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes "
-"both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
+msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to _sectorsize_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk "
-"label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
+msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS "
-"mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without "
-"the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional "
-"_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the "
-"correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
+msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
-"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
-"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
-"output. See also the *COLORS* section."
-msgstr ""
-"Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може "
-"бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, "
-"типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із "
-"поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою "
-"виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ КОЛЬОРИ."
+msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section."
+msgstr "Розфарбувати виведені дані. Значенням додаткового аргументу _варіант_ може бути *auto*, *never* або *always*. Якщо аргумент _варіант_ пропущено, типовим значенням вважається *auto*. Розфарбовування можна вимкнути. Із поточним вбудованим типовим значенням можна ознайомитися за допомогою виведення команди з параметром *--help*. Див. також розділ КОЛЬОРИ."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if "
-"this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which "
-"they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/"
-"partitions_."
+msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The "
-"partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', "
-"'g', etc.)."
+msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:50 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
-"supported columns."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option "
-"is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
+msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable "
-"support for all other types."
+msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. "
-"The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is "
-"possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default "
-"is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the "
-"*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-"
-"u=**__cylinders__'."
+msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-u=**__cylinders__'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody "
-"would want to do so."
+msgid "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of "
-"course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 "
-"and 16."
+msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical "
-"number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable "
-"value is 63."
+msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
-"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
-"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
-"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all "
-"cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new "
-"partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
+msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
-"partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can "
-"be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default "
-"is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode "
-"and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are "
-"reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also "
-"*wipefs*(8) command."
+msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers "
-"to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the "
-"Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference "
-"between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ "
-"(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
+msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For "
-"example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the "
-"system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/"
-"devices.txt_ file)."
+msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of "
-"sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
+msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to "
-"the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is "
-"interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the "
-"partition)."
+msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120
-msgid ""
-"In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed "
-"by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, "
-"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\"."
+msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124
-msgid ""
-"The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
-"{plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
+msgid "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-<size>{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126
-msgid ""
-"For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, "
-"MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes "
-"are deprecated."
+msgid "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132
-msgid ""
-"And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to "
-"the script file by command 'O'."
+msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* "
-"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
-msgstr ""
-"Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* та "
-"іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з "
-"*sfdisk*(8)."
+msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)."
+msgstr "Файли скриптів є сумісними одразу з *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* та іншими програмами libfdisk. Докладніші відомості можна знайти у підручнику з *sfdisk*(8)."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139
-msgid ""
-"GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-"
-"bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and "
-"an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is "
-"usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
+msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141
-msgid ""
-"Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the "
-"GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-"
-"recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
+msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a "
-"UEFI boot loader."
+msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. "
-"In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called "
-"`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding "
-"logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each "
-"preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, "
-"present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting "
-"from 5."
+msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148
-msgid ""
-"In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each "
-"partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in "
-"32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}"
-"6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 "
-"TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled "
-"only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. "
-"And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that "
-"are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux "
-"never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be "
-"unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
+msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154
-msgid ""
-"A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be "
-"a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its "
-"first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy "
-"the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS "
-"partition."
+msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157
-msgid ""
-"An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which "
-"should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled "
-"`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i."
-"e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The "
-"remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory "
-"entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not "
-"change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the "
-"partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/"
-"SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
+msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159
-msgid ""
-"A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from "
-"disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
+msgid "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165
-msgid ""
-"The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of "
-"the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable "
-"than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to "
-"clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size "
-"change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U "
-"flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
+msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size "
-"of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the "
-"first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the "
-"partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition "
-"table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux "
-"so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command "
-"*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of "
-"the partition."
+msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171
-msgid ""
-"Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the "
-"only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other "
-"operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another "
-"operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at "
-"the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required "
-"for good cooperation with other systems."
+msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173
-msgid ""
-"Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check "
-"is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the "
-"physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each "
-"partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first "
-"partition)."
+msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175
-msgid ""
-"Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a "
-"cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions "
-"beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is "
-"unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
+msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177
-msgid ""
-"For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table "
-"program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK "
-"program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) "
-"programs."
+msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:209 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:204
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:156
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
msgid "use visible padding characters."
-msgstr ""
-"використати символи візуального доповнення. Потребує вмикання "
-"*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*."
+msgstr "використати символи візуального доповнення."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217
msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
+msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219
-msgid ""
-"The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and "
-"others."
+msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is "
-"not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ "
-"serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
+msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
+msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-"
-"wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
+msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
-"checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific "
-"checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is "
-"undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
+msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
+msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for "
-"whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means "
-"that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when "
-"more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored "
-"when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not "
-"lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or "
-"DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
+msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/<diskname>.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics "
-"include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the "
-"elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck "
-"run. For example:"
+msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the "
-"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine "
-"parsable format. For example:"
+msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking "
-"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: "
-"*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run "
-"in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, "
-"if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if "
-"you do not.)"
+msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is "
-"specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ "
-"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. "
-"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a "
-"negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those "
-"filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the "
-"filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those "
-"listed filesystems will be checked."
+msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They "
-"must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is "
-"present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount "
-"options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is "
-"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not "
-"have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be "
-"checked."
+msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed "
-"in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
+msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon "
-"an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of "
-"*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified "
-"as an argument to the *-t* option."
+msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/"
-"etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be "
-"deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-"
-"t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is "
-"not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
+msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one "
-"run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization "
-"file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
+msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is "
-"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order "
-"specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. "
-"Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at "
-"all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be "
-"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being "
-"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, "
-"*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid "
-"running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
+msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root "
-"filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems "
-"to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically "
-"run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System "
-"administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to "
-"avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for "
-"example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive "
-"paging is a concern."
+msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently "
-"only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem "
-"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI "
-"front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress "
-"bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
+msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted "
-"filesystems."
+msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the "
-"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if "
-"the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might "
-"be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't "
-"want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is "
-"really the right solution)."
+msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. "
-"(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-"
-"write.)"
+msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
-"executed."
+msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123
-msgid ""
-"These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be "
-"able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
+msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-"
-"specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
+msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated "
-"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something "
-"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. "
-"If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it "
-"doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're "
-"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. "
-"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
+msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment "
-"variables:"
+msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the "
-"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems "
-"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-"
-"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) "
-"Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
+msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137
-msgid ""
-"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem "
-"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which "
-"have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem "
-"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on "
-"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can "
-"be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may "
-"attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run "
-"based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
+msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the "
-"standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers "
-"who are testing *fsck*."
+msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158
msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:172
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at "
-"creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
+msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the "
-"_file_ to _directory_."
+msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be "
-"used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. "
-"Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
+msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print "
-"\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before "
-"exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
+msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to "
-"answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be "
-"extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
+msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking "
-"is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
+msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most "
-"commonly seen in normal usage."
+msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super "
-"block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* "
-"will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
+msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was "
-"mounted"
+msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:"
-"faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:"
-"greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of "
-"mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. "
-"Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund."
-"de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. "
-"Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
+msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained "
-"in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e."
-"g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it "
-"will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a "
-"large number (>> 4 GB)."
+msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses "
-"the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
+msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is "
-"the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the "
-"block size then the shown value will be the block count."
+msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be "
-"marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason "
-"for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the "
-"end of an iso9660 image."
+msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem "
-"builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-"
-"specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. "
-"Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
+msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default "
-"filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
+msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
+msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are "
-"executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any "
-"filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
+msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only "
-"parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
+msgid "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-"
-"specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically "
-"detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
+msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
-"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. "
-"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
+msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
+msgstr "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the "
-"ext2 filesystem."
+msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in "
-"blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
+msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is "
-"specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on "
-"the size of the partition."
+msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when "
-"something went wrong."
+msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow "
-"random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a "
-"terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file "
-"systems."
+msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random "
-"write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships "
-"with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
+msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the "
-"file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
+msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to "
-"generate a compressed filesystem out of."
+msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
+msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
+msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry "
-"sorting."
+msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not "
-"enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
+msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in "
-"blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size "
-"will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 "
-"and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
+msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are "
-"found, the count is printed."
+msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--namelength* _length_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _довжина_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable "
-"values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only "
-"value 60. The default is 30."
+msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block "
-"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
+msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:60
msgid "Make a Minix version 1 filesystem. This is the default."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Створити файлову систему Minix версії 1. Це типовий варіант."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:61
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:66
msgid "Make a Minix version 3 filesystem."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Створити файлову систему Minix версії 3."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69
msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Довгий варіант параметра не можна поєднувати із іншими параметрами."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/"
-"sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition "
-"IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type "
-"82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also "
-"uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
+msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards "
-"compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte "
-"blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. "
-"Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
+msgid "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start "
-"using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be "
-"taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
+msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label "
-"can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to "
-"use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
+msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk "
-"label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
+msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating "
-"the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
+msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap "
-"area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
+msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on "
-"a device with a partition table."
+msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The warning messages."
msgid "Suppress output and warning messages."
-msgstr "Повідомлення попереджень."
+msgstr "Придушити виведення даних і повідомлень із попередженнями."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:33
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:331
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-L*, *--label* _label_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _мітка_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:58
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pagesize* _size_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _розмір_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually "
-"unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
+msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:61 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of "
-"the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: "
-"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one "
-"of the following:"
+msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-C*, *--clear*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*clear*"
-msgstr "*-C*, *--clear*"
+msgstr "*clear*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:68
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-r*, *--random*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*random*"
-msgstr "*-r*, *--random*"
+msgstr "*random*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the "
-"old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The "
-"kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The "
-"new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
+msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about "
-"detected problems during swap area set up."
+msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the "
-"kernel version."
+msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area "
-"header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap "
-"device is ignored."
+msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the "
-"file _/proc/swaps_."
+msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up "
-"with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
+msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up with *getconf PAGESIZE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before "
-"initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
+msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* "
-"(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
+msgid "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19
-msgid ""
-"partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk "
-"partitions"
+msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and "
-"list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions "
-"from its bookkeeping."
+msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To "
-"force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list "
-"nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
+msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove "
-"non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with "
-"large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the "
-"device."
+msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This "
-"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly "
-"written scripts."
+msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format "
-"__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for "
-"example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the "
-"last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
+msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. "
-"If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--"
-"help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined "
-"with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
+msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with "
-"the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
+msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
+msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/"
-"sda_."
+msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:127
msgid "Removes the last partition on _/dev/sdd_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вилучає останній розділ на _/dev/sdd_."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132
msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
+msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:18
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<blockdev>_\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*raw* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_ _/dev/<блоковий_пристрій>_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:20
#, no-wrap
msgid "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*raw* *-q* _/dev/raw/raw<N>_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:22
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which "
-"is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with "
-"the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
+msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, "
-"just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not "
-"behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw "
-"device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done "
-"directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If "
-"the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at "
-"all is required to complete the I/O."
+msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few "
-"extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in "
-"memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be "
-"an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must "
-"also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 "
-"bytes for most devices."
+msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a "
-"new one."
+msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, "
-"such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
+msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the "
-"blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes "
-"usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages "
-"(*EINVAL*)."
+msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device "
-"buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer "
-"cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the "
-"actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as "
-"either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
+msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39
msgid "The new length of the partition (in 512-byte sectors)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Нова довжина розділу (у 512-байтових секторах)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:50
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:27
msgid "sfdisk - display or manipulate a disk partition table"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sfdisk — показ або керування таблицею розділів диска"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:31
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:33
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_\n"
-msgstr "*sfdisk* [параметри] _команда_]\n"
+msgstr "*sfdisk* [параметри] _команда_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk "
-"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-"
-"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this "
-"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices."
+msgstr "Починаючи з версії 2.26, у *sfdisk* передбачено підтримку міток дисків MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN та SGI, але більше не передбачено жодних функціональних можливостей для адресування CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector або циліндр-голівка-сектор). CHS ніколи не була важливою для Linux, і ця концепція адресування немає жодного сенсу для нових пристрої."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify "
-"partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all "
-"partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then "
-"to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default "
-"behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify "
-"offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows "
-"specified numbers without any optimization."
+msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition "
-"number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if "
-"*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
+msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired "
-"partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition "
-"table according to the specification. See below for the description of the "
-"input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an "
-"interactive session."
+msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the "
-"partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the "
-"partition are not modified."
+msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For "
-"example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used "
-"partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values "
-"from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused "
-"partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
+msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the "
-"bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may "
-"be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on "
-"all partitions."
+msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is "
-"detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
+msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an "
-"enabled flag."
+msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*--source* _device_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*--backup-pt-sectors* _device_"
-msgstr "*--source* _пристрій_"
+msgstr "*--backup-pt-sectors* _пристрій_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See "
-"the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
+msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to "
-"*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
+msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward "
-"compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same "
-"meaning as this one."
+msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not "
-"able to use JSON as input format."
+msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be "
-"used together with *--verify*."
+msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, "
-"then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a "
-"comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, "
-"the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently "
-"supported attribute bits are:"
+msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. "
-"The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the "
-"contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform "
-"to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is "
-"removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
+msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read "
-"from it."
+msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the "
-"UEFI specification."
+msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on "
-"the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, "
-"61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to "
-"disable automount."
+msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then "
-"print the current partition label."
+msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the "
-"current partition type."
+msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. "
-"\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the "
-"options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
+msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the "
-"current partition UUID."
+msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current "
-"identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
+msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124
-msgid ""
-"List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. "
-"This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
+msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified "
-"by *--label*."
+msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133
-msgid ""
-"Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT "
-"header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
+msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136
-msgid ""
-"Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
+msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138
-msgid ""
-"Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard "
-"requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools "
-"can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
+msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
+msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not "
-"the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in "
-"the partition table."
+msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148
-msgid ""
-"Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the "
-"partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>."
-"bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section "
-"*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
+msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157
-msgid ""
-"Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux "
-"(and other modern operating systems) is the default."
+msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166
-msgid ""
-"Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is "
-"in use."
+msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169
-msgid ""
-"Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended "
-"together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified "
-"partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
+msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172
-msgid ""
-"Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset "
-"are always appended to the file name."
+msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175
-msgid ""
-"Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning "
-"of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has "
-"to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option "
-"requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
+msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177
-msgid ""
-"The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains "
-"information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word "
-"\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ "
-"for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
+msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-<devname>.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179
-msgid ""
-"Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup "
-"your data!*"
+msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183
-msgid ""
-"In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before "
-"the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the "
-"next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), "
-"and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original "
-"sdc1 will become sdc2)."
+msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188
-msgid ""
-"Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new "
-"location by *--move-data*."
+msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:193
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:200
-msgid ""
-"Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not "
-"supported when using the *--show-size* command."
+msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203
-msgid ""
-"Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not "
-"given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no "
-"label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the "
-"current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header "
-"line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk "
-"label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
+msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: <name>\" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206
-msgid ""
-"Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist "
-"already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on "
-"devices with GPT."
+msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209
-msgid ""
-"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in "
-"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, "
-"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, "
-"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the "
-"old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new "
-"partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also "
-"does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the "
-"*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are "
-"reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See "
-"also the *wipefs*(8) command."
+msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212
-msgid ""
-"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created "
-"partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be "
-"*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is "
-"*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and "
-"after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by "
-"warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) "
-"command."
+msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:226
-msgid ""
-"The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the "
-"partition table. The header-line format is:"
+msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:237
-msgid ""
-"Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number "
-"(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
+msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245
-msgid ""
-"Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The "
-"default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not "
-"modify this variable if you're not sure."
+msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247
-msgid ""
-"Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when "
-"*sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device "
-"specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
+msgid "Specify sector size. This header is informative only and it is not used when *sfdisk* creates a new partition table, in this case the real device specific value is always used and sector size from the dump is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:249
-msgid ""
-"Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition "
-"is specified in the input."
+msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:259
-msgid ""
-"Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon "
-"possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. "
-"Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a "
-"field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when "
-"the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each "
-"field is its previous value."
+msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:261
-msgid ""
-"The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned "
-"according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first "
-"partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
-"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted "
-"as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single "
-"partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move "
-"start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
+msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:264
-msgid ""
-"The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until "
-"the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default "
-"interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one "
-"of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) "
-"then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it "
-"is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used "
-"instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note "
-"'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; "
-"existing partitions will be resized as required."
+msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:266
-msgid ""
-"The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is "
-"optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to "
-"use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated "
-"shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* "
-"tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in "
-"partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) "
-"it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
+msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:268
-msgid ""
-"Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to "
-"shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
+msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270
-msgid ""
-"Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the "
-"case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in "
-"the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
+msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:275
-msgid ""
-"Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
+msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278
-msgid ""
-"swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
+msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281
-msgid ""
-"MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is "
-"deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
+msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287
-msgid ""
-"EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-"
-"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
+msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:290
-msgid ""
-"Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
+msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297
-msgid ""
-"The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour "
-"of 'Ex'."
+msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:300
-msgid ""
-"_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. "
-"The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has "
-"been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and "
-"for other operating systems."
+msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:304
-msgid ""
-"This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying "
-"additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format "
-"to keep your scripts more readable."
+msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310
-msgid ""
-"The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from "
-"the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This "
-"functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
+msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:312
-msgid ""
-"The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition "
-"name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the "
-"same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
+msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the same way as *Unnamed-fields format*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:314
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The currently recognized headers are:"
msgid "The currently supported fields are:"
-msgstr "У поточній версії розпізнаваними заголовками є такі:"
+msgstr "У поточній версії поточними підтримуваними полями є такі:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:315
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:317
-msgid ""
-"The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The "
-"default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is "
-"followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB "
-"and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
+msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320
-msgid ""
-"Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the "
-"multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then "
-"it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to "
-"device I/O limits."
+msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326
-msgid ""
-"Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-"
-"attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
+msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:335
-msgid ""
-"A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT "
-"partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type="
-"\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format "
-"for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same "
-"meaning."
+msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345
-msgid ""
-"creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this "
-"feature."
+msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:349
-msgid ""
-"It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two "
-"ways."
+msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:354
-msgid ""
-"Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a "
-"text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For "
-"example:"
+msgid "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:366
-msgid ""
-"If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition "
-"table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the "
-"sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the "
-"backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files "
-"contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
+msgid "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk-<device>-<offset>.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:369
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
-msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+msgstr "*sfdisk --backup-pt-sectors /dev/sda*\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:372
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:379
-msgid ""
-"It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup "
-"immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup "
-"partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
+msgid "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:381
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
-msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+msgstr "*sfdisk --backup --delete /dev/sda*\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:385
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387
-msgid ""
-"Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to "
-"restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
+msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:401
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
-msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all"
+msgstr "*SFDISK_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:403
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:415
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* "
-"option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --"
-"rereadpt* instead."
+msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:417
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-"
-"extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--"
-"sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
+msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:420
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
-msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+msgstr "*sfdisk --list --label-nested=mbr /dev/sda*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:422
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425
-msgid ""
-"Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first "
-"two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on "
-"the device."
+msgid "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:432
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
-msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+msgstr "*sfdisk --part-type /dev/sdc 3 swap*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:434
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:435
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
-msgstr "*sfdisk --backup /dev/sda*\n"
+msgstr "*sfdisk --delete /dev/sdc 2*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:437
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Reread partition table"
msgid "Delete 2nd partition."
-msgstr "Ð\9fеÑ\80еÑ\87иÑ\82аÑ\82и Ñ\82аблиÑ\86Ñ\8e Ñ\80оздÑ\96лÑ\96в"
+msgstr "Ð\92илÑ\83Ñ\87иÑ\82и дÑ\80Ñ\83гий Ñ\80оздÑ\96л."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:438
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:440
-msgid ""
-"Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space "
-"before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the "
-"partition, and move partition data too."
+msgid "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the partition, and move partition data too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446
-msgid ""
-"The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from "
-"Andries E. Brouwer."
+msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will "
-"simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
+msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the "
-"appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap "
-"creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the "
-"label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
+msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most "
-"16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* "
-"will truncate it and print a warning message."
+msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard "
-"8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
+msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when "
-"coloring output."
+msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is "
-"specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
+msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The "
-"terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is "
-"used for all unspecified terminals."
+msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the "
-"utility, the default format is described below."
+msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the "
-"more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has "
-"less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those "
-"files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
+msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The "
-"names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the "
-"*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
+msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape "
-"sequences."
+msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
-"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
-"magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
+msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by "
-"semicolons. The most common codes are:"
+msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-"
-"escaped notation can be used:"
+msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
"|*\\^* |Caret (^)\n"
"|*\\#* |Hash mark (#)\n"
msgstr ""
+"|*\\a* |Гудок (ASCII 7)\n"
+"|*\\b* |Backspace (ASCII 8)\n"
+"|*\\e* |Escape (ASCII 27)\n"
+"|*\\f* |Заповнення форми (ASCII 12)\n"
+"|*\\n* |Новий рядок (ASCII 10)\n"
+"|*\\r* |Повернення каретки (ASCII 13)\n"
+"|*\\t* |Табуляція (ASCII 9)\n"
+"|*\\v* |Вертикальна табуляція (ASCII 11)\n"
+"|*\\?* |Delete (ASCII 127)\n"
+"|*\\_* |Пробіл\n"
+"|*\\\\* |Зворотна похила риска (\\)\n"
+"|*\\^* |Каре (^)\n"
+"|*\\#* |Позначка решітки (#)\n"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, "
-"or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as "
-"the first character."
+msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120
-msgid ""
-"For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of "
-"*dmesg*(1), use:"
+msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*echo 'alert 37;41' >> /etc/terminal-colors.d/dmesg.scheme*\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:125
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128
-msgid ""
-"Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any "
-"other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
+msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:131
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
-msgstr "TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG=all"
+msgstr "*TERMINAL_COLORS_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:110
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-"
-"linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see "
-"the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
+msgid "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility."
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their "
-"content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information "
-"such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A "
-"common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-"
-"coding specific block device names into configuration files."
+msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information "
-"about partitions and block device topology."
+msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in "
-"a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the "
-"user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise "
-"not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other "
-"than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/"
-"id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the "
-"environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
+msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, "
-"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you "
-"are not able to read the block device directly)."
+msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/"
-"UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information "
-"from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
+msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or read information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly "
-"recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and "
-"the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
+msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until "
-"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some "
-"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the "
-"use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
+msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
-"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config "
-"file see *blkid*(8) man page."
+msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:48
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:48
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:50
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:48
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:48 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:48
#, no-wrap
msgid "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
msgstr "*#include <uuid.h>*\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may "
-"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs "
-"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) "
-"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
+msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique "
-"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for "
-"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers "
-"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
+msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:223
#, no-wrap
msgid "CONFORMING TO"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ВІДПОВІДНІСТЬ"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based "
-"UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/"
-"rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:58
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:62
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83 ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69 ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62
-#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:83
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:69
+#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:62 ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:66
msgid "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
msgstr "Theodore Y. Ts'o"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable "
-"_uu_ to the NULL value."
+msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ "
-"and _uu2_ to each other."
+msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is "
-"found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater "
-"than _uu2_."
+msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, "
-"uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
+msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier "
-"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from "
-"*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not "
-"available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which "
-"uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and "
-"random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
+msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID "
-"format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in "
-"which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use "
-"of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs "
-"generated in this fashion."
+msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative "
-"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if "
-"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate "
-"UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak "
-"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause "
-"privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function "
-"only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not "
-"available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently "
-"running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if "
-"the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or "
-"the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the "
-"process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If "
-"neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is "
-"theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the "
-"same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, "
-"use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
+msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to "
-"*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether "
-"any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
+msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 "
-"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the "
-"universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be "
-"considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among "
-"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an "
-"MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing "
-"the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 "
-"UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by "
-"_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been "
-"generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
+msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID "
-"variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 "
-"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
+msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the "
-"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form "
-"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-"
-"%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
+msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only "
-"range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
+msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is "
-"stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
+msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs "
-"V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
+msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-"
-"based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only "
-"encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably "
-"expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the "
-"*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may "
-"or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
+msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT "
-"(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was "
-"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the "
-"location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
+msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the "
-"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the "
-"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the "
-"character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by "
-"*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-"
-"dependent local default."
+msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions "
-"*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
+msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. "
-"If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive "
-"mode."
+msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can "
-"enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field "
-"unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
+msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and "
-"Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that "
-"also the Full Name is changeable."
+msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, "
-"r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, "
-"*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
+msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. "
-"This is the default."
+msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:68 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:50
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command "
-"syntax was not valid."
+msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in "
-"the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be "
-"configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
+msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually "
-"control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched "
-"through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then "
-"terminate."
+msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus "
-"*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was "
-"created."
+msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--"
-"dns* option."
+msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote "
-"host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back "
-"into a hostname."
+msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--"
-"file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files "
-"will be processed."
+msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using "
-"the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
+msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e."
-"g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option "
-"is often combined with *--until*."
+msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, "
-"or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ "
-"is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The "
-"_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format "
-"contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are "
-"investigated outside of the system."
+msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
+msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs "
-"information in these files if they are present. This is a local "
-"configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created "
-"with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
+msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or "
-"file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
+msgid "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or file with zeros is not interpreted as an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is "
-"disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password "
-"failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is "
-"severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
+msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted "
-"for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be "
-"provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to "
-"*passwd*(1) for more information."
+msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/"
-"passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, "
-"only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the "
-"system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The "
-"environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *"
-"$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the "
-"password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for "
-"normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
-"usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
+msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it "
-"will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment "
-"variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
+msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/"
-"etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified "
-"in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as "
-"described below."
+msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This "
-"disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and "
-"message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login "
-"time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
+msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the "
-"*getty*(8) autologin feature."
+msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote "
-"host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the "
-"superuser is allowed use this option."
+msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The "
-"standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is "
-"_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/"
-"etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
+msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that "
-"printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also "
-"*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
+msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and "
-"directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory "
-"then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from "
-"the directory."
+msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the "
-"*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of "
-"the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided "
-"by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
+msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like "
-"pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is "
-"displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and "
-"use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in "
-"system tools."
+msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the "
-"first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this "
-"case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more "
-"compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
+msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: "
-"prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default "
-"value is _no_."
+msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value "
-"is _3_."
+msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, "
-"but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
+msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login "
-"failure. The default value is _5_."
+msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group "
-"is used."
+msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. "
-"If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set "
-"to the user's primary group."
+msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group "
-"identifier."
+msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login "
-"sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, "
-"then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in "
-"the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will "
-"be enabled for all users."
+msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the "
-"file exists in the user's home directory."
+msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/."
-"hushlogin_."
+msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
+msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home "
-"directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if "
-"it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is "
-"_yes_."
+msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As "
-"higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and "
-"authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ "
-"file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means "
-"that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default "
-"value is _ULONG_MAX_."
+msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The "
-"default value is _no_."
+msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters "
-"their password instead of their login name."
+msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a "
-"regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136
-msgid ""
-"If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the "
-"superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/"
-"usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150
-msgid ""
-"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
-"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
-"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
-msgstr ""
-"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/"
-"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/"
-"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
+msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
+msgstr "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154
-msgid ""
-"The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by "
-"some *rlogind*(8) programs."
+msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:156
-msgid ""
-"A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer "
-"works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for "
-"security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any "
-"possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. "
-"If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by "
-"*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be "
-"avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
+msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:160
-msgid ""
-"Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] "
-"for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. "
-"Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ "
-"and output the desired data."
+msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available "
-"details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is "
-"different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as "
-"an error."
+msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too."
+msgstr "Обов'язкові аргументи для довгих параметрів також є обов'язковими для коротких параметрів."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Display data about the date of last password change and the account "
-"expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
+msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be "
-"specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are "
-"ignored."
+msgid "Only show data of users belonging to _groups_. More than one group may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown group names are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the "
-"primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., "
-"in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses "
-"the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used "
-"at all."
+msgid "Note that the relation between user and group may be invisible for the primary group if the user is not explicitly specified as group member (e.g., in _/etc/group_). If the command *lslogins* scans for groups then it uses the groups database only, and the user database with primary GID is not used at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
+msgid "Display data containing information about the users' last login sessions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or "
-"user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-"
-"separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
+msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be "
-"extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported "
-"columns."
+msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between "
-"101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody "
-"(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters "
-"*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
+msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters *SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time "
-"format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
+msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 "
-"(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). "
-"This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX "
-"in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
+msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:98
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*y-*, *--shell*"
-msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
+msgstr "*y-*, *--shell*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
-"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. "
-"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in "
-"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
-"this behavior by *--shell*."
+msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first "
-"appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
+msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:137
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:14
msgid "newgrp - log in to a new group"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "newgrp — вхід до нової групи"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:18
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "newgrp [_group_]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*newgrp* [_group_]\n"
-msgstr "newgrp [_група_]"
+msgstr "*newgrp* [_група_]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:22
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau."
-"dk[Peter Orbaek]."
+msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to "
-"the user instead of the default message."
+msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use "
-"the *setpriv*(1) command."
+msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive "
-"shell as _root_."
+msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current "
-"directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* "
-"(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version "
-"of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
+msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final "
-"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
-"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
+msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
-"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
+msgid "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the "
-"shell."
+msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
+msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user "
-"only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary "
-"group if the option *--group* is not specified."
+msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
+msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables "
-"specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
+msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, "
-"and *PATH*"
+msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
+msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
-"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
-"session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and "
-"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
-"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ "
-"*--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works "
-"as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
+msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ *--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
-"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | "
-"runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is "
-"disabled to avoid messy output."
+msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
-"*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
+msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is "
-"selected according to the following rules, in order:"
+msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-"
-"environment* option is used"
+msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
-"shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables "
-"are ignored unless the calling user is root."
+msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:78 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated "
-"_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored "
-"for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
+msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value "
-"is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes "
-"precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/"
-"usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
-"specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
+msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:96 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
-"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--"
-"login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
+msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:128
-msgid ""
-"This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on "
-"an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by "
-"Dan Walsh."
+msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23
-msgid ""
-"When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an "
-"interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional "
-"__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
+msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current "
-"directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus "
-"*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to "
-"always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side "
-"effects caused by mixing environments."
+msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session "
-"management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, "
-"such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
+msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final "
-"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--"
-"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
+msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, "
-"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
+msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
+msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified "
-"by *--whitelist-environment*"
+msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or "
-"*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
+msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides "
-"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original "
-"session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and "
-"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session "
-"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-"
-"c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as "
-"a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
+msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard "
-"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --"
-"pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid "
-"messy output."
+msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-"
-"environment* option is used"
+msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/"
-"shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are "
-"ignored unless the calling user is root."
+msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its "
-"child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child "
-"is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of "
-"delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
+msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a "
-"non-negative integer."
+msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default "
-"value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
+msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not "
-"specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
+msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:136
-msgid ""
-"For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ "
-"file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can "
-"be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use "
-"the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in "
-"attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ "
-"file as well. For example by:"
+msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an "
-"implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been "
-"refactored by Karel Zak."
+msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal "
-"startup):"
+msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is "
-"required."
+msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the "
-"prompt, the system will continue to boot."
+msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via "
-"*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the "
-"password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is "
-"locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* "
-"will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
+msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected "
-"against unauthorized access."
+msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a "
-"login shell."
+msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, "
-"*sulogin* will wait forever."
+msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
+msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may "
-"become incompatible in future."
+msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) "
-"timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp "
-"format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be "
-"made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift "
-"amount of timezone offset."
+msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files "
-"strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal "
-"use, but for debugging only."
+msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* "
-"and *vigr*:"
+msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the "
-"default editor *vi*(1)."
+msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-"
-"Linux 2.6."
+msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are "
-"available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux "
-"Kernel Archive]"
+msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]"
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the "
-"*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., "
-"filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes "
-"(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID "
-"fields)."
+msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It "
-"is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If "
-"none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/"
-"proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
+msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing "
-"result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-"
-"level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in "
-"this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview "
-"and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
+msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
-"suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, "
-"EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning "
-"as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, "
-"TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see "
-"the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start "
-"with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not "
-"necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
+msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are "
-"encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* "
-"output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
+msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-"
-"level probing mode."
+msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which "
-"no longer exist."
+msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions "
-"to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is "
-"\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
+msgid "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is \"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output "
-"format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the "
-"*--probe* option."
+msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the "
-"*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the "
-"specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is "
-"returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below "
-"note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device "
-"Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is "
-"not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search "
-"parameter."
+msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in "
-"*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils "
-"(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple "
-"devices."
+msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--"
-"list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method "
-"is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a "
-"setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not "
-"reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option "
-"works on systems with and without udev."
+msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option "
-"as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t "
-"LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
+msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
-"superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to "
-"specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
+msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is "
-"only useful together with *--probe*."
+msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and "
-"devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
+msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is "
-"unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
+msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--"
-"label* and *--uuid* options"
+msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the "
-"keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified "
-"to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and "
-"valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with "
-"'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe "
-"chars."
+msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are "
-"detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions "
-"including empty partitions."
+msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output "
-"format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are "
-"requested."
+msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all "
-"potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
+msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-O*, *--offset* _offset_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-O*, *--offset* _відступ_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be "
-"used together with the *--info* option."
+msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table "
-"type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced "
-"by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it "
-"may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example "
-"PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
+msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:123
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _мітка_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is "
-"possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, "
-"then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just "
-"refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no "
-"other options."
+msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:126 ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--size* _size_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _розмір_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:128
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value "
-"_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ "
-"include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on "
-"the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the "
-"specified devices are searched."
+msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of "
-"\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and "
-"other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types "
-"which should be ignored. For example:"
+msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142
-msgid ""
-"probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful "
-"together with *--probe*."
+msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see "
-"the *--label* option."
+msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151
-msgid ""
-"If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--"
-"match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about "
-"the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* "
-"filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
+msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153
-msgid ""
-"If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be "
-"identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device "
-"identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
+msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157
-msgid ""
-"If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-"
-"p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
+msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161
-msgid ""
-"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden "
-"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the "
-"libblkid library:"
+msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the libblkid library:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164
-msgid ""
-"Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink "
-"does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. "
-"Default is \"yes\"."
+msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be "
-"overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/"
-"blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
+msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170
-msgid ""
-"Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library "
-"supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be "
-"specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" "
-"method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all "
-"block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
+msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an "
-"abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
+msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are "
-"nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the "
-"frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with "
-"solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was "
-"introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* "
-"uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian "
-"calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 "
-"days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with "
-"solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which "
-"the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
+msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar "
-"may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
+msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
+msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not "
-"affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
+msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal "
-"days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the "
-"Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--"
-"reform* option."
+msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian "
-"calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions "
-"that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) "
-"date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This "
-"option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the "
-"POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar "
-"system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
+msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. "
-"Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar "
-"dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can "
-"be:"
+msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when "
-"the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
+msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special "
-"placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; "
-"meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is "
-"called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar "
-"system's creation use extrapolated values."
+msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation "
-"of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic "
-"Gregorian calendar."
+msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder "
-"sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all "
-"calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
+msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* "
-"section for more details."
+msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* section for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:126
-msgid ""
-"Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: "
-"*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
+msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to "
-"the current locales."
+msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be "
-"used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" "
-"refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
+msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:133
-msgid ""
-"The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" "
-"is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. "
-"Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the "
-"current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. "
-"Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be "
-"suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week "
-"ago')."
+msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:140
-msgid ""
-"Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted "
-"if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, "
-"the current month's calendar is displayed."
+msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the "
-"locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
+msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it "
-"is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 "
-"January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 "
-"standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number "
-"1."
+msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:156
-msgid ""
-"The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar "
-"reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including "
-"its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
+msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158
-msgid ""
-"Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, "
-"or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
+msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
-"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
-"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a "
-"stable output is required."
+msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
-"currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if "
-"_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
+msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-"
-"escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example "
-"for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
+msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for "
-"example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
+msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on "
-"stdout."
+msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for "
-"example by"
+msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem "
-"label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows "
-"*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint "
-"(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are "
-"not specified."
+msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then "
-"*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
+msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by "
-"default."
+msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
-"one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* "
-"provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all "
-"devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another "
-"tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
+msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths "
-"and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
+msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:51
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*undelete*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*--deleted*"
-msgstr "*undelete*"
+msgstr "*--deleted*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
+msgid "Print filesystems where target (mountpoint) is marked as deleted by kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,"
-"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use "
-"*--all* to print all filesystems."
+msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding "
-"device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same "
-"tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is "
-"SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices "
-"where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ "
-"only."
+msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--"
-"kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, "
-"then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
+msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. "
-"This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by "
-"kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
+msgid "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by kernel (see also *--mtab*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if "
-"the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the "
-"option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option "
-"*-F*) is specified."
+msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
+msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--"
-"tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
+msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/"
-"proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-"
-"like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) "
-"command."
+msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc/<tid>/mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified "
-"in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in "
-"effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a "
-"leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can "
-"used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can "
-"be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
+msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the "
-"currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if "
-"the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
+msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are "
-"not included."
+msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
-"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
+msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: "
-"mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a "
-"comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
+msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--"
-"timeout* or *--first-only* options."
+msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the "
-"mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original "
-"information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
+msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
+msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The "
-"restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are "
-"not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like "
-"order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This "
-"option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
+msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped "
-"(\\x<code>)."
+msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:140
-msgid ""
-"Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, "
-"__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, "
-"**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
+msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
+msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, "
-"then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the "
-"mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files "
-"and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--"
-"mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a "
-"strictly specified mountpoint."
+msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:149
-msgid ""
-"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in "
-"a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with "
-"*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For "
-"more details see *mount*(8)."
+msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:152
-msgid ""
-"Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for "
-"tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
+msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:158
-msgid ""
-"Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping "
-"over-mounted mount points."
+msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:161
-msgid ""
-"Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the "
-"*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This "
-"option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
+msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:164
-msgid ""
-"Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs "
-"subvolumes."
+msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in "
-"milliseconds."
+msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:170
-msgid ""
-"Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability "
-"and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's "
-"possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount "
-"table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
+msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:176
-msgid ""
-"When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. "
-"This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS "
-"kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
+msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:117
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:83
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-h*, *--help*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*, *--shell*"
-msgstr "*-h*, *--help*"
+msgstr "*-y*, *--shell*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:179
-msgid ""
-"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
-"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. "
-"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in "
-"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request "
-"this behavior by *--shell*."
+msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:187
-msgid ""
-"The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for "
-"example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, "
-"or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
+msgid "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:190 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1507
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:152
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<path>"
-msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
+msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_FSTAB*=<шлях>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:192
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:193 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1510
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:155
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<path>"
-msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
+msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_MTAB*=<шлях>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:195
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:196 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:148
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1513 ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:54
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:122 ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:158
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all"
-msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all*"
+msgstr "*LIBMOUNT_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:198 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1515
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212
-msgid ""
-"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
-"foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
+msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:215
-msgid ""
-"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/"
-"foo_."
+msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:218
-msgid ""
-"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to "
-"the real device names."
+msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:221
-msgid ""
-"Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is "
-"mounted."
+msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*su* [options] [*-*] [_user_ [_argument_...]]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*getopt* [options] [*--*] _optstring_ _parameters_\n"
-msgstr "*su* [параметри] [*-*] [_користувач_ [_аргумент_...]]\n"
+msgstr "*getopt* [параметри] [*--*] _рядок_параметрів_ _параметри_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: "
-"options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and "
-"the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be "
-"parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the "
-"first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the "
-"first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in "
-"the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short "
-"options string."
+msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first "
-"_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format "
-"in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with "
-"that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling "
-"and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more "
-"information)."
+msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more information)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with "
-"whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and "
-"non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can "
-"generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell "
-"(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving "
-"those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer "
-"compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the "
-"*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is "
-"installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
+msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option "
-"name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This "
-"option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long "
-"option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a "
-"required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
+msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports "
-"errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from "
-"getopt."
+msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not "
-"found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and "
-"is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short "
-"option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it "
-"has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional "
-"argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to "
-"influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the "
-"*SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
+msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the *SCANNING MODES* section for details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), "
-"unless you also use *-q*."
+msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not "
-"given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently "
-"'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
+msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This "
-"generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations "
-"of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable "
-"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
+msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) "
-"characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) "
-"implementations)."
+msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of "
-"*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) "
-"describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the "
-"parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each "
-"parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one "
-"parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All "
-"parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
+msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified "
-"as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option "
-"parameter."
+msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If "
-"the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
-"option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on "
-"the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be "
-"written directly after the option character if present."
+msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as "
-"all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
+msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. "
-"If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the "
-"long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., "
-"separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional "
-"argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated "
-"by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is "
-"interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the "
-"*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not "
-"ambiguous."
+msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a "
-"previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' "
-"parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the "
-"environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string "
-"started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-"
-"option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
+msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. "
-"Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, "
-"except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ "
-"(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special "
-"characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see "
-"*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem "
-"to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by "
-"using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in "
-"unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain "
-"whitespace or special characters."
+msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required "
-"argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be "
-"reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a "
-"non-zero error status is returned."
+msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as "
-"one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the "
-"argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the "
-"next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second "
-"parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many "
-"other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
+msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be "
-"present in the output as a separate parameter."
+msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one "
-"parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or "
-"specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with "
-"short options."
+msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and "
-"their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single "
-"parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were "
-"found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the "
-"short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated "
-"at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first "
-"format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of "
-"'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
+msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or "
-"non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the "
-"shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the "
-"output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this "
-"implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with "
-"quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the "
-"shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into "
-"separate parameters."
+msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is "
-"set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is "
-"found."
+msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' "
-"option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently "
-"supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two "
-"'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like "
-"quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script "
-"language, one of these flavors can still be used."
+msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}"
-"*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the "
-"*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable "
-"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
+msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable "
-"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option "
-"parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that "
-"is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as "
-"non-option parameters."
+msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at "
-"the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected "
-"at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that "
-"this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last "
-"parameter in this mode."
+msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to "
-"other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without "
-"any modifications, and with some advantages."
+msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', "
-"*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter "
-"as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It "
-"will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are "
-"output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is "
-"set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options "
-"automatically."
+msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120
-msgid ""
-"The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into "
-"compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and "
-"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. "
-"Usually, though, neither is needed."
+msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short "
-"options string are ignored."
+msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132
-msgid ""
-"Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) "
-"distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
+msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137
-msgid ""
-"This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is "
-"set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or "
-"an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-"
-"option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
+msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140
-msgid ""
-"Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the "
-"*SYNOPSIS*."
+msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very "
-"intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
+msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is "
-"used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and "
-"io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data "
-"content as files are very often different from the beginning."
+msgid "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data content as files are very often different from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, if specified twice, "
-"it also shows every comparison."
+msgid "If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed, if specified twice, it also shows every comparison."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:52
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-F*, *--fname* _name_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-y*, *--method* _name_"
-msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _назва_"
+msgstr "*-y*, *--method* _назва_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are "
-"sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux "
-"Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented "
-"in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace "
-"and all calculation is done in kernel."
+msgid "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace and all calculation is done in kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*--color*[=_when_]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*--reflink*[=_when_]"
-msgstr "*--color*[=_умова_]"
+msgstr "*--reflink*[=_умова_]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The "
-"reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be "
-"different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-"
-"mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already "
-"cloned files."
+msgid "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already cloned files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the "
-"_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* "
-"checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback "
-"to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* "
-"disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, "
-"only reflinks are allowed."
+msgid "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, only reflinks are allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:71
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*--skip-reflinks*"
-msgstr "*-n*, *--skip-login*"
+msgstr "*--skip-reflinks*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* "
-"when creating classic hardlinks."
+msgid "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* when creating classic hardlinks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended "
-"to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way "
-"by other *hardlink* implementations."
+msgid "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by other *hardlink* implementations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be "
-"slightly unpredictable."
+msgid "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be slightly unpredictable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) "
-"differs. Results may be unpredictable."
+msgid "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) differs. Results may be unpredictable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This "
-"is usually a good choice."
+msgid "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This is usually a good choice."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By "
-"default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is "
-"specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of "
-"modification."
+msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-x*, *--exclude* _regex_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-x*, *--exclude* _формальний_вираз_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
+msgid "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-i*, *--include* _regex_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-i*, *--include* _формальний_вираз_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been "
-"given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If "
-"the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern "
-"are included."
+msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _size_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-s*, *--minimum-size* _розмір_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not "
-"be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
-"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
-"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
-"\"KiB\")."
+msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _size_"
-msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _розмір_"
+msgstr "*-S*, *--maximum-size* _розмір_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:109
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB "
-#| "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" "
-#| "is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
-msgid ""
-"The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special "
-"meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the "
-"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
-"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\")."
-msgstr ""
-"За розміром можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо "
-"для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад "
-"«K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)."
+msgid "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")."
+msgstr "Максимальний розмір, який слід розглядати. Типовим є 0, тобто «без обмежень». За аргументом _розмір_ можна вказати одиницю виміру: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) тощо для GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB та YiB (частина «iB» є необов'язковою, наприклад «K» є тим самим, що і «KiB»)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:110
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-b*, *--io-size* _size_"
-msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _розмір_"
+msgstr "*-b*, *--io-size* _розмір_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file "
-"contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative "
-"suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the "
-"other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, "
-"other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The "
-"size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
+msgid "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:119
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-s*, *--size* _size_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-r*, *--cache-size* _size_"
-msgstr "*-s*, *--size* _розмір_"
+msgstr "*-r*, *--cache-size* _розмір_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:124
-msgid ""
-"The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods "
-"calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these "
-"checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for "
-"large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
+msgid "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132
-msgid ""
-"The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force "
-"hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no "
-"more supported by the current *hardlink*."
+msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current *hardlink*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:138
-msgid ""
-"There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation "
-"is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been "
-"used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current "
-"implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
+msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode."
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes "
-"or process groups."
+msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for "
-"this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in "
-"preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a "
-"handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before "
-"terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a "
-"*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware "
-"that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target "
-"process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
+msgid "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a *TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather "
-"similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--"
-"queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, "
-"are local extensions."
+msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still "
-"performed."
+msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
+msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. "
-"When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a "
-"process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must "
-"be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to "
-"send."
+msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. "
-"The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
+msgid "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding "
-"numbers."
+msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the "
-"same UID as the present process."
+msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any "
-"signals."
+msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ "
-"argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving "
-"process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag "
-"to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of "
-"the _siginfo_t_ structure."
+msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an "
-"additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes "
-"*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a "
-"follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the "
-"Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the "
-"follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no "
-"longer exists."
+msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an "
-"equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to "
-"races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that "
-"used a recycled PID."
+msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent "
-"sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be "
-"combined with the *--queue* option."
+msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and "
-"*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the "
-"signals:"
+msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and *KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of "
-"one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the "
-"signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread "
-"group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly "
-"selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to "
-"an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking "
-"the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of "
-"*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
+msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in "
-"relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest "
-"way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use "
-"the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
+msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. "
-"If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard "
-"input is logged."
+msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog "
-"port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
+msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a "
-"line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is "
-"NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is "
-"specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this "
-"mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix "
-"(e.g., *<13>*)."
+msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined "
-"with a command-line message."
+msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:72
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Log the PID of the logger process with each line."
msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line."
msgstr "Записувати PID досліджуваного процесу до кожного рядка."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional "
-"argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* "
-"command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that "
-"send several messages."
+msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when "
-"listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite "
-"the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket "
-"credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a "
-"process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are "
-"not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
+msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, "
-"when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a "
-"field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for "
-"details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes "
-"finding entries easy. Examples:"
+msgid "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as "
-"priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY "
-"field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. "
-"Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
+msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is "
-"handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the "
-"journal if they appear multiple times."
+msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. "
-"Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This "
-"option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is "
-"silently ignored."
+msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log "
-"socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to "
-"use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
+msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the "
-"system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be "
-"used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
+msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting "
-"framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the "
-"default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also "
-"known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
+msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port "
-"defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
+msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority "
-"may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-"
-"p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The "
-"default is *user.notice*."
+msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix "
-"is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and "
-"the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and "
-"then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and "
-"level=6, becomes *<134>*."
+msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is "
-"specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line "
-"is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
+msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog "
-"protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
+msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol "
-"to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can "
-"be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, "
-"*nohost*."
+msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the "
-"submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local "
-"clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp "
-"might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-"
-"id timeQuality* is specified."
+msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender "
-"timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
+msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message "
-"header."
+msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:133
-msgid ""
-"The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
+msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:139
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The "
-"option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The "
-"number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus "
-"possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type "
-"and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a "
-"message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-"
-"standardized IDs."
+msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The "
-"option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once "
-"for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are "
-"required and must be escaped on the command line."
+msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:159
-msgid ""
-"Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB "
-"characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. "
-"With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC "
-"5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
+msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:161
-msgid ""
-"Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog "
-"protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not "
-"only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
+msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:163
-msgid ""
-"Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the "
-"syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the "
-"hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 "
-"to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to "
-"ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages "
-"may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size "
-"should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
+msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:166
-msgid ""
-"Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of "
-"*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect "
-"if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ "
-"can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not "
-"cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system "
-"call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was "
-"unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
+msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of *off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:168
-msgid ""
-"The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are "
-"not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) "
-"invocation."
+msgid "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) invocation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:171
-msgid ""
-"Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-"
-"conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
+msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:176
-msgid ""
-"Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is "
-"the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on "
-"effective user ID)."
+msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:182
-msgid ""
-"End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
+msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:227
-msgid ""
-"For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, "
-"see *syslog*(3)."
+msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:231
-msgid ""
-"The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
-"compatible."
+msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:239
-msgid ""
-"The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in "
-"1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
-"rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
-"Kerola]."
+msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a "
-"prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be "
-"sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that "
-"*look* is invoked with)."
+msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only "
-"alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters "
-"is ignored."
+msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and "
-"alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is "
-"specified."
+msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for "
-"compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
+msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file "
-"is specified."
+msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in "
-"_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are "
-"compared."
+msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 "
-"if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
+msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority "
-"than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
+msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like "
-"format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
+msgid "The command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format by default. Use *lsblk --help* to get a list of all available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* "
-"and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
-"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
-"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in "
-"environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all "
-"information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is "
-"recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
+msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-"
-"one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may "
-"be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides "
-"MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays "
-"only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), "
-"and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points "
-"associated with the device."
+msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:31
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-n*, *--noparity*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-A*, *--noempty*"
-msgstr "*-n*, *--noparity*"
+msgstr "*-A*, *--noempty*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:33
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices "
-"too."
+msgid "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each "
-"device."
+msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/"
-"sda* prints information about the sda device only."
+msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-E*, *--dedup* _column_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-E*, *--dedup* _стовпчик_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key "
-"is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental "
-"whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
+msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, "
-"for example by *-E WWN*."
+msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:51
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-f*, *--flags* _list_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--exclude* _list_"
-msgstr "*-f*, *--flags* _список_"
+msgstr "*-e*, *--exclude* _список_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
-"numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is "
-"not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may "
-"be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is "
-"not obvious."
+msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,"
-"FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information "
-"about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
+msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device "
-"numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be "
-"confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not "
-"obvious."
+msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also "
-"*--tree* if necessary."
+msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide "
-"information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every "
-"device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the "
-"parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
+msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and "
-"Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
+msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to "
-"*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
+msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
-"supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is "
-"to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are "
-"still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are "
-"hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
+msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>). See also option *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by "
-"dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) "
-"in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
+msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder "
-"devices are ignored."
+msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested "
-"then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
+msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is "
-"printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
+msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
+msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number "
-"of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output "
-"width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* "
-"to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not "
-"allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the "
-"*watch*(1) command."
+msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by "
-"default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output "
-"and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
+msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for "
-"shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-"
-"IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this "
-"feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but "
-"due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by "
-"*--shell*."
+msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
-"*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the "
-"Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target "
-"directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
+msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all"
-msgstr "LSBLK_DEBUG=all"
+msgstr "*LSBLK_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160
-msgid ""
-"For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from "
-"the parent device."
+msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:162
-msgid ""
-"The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:"
-"minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block "
-"directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with "
-"a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of "
-"the kernel build."
+msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of the kernel build."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. This file may be copied under the terms of the GNU Public License.
#. type: Title =
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:7
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "setsid(1)"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "lsfd(1)"
-msgstr "setsid(1)"
+msgstr "lsfd(1)"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:18
msgid "lsfd - list file descriptors"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "lsfd — виведення списку дескрипторів файлів"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:22
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*lscpu* [options]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*lsfd* [option]\n"
-msgstr "*lscpu* [параметри]\n"
+msgstr "*lsfd* [параметр]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:36
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--threads*"
-msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
+msgstr "*-l*, *--threads*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for "
-"details of available columns."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for details of available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:54
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Use the raw output format."
msgid "Use raw output format."
msgstr "Використовувати формат виведення без обробки."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:57
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Do not truncate text in columns."
msgid "Don't truncate text in columns."
msgstr "Не обрізати текст у стовпчиках."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:58
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--pid* _pids_"
-msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _pid_"
+msgstr "*-p*, *--pid* _pid-и_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. "
-"A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option "
-"with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
+msgid "Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-"
-"p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is "
-"much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of "
-"processing than the *-Q* option."
+msgid "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of processing than the *-Q* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:68
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-f*, *--file* _file_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-Q*, *--filter* _expr_"
-msgstr "*-f*, *--file* _файл_"
+msgstr "*-Q*, *--filter* _вираз_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See "
-"also *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
+msgid "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See also *FILTER EXAMPLES*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-C*, *--counter* __label__:__filter_expr__"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-C*, *--counter* __мітка__:__вираз_фільтрування__"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter "
-"named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching "
-"_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. "
-"*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; "
-"files excluded by the filters are not counted."
+msgid "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching _filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. *lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; files excluded by the filters are not counted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include _{_ "
-"nor _:_. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple "
-"times."
+msgid "See *FILTER EXPRESSION* about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include _{_ nor _:_. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
-"be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
-"defaults to *only*."
+msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *only*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer "
-"value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines "
-"no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters "
-"(default counters) to make the summary output."
+msgid "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters (default counters) to make the summary output."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. "
-"Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
+msgid "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:98
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*--default*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*--debug-filter*"
-msgstr "*--default*"
+msgstr "*--debug-filter*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful "
-"only for *lsfd* developers."
+msgid "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful only for *lsfd* developers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-s, --counters*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*--dump-counters*"
-msgstr "*-s, --counters*"
+msgstr "*--dump-counters*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:107
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "COLUMNS"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "OUTPUT COLUMNS"
-msgstr "СТОВПЧИКИ"
+msgstr "СТОВПЧИКИ ВИВЕДЕННЯ"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:110
msgid "Each column has a type. Types are surround by < and >."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "У кожного стовпчика є тип. Типи слід брати у < і >."
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may "
-"be changed in the future releases."
+msgid "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may be changed in the future releases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:115
#, no-wrap
msgid "ASSOC <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ASSOC <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:117
msgid "Association between file and process."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Прив'язка файла до процесу."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:118
#, no-wrap
msgid "BLKDRV <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BLKDRV <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:120
msgid "Block device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Назва драйвера блокового пристрою, яку визначено за _/proc/devices_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:121
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHRDRV <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CHRDRV <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:123
msgid "Character device driver name resolved by _/proc/devices_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Назва драйвера символьного пристрою, яку визначено за _/proc/devices_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:124
#, no-wrap
msgid "COMMAND <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "COMMAND <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:126
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgid "Command of the process opening the file."
-msgstr "Ð\9aоманда пÑ\80оÑ\86еÑ\81Ñ\83, Ñ\89о Ñ\83Ñ\82Ñ\80имÑ\83Ñ\94 блокÑ\83ваннÑ\8f."
+msgstr "Ð\9aоманда пÑ\80оÑ\86еÑ\81Ñ\83, Ñ\8fким вÑ\96дкÑ\80иÑ\82о Ñ\84айл."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:127
#, no-wrap
msgid "DELETED <__boolean__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DELETED <__булеве_значення__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:129
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Set name of the cramfs file system."
msgid "Reachability from the file system."
-msgstr "Ð\92Ñ\81Ñ\82ановиÑ\82и назвÑ\83 Ñ\84айловоÑ\97 Ñ\81иÑ\81Ñ\82еми cramfs."
+msgstr "Ð\94оÑ\81Ñ\82Ñ\83пнÑ\96Ñ\81Ñ\82Ñ\8c з Ñ\84айловоÑ\97 Ñ\81иÑ\81Ñ\82еми."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:130
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "DEV <__string__>"
-msgstr "**+**/__рядок__"
+msgstr "DEV <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132
msgid "ID of the device containing the file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ідентифікатор пристрою, який містить файл."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:133
#, no-wrap
msgid "DEVTYPE <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "DEVTYPE <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135
msgid "Device type (_blk_, _char_, or _nodev_)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Тип пристрою (_blk_, _char_ або _nodev_)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:136
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "FD <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "FD <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Change directory before the login."
msgid "File descriptor for the file."
-msgstr "Ð\97мÑ\96ниÑ\82и каÑ\82алог пеÑ\80ед вÑ\85одом до Ñ\81иÑ\81Ñ\82еми."
+msgstr "Ð\94еÑ\81кÑ\80ипÑ\82оÑ\80 Ñ\84айла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:139
#, no-wrap
msgid "FLAGS <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "FLAGS <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141
msgid "Flags specified when opening the file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Прапорці, вказані при відкритті файла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:142
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "FUID <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "FUID <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144
msgid "User ID number of the file's owner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ідентифікаційний номер користувача-власника файла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:145
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "INODE <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "INODE <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "*--nice* _number_"
msgid "Inode number."
-msgstr "*--nice* _число_"
+msgstr "Номер inode."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:148
#, no-wrap
msgid "KTHREAD <__boolean__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "KTHREAD <__булеве_значення__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:150
msgid "Whether the process is a kernel thread or not."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Визначає, є процес потоком ядра чи ні."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:151
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAJ:MIN <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MAJ:MIN <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:153
msgid "Device ID for special, or ID of device containing file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ідентифікатор пристрою для спеціального або ідентифікатор файла, що містить пристрій."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:154
#, no-wrap
msgid "MAPLEN <__number__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MAPLEN <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:156
msgid "Length of file mapping (in page)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Довжина прив'язки файла (на сторінці)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:157
#, no-wrap
msgid "MISCDEV <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "MISCDEV <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:159
msgid "Misc character device name resolved by _/proc/misc_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Назва драйвера іншого символьного пристрою, яку визначено за _/proc/misc_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:160
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "MNTID <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "MNTID <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:162
msgid "Mount ID."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ідентифікатор монтування."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:163
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "MODE <__string__>"
-msgstr "**+**/__рядок__"
+msgstr "MODE <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165
msgid "Access mode (rwx)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Режим доступу (rwx)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:166
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "NAME <__string__>"
-msgstr "**+**/__рядок__"
+msgstr "NAME <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgid "Name of the file."
-msgstr "РозмÑ\96Ñ\80 заблокованого файла."
+msgstr "Ð\9dазва файла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:169
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "NLINK <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "NLINK <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:171
msgid "Link count."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Кількість посилань."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:172
#, no-wrap
msgid "OWNER <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OWNER <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:174
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Size of the locked file."
msgid "Owner of the file."
-msgstr "РозмÑ\96Ñ\80 заблокованого файла."
+msgstr "Ð\92лаÑ\81ник файла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "PARTITION <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PARTITION <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177
msgid "Block device name resolved by _/proc/partition_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "назва блокового пристрою, визначена за _/proc/partition_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:178
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "PID <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "PID <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:180
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The PID of the process which blocks the lock."
msgid "PID of the process opening the file."
-msgstr "PID пÑ\80оÑ\86еÑ\81Ñ\83, Ñ\8fкий Ñ\83Ñ\82Ñ\80имÑ\83Ñ\94 блокÑ\83ваннÑ\8f."
+msgstr "PID пÑ\80оÑ\86еÑ\81Ñ\83, Ñ\8fким вÑ\96дкÑ\80иÑ\82о Ñ\84айл."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:181
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "POS <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "POS <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:183
msgid "File position."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Позиція файла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:184
#, no-wrap
msgid "PROTONAME <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "PROTONAME <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:186
msgid "Protocol name."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Назва протоколу."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:187
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "RDEV <__string__>"
-msgstr "**+**/__рядок__"
+msgstr "RDEV <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:189
msgid "Device ID (if special file)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Ідентифікатор пристрою (якщо особливий файл)."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:190
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "SIZE <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "SIZE <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:192
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Maximum file size."
msgid "File size."
-msgstr "Ð\9cакÑ\81ималÑ\8cний Ñ\80озмір файла."
+msgstr "Ð озмір файла."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:193
#, no-wrap
msgid "SOURCE <__string__>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SOURCE <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:195
msgid "File system, partition, or device containing the file."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Файлова система, розділ або файл, що містить пристрій."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:196
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "TID <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "TID <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "The command name of the process holding the lock."
msgid "Thread ID of the process opening the file."
-msgstr "Ð\9aоманда пÑ\80оÑ\86еÑ\81Ñ\83, Ñ\89о утримує блокування."
+msgstr "Ð\86денÑ\82иÑ\84Ñ\96каÑ\82оÑ\80 поÑ\82окÑ\83 пÑ\80оÑ\86еÑ\81Ñ\83, Ñ\8fкий утримує блокування."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:199
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "TYPE <__string__>"
-msgstr "**+**/__рядок__"
+msgstr "TYPE <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201
msgid "File type."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Тип файлу."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:202
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**-**__number__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "UID <__number__>"
-msgstr "**-**__число__"
+msgstr "UID <__число__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204
msgid "User ID number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Номер ідентифікатора користувача."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:205
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**+**/__string__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "USER <__string__>"
-msgstr "**+**/__рядок__"
+msgstr "USER <__рядок__>"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:207
msgid "User of the process."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Користувач процесу."
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:208
#, no-wrap
msgid "FILTER EXPRESSION"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "ВИРАЗ ДЛЯ ФІЛЬТРУВАННЯ"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:213
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:219
-msgid ""
-"An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: "
-"`DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && "
-"DELETED`. `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example. "
-"`1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals. `==` and `&&` are operators."
+msgid "An expression consists of column names, literals and, operators like: `DELETED`, `(PID == 1)`, `(NAME == \"/etc/passwd\")`, `(PID == 1) && DELETED`. `DELETED`, `PID`, and `NAME` are column names in the example. `1` and \"/etc/passwd\" are literals. `==` and `&&` are operators."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227
-msgid ""
-"Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression "
-"with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: "
-"_boolean_, _string_, and _number_. For columns with a _boolean_ type, the "
-"value can be stand-alone. For _string_ and _number_ values, the value must "
-"be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See the \"OUTPUT "
-"COLUMNS\" about the types of columns."
+msgid "Before evaluation, *lsfd* substitutes column names in the given expression with actual column values in the line. There are three different data types: _boolean_, _string_, and _number_. For columns with a _boolean_ type, the value can be stand-alone. For _string_ and _number_ values, the value must be an operand of an operator, for example, `(PID == 1)`. See the \"OUTPUT COLUMNS\" about the types of columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:230
-msgid ""
-"Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and "
-"NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax."
+msgid "Literal is for representing a value directly. See BOOLLIT, STRLIT, and NUMLIT. Different data types have different literal syntax."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:234
-msgid ""
-"An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation "
-"about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an "
-"operator causes a syntax error."
+msgid "An operator works with one or two operand(s). An operator has an expectation about the data type(s) of its operands. Giving an unexpected data type to an operator causes a syntax error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:238
-msgid ""
-"Operators taking two operands are _and_, _or_, _eq_, _ne_, _le_, _lt_, _ge_, "
-"_gt_, _=~_, _!~_. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored "
-"aliases: _&&_, _||_, _==_, _!=_, _<_, _<=_, _>=_, and _>_."
+msgid "Operators taking two operands are _and_, _or_, _eq_, _ne_, _le_, _lt_, _ge_, _gt_, _=~_, _!~_. Alphabetically named operators have C-language flavored aliases: _&&_, _||_, _==_, _!=_, _<_, _<=_, _>=_, and _>_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:243
-msgid ""
-"_eq_, _ne_, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type. "
-"Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
+msgid "_eq_, _ne_, and their aliases expect operands have the same data type. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:246
-msgid ""
-"_and_, _or_, _not_ and their aliases expect operands have _bool_ data type. "
-"Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
+msgid "_and_, _or_, _not_ and their aliases expect operands have _bool_ data type. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:249
-msgid ""
-"_lt_, _le_, _gt_, _ge_, and their aliases expect operands have _number_ data "
-"types. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
+msgid "_lt_, _le_, _gt_, _ge_, and their aliases expect operands have _number_ data types. Applying these operators return a _boolean_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:254
-msgid ""
-"_=~_ is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side "
-"matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true. The "
-"right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax."
+msgid "_=~_ is for regular expression matching; if a string at the right side matches a regular expression at the left side, the result is true. The right side operand must be a string literal. See STRLIT about the syntax."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:257
-msgid ""
-"_!~_ is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of "
-"_=~_."
+msgid "_!~_ is a short-hand version of `not (STR =~ PAT)`; it inverts the result of _=~_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:258
#, no-wrap
msgid "Limitations"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Обмеження"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263
-msgid ""
-"The current implementation does not define precedences within operators. "
-"Use _(_ and _)_ explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your "
-"expression uses more than two operators."
+msgid "The current implementation does not define precedences within operators. Use _(_ and _)_ explicitly for grouping the sub-expressions if your expression uses more than two operators."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266
-msgid ""
-"About _number_ typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative "
-"integers."
+msgid "About _number_ typed values, the filter engine supports only non-negative integers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:267
#, no-wrap
msgid "Semi-formal syntax"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Напівформальний синтаксис"
#. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, translate only the <__variables__>.
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:270
#, no-wrap
msgid "EXPR "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "EXPR "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:271
msgid "BOOLEXP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLEXP"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:272
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLEXP0 "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLEXP0 "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:273
msgid "COLUMN <__boolean__> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "COLUMN <__булеве_значення__> | BOOLLIT | _(_ BOOLEXP _)_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:274
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLEXP "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLEXP "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:275
msgid "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLEXP0 | BOOLOP1 | BOOLOP2 | BOOLOP2BL | BOOLOP2CMP | BOOLOP2REG"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:276
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "COLUMNS"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "COLUMN "
-msgstr "СТОВПЧИКИ"
+msgstr "COLUMN "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:277
msgid "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[\\_A-Za-z][-_:A-Za-z0-9]*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:278
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP1 "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLOP1 "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:279
msgid "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_!_ BOOLEXP0 | _not_ BOOLEXP0"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:280
#, no-wrap
msgid "STREXP "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "STREXP "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:281
msgid "COLUMN <__string__> | STRLIT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "COLUMN <__рядок__> | STRLIT"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:282
#, no-wrap
msgid "NUMEXP "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "NUMEXP "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:283
msgid "COLUMN <__number__> | NUMLIT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "COLUMN <__число__> | NUMLIT"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:284
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLLIT "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLLIT "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:285
msgid "_true_ | _false_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_true_ | _false_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:286
#, no-wrap
msgid "CHARS "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "CHARS "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:287
msgid "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "( [^\\] | _\\\\_ | _\\'_ | _\\\"_ )*"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:288
#, no-wrap
msgid "STRLIT "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "STRLIT "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:289
msgid "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_'_ CHARS _'_ | _\"_ CHARS _\"_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:290
#, no-wrap
msgid "NUMLIT "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "NUMLIT "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:291
msgid "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "[1-9][0-9]* | _0_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2 "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLOP2 "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:293
msgid "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "STREXP OP2 STREXP | NUMEXP OP2 NUMEXP | BOOLEXP0 OP2 BOOLEXP0"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:294
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2 "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OP2 "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:295
msgid "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_==_ | _eq_ | _!=_ | _ne_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:296
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2BL "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLOP2BL "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:297
msgid "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLEXP0 OP2BL BOOLEXP0"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:298
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2BL "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OP2BL "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:299
msgid "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_&&_ | _and_ | _||_ | _or_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:300
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2CMP "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLOP2CMP "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301
msgid "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "NUMEXP OP2CMP NUMEXP"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:302
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2CMP "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OP2CMP "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:303
msgid "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_<_ | _lt_ | _\\<=_ | _le_ | _>_ | _gt_ | _>=_ | _ge_"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304
#, no-wrap
msgid "BOOLOP2REG "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "BOOLOP2REG "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:305
msgid "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "STREXP OP2REG STRLIT"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:306
#, no-wrap
msgid "OP2REG "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "OP2REG "
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:307
msgid "_=~_ | _!~_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "_=~_ | _!~_"
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:308
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "EXAMPLES"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "FILTER EXAMPLES"
-msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ"
+msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ ФІЛЬТРІВ"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:313
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:365
#, no-wrap
msgid "List deleted files associated to processes: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Список вилучених файлів, які пов'язано із процесами:"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:368
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'DELETED'\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:370
#, no-wrap
msgid "List non-regular files: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Список незвичайних файлів:"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:373
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE != \"REG\"'\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:375
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "zram block devices"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "List block devices: "
-msgstr "Ð\91локовÑ\96 пÑ\80иÑ\81Ñ\82Ñ\80оÑ\97 zram"
+msgstr "СпиÑ\81ок блоковиÑ\85 пÑ\80иÑ\81Ñ\82Ñ\80оÑ\97в:"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:378
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'DEVTYPE == \"blk\"'\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:380
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:383
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'TYPE == \"BLK\"'\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:385
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:388
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q 'NAME =~ \".\\*/dconf/.*\"'\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:390
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:393
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q '(COMMAND =~ \".\\*qemu.*\") and (FD >= 0)'\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:395
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:398
#, no-wrap
msgid "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "# lsfd -Q '!KTHREAD'\n"
#. type: Title ==
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "EXAMPLES"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "COUNTER EXAMPLES"
-msgstr "ПРИКЛАДИ"
+msgstr "Ð\9aÐ\9eÐ\9dТРÐ\9fÐ Ð\98Ð\9aÐ\9bÐ\90Ð\94Ð\98"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:402
" 57 netlink sockets\n"
" 1552 unix sockets\n"
msgstr ""
+"# lsfd --summary=only \\\n"
+"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
+"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
+"VALUE COUNTER\n"
+" 57 netlink sockets\n"
+" 1552 unix sockets\n"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412
" ]\n"
"}\n"
msgstr ""
+"# lsfd --summary=only --json \\\n"
+"\t-C 'netlink sockets':'(NAME =~ \"NETLINK:.*\")' \\\n"
+"\t-C 'unix sockets':'(NAME =~ \"UNIX:.*\")'\n"
+"{\n"
+" \"lsfd-summary\": [\n"
+" {\n"
+"\t \"value\": 15,\n"
+"\t \"counter\": \"netlink sockets\"\n"
+" },{\n"
+"\t \"value\": 798,\n"
+"\t \"counter\": \"unix sockets\"\n"
+" }\n"
+" ]\n"
+"}\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:434
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:439
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgid ""
-"mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr "mailto:mbroz@redhat.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:445
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*login*(1),\n"
-#| "*group*(5)\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*lsof*(8)\n"
"*pidof*(1)\n"
"*proc*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
-"*login*(1),\n"
-"*group*(5)\n"
+"*lsof*(8)\n"
+"*pidof*(1)\n"
+"*proc*(5)\n"
#. Man page for the lslocks command.
#. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks "
-"are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated "
-"with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is "
-"available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
+msgid "Note that lslocks also lists OFD (Open File Description) locks, these locks are not associated with any process (PID is -1). OFD locks are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. This lock type is available since Linux 3.15, see *fcntl*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created "
-"with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
+msgid "The type of lock; can be FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and "
-"waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
+msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only "
-"advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
+msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read "
-"the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is "
-"appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get "
-"the full path."
+msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally "
-"written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since "
-"2001."
+msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random "
-"information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/"
-"urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this "
-"preference order. See also the option *--file*."
+msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/"
-"urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
+msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be "
-"used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
+msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
-"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the "
-"\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
-"suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each "
-"source."
+msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" "
-"problems."
+msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify "
-"the file type found:"
+msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example "
-"'rwxr-xr-x'."
+msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek."
-"com[Roger Southwick]."
+msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
+msgid "The program was rewritten by Karel Zak mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:37
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-L*, *--last*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l*, *--last*"
-msgstr "*-L*, *--last*"
+msgstr "*-l*, *--last*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:39
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not "
-"overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
+msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options "
-"*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission "
-"to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any "
-"questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is "
-"run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the "
-"command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
+msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in "
-"short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you "
-"press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode "
-"however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To "
-"set cbreak mode, run for example:"
+msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
+msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
+msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for "
-"shortening:"
+msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally "
-"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and "
-"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads "
-"running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
+msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a "
-"daemon."
+msgid "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a daemon."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of "
-"_number_ UUIDs."
+msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the "
-"pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
+msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to "
-"return a random-based UUID."
+msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling "
-"process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to "
-"be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure "
-"option."
+msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the "
-"pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for "
-"debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* "
-"library."
+msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it "
-"to return a time-based UUID."
+msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique "
-"identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can "
-"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, "
-"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
+msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based "
-"UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will "
-"generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is "
-"present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to "
-"force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--"
-"random* or *--time* options."
+msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, "
-"followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ "
-"may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known "
-"UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The "
-"_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the "
-"concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 "
-"or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be "
-"useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex "
-"values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more "
-"information."
+msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly "
-"of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality "
-"random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
+msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system "
-"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
+msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or "
-"'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name "
-"(see above)."
+msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:61
msgid "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "uuidgen --sha1 --namespace @dns --name \"www.example.com\""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:65
#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuidgen* was written by Andreas Dilger for *libuuid*(3).\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Автором *uuidgen* є Andreas Dilger, написано для *libuuid*(3).\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:71
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*uuidgen*(1),\n"
-#| "*libuuid*(3),\n"
-#| "https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*uuidparse*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
msgstr ""
-"*uuidgen*(1),\n"
+"*uuidparse*(1),\n"
"*libuuid*(3),\n"
-"https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
+"link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
#. Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola
#. The 3-Clause BSD License
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line "
-"arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
+msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
+msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and "
-"apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search "
-"restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
+msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example,"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man "
-"pages only."
+msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ "
-"patterns. For example,"
+msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example,"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the "
-"_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
+msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to "
-"be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested "
-"type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory "
-"which have no documentation file, or more than one."
+msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-"
-"separated list of directories."
+msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in "
-"Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
+msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-"
-"separated list of directories."
+msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ "
-"be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
+msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none "
-"of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded "
-"paths that the command was able to find on the system."
+msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are "
-"defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *"
-"$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The "
-"easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. "
-"Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
+msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:108
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all"
-msgstr "WHEREIS_DEBUG=all"
+msgstr "*WHEREIS_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ "
-"or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
+msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and "
-"the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to "
-"change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your "
-"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* "
-"_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic "
-"strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since "
-"v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
+msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offset where a magic strings have been detected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for "
-"*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again "
-"after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
+msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-"
-"whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
+msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be "
-"restricted with the *-t* option."
+msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. "
-"For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
+msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _$HOME/wipefs-<devname>-<offset>.bak_. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order "
-"to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
+msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument "
-"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument "
-"is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment "
-"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, "
-"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
-msgstr ""
-"Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним "
-"керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 "
-"і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде "
-"*\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. "
-"Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати "
-"конфліктів із udevd або іншими програмами."
+msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools."
+msgstr "Скористатися виключним блокуванням BSD для пристрою або файла, який ним керує. Значенням додаткового аргументу _режим_ може бути *yes*, *no* (або 1 і 0) чи *nonblock*. Якщо пропустити аргумент _режим_, типовим значенням буде *\"yes\"*. Цей параметр переписує змінну середовища *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. Типовим станом є невикористання блокування, але рекомендуємо уникати конфліктів із udevd або іншими програмами."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from "
-"the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number "
-"will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* "
-"options."
+msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
-"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
-"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
-"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
-"and YB."
+msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially "
-"unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by "
-"'\\x'."
+msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be "
-"specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be "
-"prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. "
-"For more details see *mount*(8)."
+msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature "
-"backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
+msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-<offset>.bak_ for each signature."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438."
-"bak_."
+msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is "
-"the default Linux scheduling policy."
+msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy "
-"is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
+msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-"
-"specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to "
-"zero."
+msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). "
-"Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set "
-"to zero."
+msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline "
-"scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has "
-"to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--"
-"sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is "
-"runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--"
-"sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-"
-"runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be "
-"specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
+msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
+msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
+msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
+msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-"
-"specific, supported since 2.6.31."
+msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, "
-"children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. "
-"After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the "
-"thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child "
-"processes created by *fork*(2)."
+msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules "
-"apply for subsequently created children:"
+msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, "
-"the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
+msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to "
-"zero in child processes."
+msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a "
-"given PID."
+msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:126 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a "
-"process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
+msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:130
-msgid ""
-"Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b "
-"Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some "
-"systems."
+msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
+msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a "
-"program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the "
-"current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
+msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given "
-"arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with "
-"the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
+msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
+msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no "
-"other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact "
-"of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This "
-"scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this "
-"scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
+msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked "
-"for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from "
-"_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the "
-"same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
+msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O "
-"priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler "
-"will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The "
-"priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the "
-"CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
+msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not "
-"asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O "
-"priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before "
-"kernel 2.6.26)."
+msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of "
-"what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with "
-"some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, "
-"8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process "
-"will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not "
-"permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
+msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` "
-"for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
+msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class "
-"accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data "
-"(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
+msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
-"scheduling parameters."
+msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set "
-"the scheduling parameters."
+msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, "
-"run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling "
-"priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel "
-"version."
+msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the "
-"scheduling parameters."
+msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the "
-"CFQ I/O scheduler."
+msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a "
-"running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given "
-"CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process "
-"to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the "
-"given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that "
-"the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler "
-"attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for "
-"performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful "
-"only in certain applications."
+msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit "
-"corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit "
-"corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given "
-"system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask "
-"will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. "
-"If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on "
-"the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in "
-"hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--"
-"cpu-list* option. For example,"
+msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example,"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride "
-"in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
+msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been "
-"scheduled to a legal CPU."
+msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
+msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. "
-"Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: "
-"*0,5,8-11*."
+msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. "
-"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process "
-"belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any "
-"process."
+msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the "
-"source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
-"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-msgstr ""
-"{copyright} Robert M. Love, 2004. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови "
-"копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах. Умовами ліцензування програми "
-"НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або "
-"придатності для певної мети."
+msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+msgstr "{copyright} Robert M. Love, 2004. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах. Умовами ліцензування програми НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або придатності для певної мети."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:116
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or "
-"a process"
+msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the "
-"scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be "
-"operating at."
+msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. "
-"Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the "
-"time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other "
-"cpufreq governors support."
+msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. "
-"Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted "
-"such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then "
-"the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
+msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little "
-"cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the "
-"actual utilization of the task is at max."
+msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost "
-"the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
+msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the "
-"task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
+msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to "
-"reset to system's default."
+msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks "
-"(threads) for a given PID."
+msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the "
-"_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and "
-"_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp "
-"values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
+msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in "
-"the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the "
-"maximum performance of the system to 700."
+msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
+msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the "
-"Linux scheduling scheme."
+msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12
-msgid ""
-"adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
+msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware "
-"mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by "
-"*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
+msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or "
-"*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write "
-"access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file "
-"is missing."
+msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
-"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
-"time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps "
-"the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more "
-"details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections "
-"from *hwclock*(8) man page."
+msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or "
-"calibration (decimal integer)"
+msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. "
-"Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous "
-"calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, "
-"since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal "
-"integer."
+msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is "
-"set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override "
-"this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
+msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may "
-"be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
+msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
-"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
-"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
-"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
-"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode "
-"(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another "
-"kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
+msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided "
-"value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
+msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The "
-"provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified "
-"value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the "
-"device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
+msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to "
-"discard all by one ioctl call."
+msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard "
-"except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by "
-"garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the "
-"device."
+msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option "
-"is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
+msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:28
msgid "The command *blkzone report* is used to report device zone information."
-msgstr ""
-"Команду *blkzone report* використовують для створення звітів щодо зон "
-"пристрою."
+msgstr "Команду *blkzone report* використовують для створення звітів щодо зон пристрою."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block "
-"device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting "
-"zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
+msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
-msgstr ""
-"Команду *blkzone capacity* використовують для створення звітів щодо "
-"місткості."
+msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information."
+msgstr "Команду *blkzone capacity* використовують для створення звітів щодо місткості."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all "
-"zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, "
-"changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
+msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike "
-"*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a "
-"range of zones."
+msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. "
-"Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer "
-"and can open a range of zones."
+msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike "
-"*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and "
-"can close a range of zones."
+msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full "
-"condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this "
-"command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
+msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate "
-"from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be "
-"used to modify this behavior as explained below."
+msgid "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the "
-"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
-"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
-"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to "
-"specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
+msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in "
-"sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value "
-"is zero."
+msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default "
-"value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot "
-"be used together with the option *--count*."
+msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value "
-"is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used "
-"together with the option *--length*."
+msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
+msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors "
-"reset."
+msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a "
-"comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses "
-"or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command "
-"applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
+msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor "
-"takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on "
-"which your kernel runs."
+msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
-"offline."
+msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it "
-"online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
+msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the "
-"hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux "
-"instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-"
-"d*, before it can be deconfigured."
+msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect "
-"only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. "
-"Available _modes_ are:"
+msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the "
-"new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly "
-"attached CPUs."
+msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or "
-"offline."
+msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory "
-"size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory "
-"size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
+msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as <size>[m|M|g|G]. With m or M, <size> specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, <size> specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the "
-"*lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and "
-"<end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
+msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x<start>-0x<end> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <start> is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and <end> is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the "
-"output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory "
-"block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. "
-"Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--"
-"blocks* option."
+msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form <first>-<last> or <block> as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. <first> is the number of the first memory block and <last> is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the "
-"*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones "
-"for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range "
-"currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory "
-"online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default "
-"can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. "
-"For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for "
-"memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more "
-"likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary "
-"kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page "
-"cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
+msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown "
-"in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
+msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems "
-"it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example "
-"because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux "
-"cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set "
-"online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or "
-"offline instead of the requested amount."
+msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block "
-"numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory "
-"block numbers."
+msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* "
-"and *--disable* options."
+msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or "
-"_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set "
-"online to the zone Movable, if possible."
+msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
+msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and "
-"ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
+msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
+msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed "
-"in out of memory conditions."
+msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 "
-"(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. "
-"The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the "
-"process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and "
-"swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness "
-"score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score "
-"will be 500."
+msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current "
-"memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
+msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom "
-"killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating "
-"task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems "
-"assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being "
-"exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it "
-"is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory "
-"is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being "
-"out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
+msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to "
-"determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. "
-"This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by "
-"always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest "
-"possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for "
-"that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
+msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to "
-"allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, "
-"or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of "
-"-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of "
-"the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
+msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that "
-"there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can "
-"perform."
+msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the <Ctrl-Alt-Del> sequence can perform."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any "
-"other preparation. This is the default."
+msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process "
-"(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the "
-"*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several "
-"*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation "
-"for the version that you are currently using."
+msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current "
-"setting."
+msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
+msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
+msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--"
-"console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
+msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used "
-"together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is "
-"printed."
+msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that "
-"conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
+msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not "
-"support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
+msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. The old syslog format is supported only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For "
-"example:"
+msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities "
-"see the *--help* output."
+msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--"
-"nopager*."
+msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format "
-"only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split "
-"into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format "
-"or time format are silently ignored."
+msgid "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format or time format are silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or "
-"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The "
-"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* "
-"output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
+msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
+msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the "
-"*--help* output."
+msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The "
-"_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all "
-"supported levels see the *--help* output."
+msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency "
-"(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are "
-"still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control "
-"exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* "
-"will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
+msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte "
-"sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> "
-"for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. "
-"It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be "
-"careful and don't use it by default."
+msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x<hex> for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* "
-"output."
+msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line "
-"message."
+msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but "
-"all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
+msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel "
-"messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). "
-"For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) "
-"format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for "
-"example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
+msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel "
-"messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since "
-"kernel 3.5.0."
+msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by "
-"default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 "
-"since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be "
-"larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire "
-"buffer."
+msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120
-msgid ""
-"Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in "
-"absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware "
-"that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
+msgid "Display record since the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123
-msgid ""
-"Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in "
-"absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware "
-"that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
+msgid "Display record until the specified time. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, "
-"*delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-"
-"specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the "
-"ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the "
-"comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. "
-"The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,"
-"<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
+msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta* or *iso*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DD<T>HH:MM:SS,<microseconds><-+><timezone offset from UTC>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131
-msgid ""
-"The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate "
-"when a system is suspended and resumed."
+msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:137
-msgid ""
-"Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a "
-"readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
+msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
+msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:157
-msgid ""
-"The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* "
-"output."
+msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name "
-"is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be "
-"addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), "
-"UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
+msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the "
-"device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default "
-"*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
+msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted "
-"before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file "
-"descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
+msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When "
-"enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
+msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. "
-"The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) "
-"for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the "
-"changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
+msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. "
-"The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
+msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable "
-"floppy disk eject command."
+msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the "
-"drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when "
-"you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the "
-"button is inadvertently pressed."
+msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on "
-"partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will "
-"not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device "
-"or mountpoint given on the command line."
+msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not "
-"specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that "
-"the device is not used (since v2.35)."
+msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
+msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also "
-"passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
+msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive "
-"offline command."
+msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject "
-"command."
+msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
+msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's "
-"opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices "
-"support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
+msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all "
-"devices support this command."
+msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is "
-"doing."
+msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available "
-"speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of "
-"the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous "
-"versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some "
-"drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not "
-"work with them."
+msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The "
-"_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X "
-"speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and "
-"you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the "
-"media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or "
-"with the *-t* and *-c* options."
+msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are "
-"used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these "
-"options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
+msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will "
-"attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see "
-"also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not "
-"attempt to eject the media."
+msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray "
-"if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
+msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected "
-"after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the "
-"auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject "
-"mode."
+msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root "
-"is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
+msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat."
-"com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux "
-"version."
+msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
+msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
-"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
-"ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
-"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
-"PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
+msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-"
-"range* are mutually exclusive."
+msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-range* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to "
-"be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the "
-"completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the "
-"location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and "
-"the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be "
-"specified for the collapse-range operation."
+msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
+msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in "
-"order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ "
-"must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies "
-"according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such "
-"a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this "
-"requirement is violated."
+msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this requirement is violated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using "
-"extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O "
-"block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* "
-"is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the "
-"entire file is analyzed for holes."
+msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming "
-"the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
+msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate "
-"blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
+msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at "
-"_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, "
-"partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are "
-"removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this "
-"range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time "
-"as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is "
-"implied."
+msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since "
-"Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
+msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always "
-"completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported "
-"by the underlying filesystem."
+msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for "
-"_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the "
-"regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent "
-"reads from this range will return zeroes."
+msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range "
-"into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will "
-"not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the "
-"either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update "
-"metadata."
+msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
+msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
+msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:91
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the "
-"command line."
+msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution "
-"of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a "
-"specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate "
-"permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be "
-"immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
+msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the "
-"examples below for how that can be used."
+msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting "
-"lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The "
-"default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
+msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is "
-"replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is "
-"incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold "
-"the lock."
+msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
+msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-"
-"E* option for the exit status used."
+msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing "
-"_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should "
-"not be holding the lock."
+msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically "
-"dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special "
-"cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a "
-"background process which should not be holding the lock."
+msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional "
-"values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero "
-"number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
+msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be "
-"obtained."
+msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when "
-"using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire "
-"the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The "
-"exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
+msgid "The command uses <sysexits.h> exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the "
-"exit status is that of the child command."
+msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
+msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. "
-"Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
+msgid "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
+msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file "
-"doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be "
-"created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. "
-"Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is "
-"required."
+msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the "
-"shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the "
-"first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell "
-"script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-"
-"blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing "
-"itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment "
-"variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
+msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment variable to the right value so it doesn't run again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. "
-"The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, "
-"then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
+msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:124
-msgid ""
-"Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see "
-"the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for "
-"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-msgstr ""
-"{copyright} H. Peter Anvin, 2003. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови "
-"копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах Умовами ліцензування програми "
-"НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або "
-"придатності для певної мети."
+msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+msgstr "{copyright} H. Peter Anvin, 2003. Це програмне забезпечення є вільним, умови копіювання викладено у його початкових кодах Умовами ліцензування програми НЕ передбачено жодних гарантій, зокрема гарантій працездатності або придатності для певної мети."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:128
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
-"filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see "
-"*mount*(8))."
+msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is "
-"mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for "
-"more details see *mount*(8))."
+msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new "
-"modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the "
-"filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, "
-"other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, "
-"metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to "
-"write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be "
-"unfrozen."
+msgid "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain "
-"information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files "
-"will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of "
-"the snapshot is complete."
+msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to "
-"continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are "
-"unblocked and allowed to complete."
+msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. "
-"List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, "
-"*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as "
-"more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a "
-"filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
+msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46
msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "fstab - статична інформація про файлові системи"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the "
-"system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is "
-"the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this "
-"file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), "
-"*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their "
-"thing."
+msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are "
-"separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank "
-"lines are ignored."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored."
+msgstr "Кожна файлова система описується в окремому рядку. Поля в кожному рядку розділені табуляціями або пробілами. Рядки, що починаються з '#' є коментарями. Порожні рядки ігноруються."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:61
#, no-wrap
msgid "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "LABEL=t-home2 /home ext4 defaults,auto_da_alloc 0 2\n"
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:63
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or "
-"filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap "
-"partition to be enabled."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap partition to be enabled."
+msgstr "Це поле описує блок спеціального пристрою, віддалену файлову систему або образ файлової системи для пристрою loop, який потрібно змонтувати, або файл підкачки чи розділ підкачки, який потрібно дозволити."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node "
-"(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ "
-"or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth."
-"aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will "
-"show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for "
-"*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, "
-"like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
+msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _<host>:<dir>_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is "
-"the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware "
-"detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For "
-"example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a "
-"filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) "
-"to set LABELs on filesystems)."
+msgid "LABEL=<label> or UUID=<uuid> may be given instead of a device name. This is the recommended method, as device names are often a coincidence of hardware detection order, and can change when other disks are added or removed. For example, 'LABEL=Boot' or 'UUID=3e6be9de-8139-11d1-9106-a43f08d823a6'. (Use a filesystem-specific tool like *e2label*(8), *xfs_admin*(8), or *fatlabel*(8) to set LABELs on filesystems)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions "
-"identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
-msgstr ""
+msgid "It's also possible to use *PARTUUID=* and *PARTLABEL=*. These partitions identifiers are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
+msgstr "Також можна використовувати *PARTUUID=* і *PARTLABEL=*. Ці ідентифікатори розділів підтримуються для прикладу в GUID Partition Table (GPT)."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device "
-"identifiers."
+msgid "See *mount*(8), *blkid*(8) or *lsblk*(8) for more details about device identifiers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the "
-"UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the "
-"volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g "
-"UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
+msgid "Note that *mount*(8) uses UUIDs as strings. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters. But when specifying the volume ID of FAT or NTFS file systems upper case characters are used (e.g UUID=\"A40D-85E7\" or UUID=\"61DB7756DB7779B3\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap "
-"partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the "
-"mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and "
-"'\\011' respectively."
+msgid "This field describes the mount point (target) for the filesystem. For swap partitions, this field should be specified as `none'. If the name of the mount point contains spaces or tabs these can be escaped as `\\040' and '\\011' respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many "
-"filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, "
-"proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, "
-"see *mount*(8)."
+msgid "This field describes the type of the filesystem. Linux supports many filesystem types: ext4, xfs, btrfs, f2fs, vfat, ntfs, hfsplus, tmpfs, sysfs, proc, iso9660, udf, squashfs, nfs, cifs, and many more. For more details, see *mount*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. "
-"*swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
+msgid "An entry _swap_ denotes a file or partition to be used for swapping, cf. *swapon*(8). An entry _none_ is useful for bind or move mounts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:88
msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Можна вказати більше одного типу розділивши їх комами."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:90
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:94
msgid "This field describes the mount options associated with the filesystem."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Це поле описує параметри монтування, повʼязані з файловою системою."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least "
-"the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to "
-"the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see "
-"*mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
+msgid "It is formatted as a comma-separated list of options. It contains at least the type of mount (*ro* or *rw*), plus any additional options appropriate to the filesystem type (including performance-tuning options). For details, see *mount*(8) or *swapon*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:98
msgid "Basic filesystem-independent options are:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Основні, незалежні від файлової системи, параметри:"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:99 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:492
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101
msgid "use default options: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser, and async."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "використовує типові параметри: rw, suid, dev, exec, auto, nouser та async."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:101 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:468
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103
msgid "do not mount when *mount -a* is given (e.g., at boot time)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "не монтувати, коли вказано *mount -a* (напр., під час завантаження системи)"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:103 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:613
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105
msgid "allow a user to mount"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "дозволяє монтувати користувачеві"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:105 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:580
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
msgid "allow device owner to mount"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "дозволяє монтувати власникові пристрою"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:107
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:111
msgid "do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "не звітувати про помилки для цього пристрою, якщо він не існує."
#. type: Title ===
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:112
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be "
-"dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
+msgid "This field is used by *dump*(8) to determine which filesystems need to be dumped. Defaults to zero (don't dump) if not present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem "
-"checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a "
-"_fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. "
-"Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on "
-"different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism "
-"available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if "
-"not present."
+msgid "This field is used by *fsck*(8) to determine the order in which filesystem checks are done at boot time. The root filesystem should be specified with a _fs_passno_ of 1. Other filesystems should have a _fs_passno_ of 2. Filesystems within a drive will be checked sequentially, but filesystems on different drives will be checked at the same time to utilize parallelism available in the hardware. Defaults to zero (don't check the filesystem) if not present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:128
-msgid ""
-"The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines "
-"*getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
+msgid "The proper way to read records from *fstab* is to use the routines *getmntent*(3) or *libmount*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:130
-msgid ""
-"The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported "
-"by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
+msgid "The keyword *ignore* as a filesystem type (3rd field) is no longer supported by the pure libmount based mount utility (since util-linux v2.22)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. "
-"Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as "
-"explained below."
+msgid "By default, *fstrim* will discard all unused blocks in the filesystem. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the "
-"filesystem is mounted."
+msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might "
-"negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop "
-"and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that "
-"not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a "
-"performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the "
-"time."
+msgid "Running *fstrim* frequently, or even using *mount -o discard*, might negatively affect the lifetime of poor-quality SSD devices. For most desktop and server systems a sufficient trimming frequency is once a week. Note that not all devices support a queued trim, so each trim command incurs a performance penalty on whatever else might be trying to use the disk at the time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the "
-"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
-"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
-"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid "The _offset_, _length_, and _minimum-size_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that "
-"support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel "
-"command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--"
-"offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. "
-"Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only "
-"devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems "
-"with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
+msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems mentioned in _/etc/fstab_ on devices that support the discard operation. The root filesystem is determined from kernel command line if missing in the file. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices, autofs and read-only filesystems are silently ignored. Filesystems with \"X-fstrim.notrim\" mount option are skipped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. "
-"The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are "
-"applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support "
-"the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are "
-"silently ignored."
+msgid "Trim all mounted filesystems on devices that support the discard operation. The other supplied options, like *--offset*, *--length* and *--minimum*, are applied to all these devices. Errors from filesystems that do not support the discard operation, read-only devices and read-only filesystems are silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks "
-"to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the "
-"filesystem."
+msgid "Byte offset in the filesystem from which to begin searching for free blocks to discard. The default value is zero, starting at the beginning of the filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to "
-"discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, "
-"*fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value "
-"extends to the end of the filesystem."
+msgid "The number of bytes (after the starting point) to search for free blocks to discard. If the specified value extends past the end of the filesystem, *fstrim* will stop at the filesystem size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo "
-"format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of "
-"the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
+msgid "Specifies a colon-separated list of files in fstab or kernel mountinfo format. All missing or empty files are silently ignored. The evaluation of the _list_ stops after first non-empty file. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is "
-"internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free "
-"ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the "
-"minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that "
-"(fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the "
-"*fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly "
-"fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default "
-"value is zero, discarding every free block."
+msgid "Minimum contiguous free range to discard, in bytes. (This value is internally rounded up to a multiple of the filesystem block size.) Free ranges smaller than this will be ignored and *fstrim* will adjust the minimum if it's smaller than the device's minimum, and report that (fstrim_range.minlen) back to userspace. By increasing this value, the *fstrim* operation will complete more quickly for filesystems with badly fragmented freespace, although not all blocks will be discarded. The default value is zero, discarding every free block."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes "
-"passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential "
-"discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's "
-"perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the "
-"same sectors for discard repeatedly."
+msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *fstrim* will output the number of bytes passed from the filesystem down the block stack to the device for potential discard. This number is a maximum discard amount from the storage device's perspective, because _FITRIM_ ioctl called repeated will keep sending the same sectors for discard repeatedly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This "
-"option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts "
-"to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver "
-"reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of "
-"file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit "
-"status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
+msgid "Suppress error messages if trim operation (ioctl) is unsupported. This option is meant to be used in *systemd* service file or in *cron*(8) scripts to hide warnings that are result of known problems, such as NTFS driver reporting _Bad file descriptor_ when device is mounted read-only, or lack of file system support for ioctl _FITRIM_ call. This option also cleans exit status when unsupported filesystem specified on *fstrim* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 "
-"(some failed, some succeeded)."
+msgid "The command *fstrim --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed) or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:87
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the "
-"*--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their "
-"respective descriptions below."
+msgid "Since v2.26 important changes were made to the *--hctosys* function and the *--directisa* option, and a new option *--update-drift* was added. See their respective descriptions below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a "
-"time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
+msgid "The following functions are mutually exclusive, only one can be given at a time. If none is given, the default is *--show*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift "
-"since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, "
-"under *The Adjust Function*."
+msgid "Add or subtract time from the Hardware Clock to account for systematic drift since the last time the clock was set or adjusted. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through "
-"the Linux kernel RTC driver."
+msgid "These functions are for Alpha machines only, and are only available through the Linux kernel RTC driver."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch "
-"is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware "
-"Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in "
-"the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the "
-"kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
+msgid "They are used to read and set the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value. Epoch is the number of years into AD to which a zero year value in the Hardware Clock refers. For example, if the machine's BIOS sets the year counter in the Hardware Clock to contain the number of full years since 1952, then the kernel's Hardware Clock epoch value must be 1952."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the "
-"year. For example:"
+msgid "The *--setepoch* function requires using the *--epoch* option to specify the year. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may "
-"not be required."
+msgid "The RTC driver attempts to guess the correct epoch value, so setting it may not be required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock "
-"on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware "
-"Clock epoch of 1900."
+msgid "This epoch value is used whenever *hwclock* reads or sets the Hardware Clock on an Alpha machine. For ISA machines the kernel uses the fixed Hardware Clock epoch of 1900."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve "
-"the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
+msgid "Read and set the RTC's parameter. This is useful, for example, to retrieve the RTC's feature or set the RTC's Backup Switchover Mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's "
-"_include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid "
-"aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as "
-"hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
+msgid "_parameter_ is either a numeric RTC parameter value (see the Kernel's _include/uapi/linux/rtc.h_) or an alias. See *--help* for a list of valid aliases. _parameter_ and _value_, if prefixed with 0x, are interpreted as hexadecimal, otherwise decimal values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time "
-"given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This "
-"is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock "
-"wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
+msgid "Predict what the Hardware Clock will read in the future based upon the time given by the *--date* option and the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. This is useful, for example, to account for drift when setting a Hardware Clock wakeup (aka alarm). See *rtcwake*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything "
-"other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 "
-"minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
+msgid "Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO "
-"8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your "
-"Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
+msgid "Read the Hardware Clock and print its time to standard output in the *ISO 8601* format. The time shown is always in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
+msgid "Showing the Hardware Clock time is the default when no function is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based "
-"upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the "
-"Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current "
-"operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-"
-"booting another OS."
+msgid "The *--get* function also applies drift correction to the time read, based upon the information in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. Do not use this function if the Hardware Clock is being modified by anything other than the current operating system's *hwclock* command, such as '11 minute mode' or from dual-booting another OS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the "
-"Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using "
-"it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
-"Function*."
+msgid "Set the System Clock from the Hardware Clock. The time read from the Hardware Clock is compensated to account for systematic drift before using it to set the System Clock. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time "
-"applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured "
-"for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time "
-"read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the "
-"System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information "
-"in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and "
-"*--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion "
-"below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
+msgid "The System Clock must be kept in the UTC timescale for date-time applications to work correctly in conjunction with the timezone configured for the system. If the Hardware Clock is kept in local time then the time read from it must be shifted to the UTC timescale before using it to set the System Clock. The *--hctosys* function does this based upon the information in the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file or the command line arguments *--localtime* and *--utc*. Note: no daylight saving adjustment is made. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to "
-"the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by "
-"the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) "
-"would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's "
-"timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, "
-"see *settimeofday*(2).)"
+msgid "The kernel also keeps a timezone value, the *--hctosys* function sets it to the timezone configured for the system. The system timezone is configured by the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as *tzset*(3) would interpret them. The obsolete _tz_dsttime_ field of the kernel's timezone value is set to zero. (For details on what this field used to mean, see *settimeofday*(2).)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first "
-"caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' "
-"timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the "
-"Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is "
-"required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic "
-"Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
+msgid "When used in a startup script, making the *--hctosys* function the first caller of *settimeofday*(2) from boot, it will set the NTP '11 minute mode' timescale via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If the Hardware Clock's timescale configuration is changed then a reboot is required to inform the kernel. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before "
-"the file systems are mounted read/write."
+msgid "This is a good function to use in one of the system startup scripts before the file systems are mounted read/write."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time "
-"will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if "
-"something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then "
-"*--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
+msgid "This function should never be used on a running system. Jumping system time will cause problems, such as corrupted filesystem timestamps. Also, if something has changed the Hardware Clock, like NTP's '11 minute mode', then *--hctosys* will set the time incorrectly by including drift compensation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in "
-"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--"
-"update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere "
-"else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when "
-"calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the "
-"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC "
-"timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local "
-"time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling "
-"*hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command "
-"will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local "
-"time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
+msgid "Drift compensation can be inhibited by setting the drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ to zero. This setting will be persistent as long as the *--update-drift* option is not used with *--systohc* at shutdown (or anywhere else). Another way to inhibit this is by using the *--noadjfile* option when calling the *--hctosys* function. A third method is to delete the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. *Hwclock* will then default to using the UTC timescale for the Hardware Clock. If the Hardware Clock is ticking local time it will need to be defined in the file. This can be done by calling *hwclock --localtime --adjust*; when the file is not present this command will not actually adjust the Clock, but it will create the file with local time configured, and a drift factor of zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be "
-"desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this "
-"instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, "
-"then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will "
-"be incorrect."
+msgid "A condition under which inhibiting *hwclock*'s drift correction may be desired is when dual-booting multiple operating systems. If while this instance of Linux is stopped, another OS changes the Hardware Clock's value, then when this instance is started again the drift correction applied will be incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that "
-"nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
+msgid "For *hwclock*'s drift correction to work properly it is imperative that nothing changes the Hardware Clock while its Linux instance is not running."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update "
-"the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also "
-"(re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. "
-"See *--update-drift* below."
+msgid "Set the Hardware Clock to the time given by the *--date* option, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--set* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the "
-"Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift "
-"correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with "
-"kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from "
-"the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
+msgid "This is an alternate to the *--hctosys* function that does not read the Hardware Clock nor set the System Clock; consequently there is not any drift correction. It is intended to be used in a startup script on systems with kernels above version 2.6 where you know the System Clock has been set from the Hardware Clock by the kernel during boot."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* "
-"function:"
+msgid "It does the following things that are detailed above in the *--hctosys* function:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of "
-"accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the "
-"kernel and it handles the change."
+msgid "Corrects the System Clock timescale to UTC as needed. Only instead of accomplishing this by setting the System Clock, *hwclock* simply informs the kernel and it handles the change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) "
-"after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup "
-"script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a "
-"reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
+msgid "The first two are only available on the first call of *settimeofday*(2) after boot. Consequently this option only makes sense when used in a startup script. If the Hardware Clocks timescale configuration is changed then a reboot would be required to inform the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in "
-"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the "
-"drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-"
-"drift* below."
+msgid "Set the Hardware Clock from the System Clock, and update the timestamps in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. With the *--update-drift* option also (re)calculate the drift factor. Try it without the option if *--systohc* fails. See *--update-drift* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, "
-"otherwise it is ignored."
+msgid "This option must be used with the *--set* or *--predict* functions, otherwise it is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in "
-"UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not "
-"include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like "
-"\"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation "
-"between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional "
-"seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many "
-"time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
+msgid "The argument must be in local time, even if you keep your Hardware Clock in UTC. See the *--localtime* option. Therefore, the argument should not include any timezone information. It also should not be a relative time like \"+5 minutes\", because *hwclock*'s precision depends upon correlation between the argument's value and when the enter key is pressed. Fractional seconds are silently dropped. This option is capable of understanding many time and date formats, but the previous parameters should be observed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting "
-"the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC "
-"types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) "
-"then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
+msgid "This option can be used to overwrite the internally used delay when setting the clock time. The default is 0.5 (500ms) for rtc_cmos, for another RTC types the delay is 0. If RTC type is impossible to determine (from sysfs) then it defaults also to 0.5 to be backwardly compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:124
-msgid ""
-"The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) "
-"hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus "
-"one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface "
-"to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is "
-"because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms "
-"after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware "
-"specific and in same cases another delay is required."
+msgid "The 500ms default is based on commonly used MC146818A-compatible (x86) hardware clock. This Hardware Clock can only be set to any integer time plus one half second. The integer time is required because there is no interface to set or get a fractional second. The additional half second delay is because the Hardware Clock updates to the following second precisely 500 ms after setting the new time. Unfortunately, this behavior is hardware specific and in same cases another delay is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be "
-"repurposed or removed in a future release."
+msgid "Use *--verbose*. The *--debug* option has been deprecated and may be repurposed or removed in a future release."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:130
-msgid ""
-"This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 "
-"family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to "
-"use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this "
-"option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be "
-"driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer "
-"automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was "
-"causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the "
-"Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace "
-"should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when "
-"all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
+msgid "This option is meaningful for ISA compatible machines in the x86 and x86_64 family. For other machines, it has no effect. This option tells *hwclock* to use explicit I/O instructions to access the Hardware Clock. Without this option, *hwclock* will use the rtc device file, which it assumes to be driven by the Linux RTC device driver. As of v2.26 it will no longer automatically use directisa when the rtc driver is unavailable; this was causing an unsafe condition that could allow two processes to access the Hardware Clock at the same time. Direct hardware access from userspace should only be used for testing, troubleshooting, and as a last resort when all other methods fail. See the *--rtc* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:133
-msgid ""
-"This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum "
-"_year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
+msgid "This option is required when using the *--setepoch* function. The minimum _year_ value is 1900. The maximum is system dependent (*ULONG_MAX - 1*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:136
-msgid ""
-"Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the "
-"first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For "
-"*IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
+msgid "Override *hwclock*'s default rtc device file name. Otherwise it will use the first one found in this order: _/dev/rtc0_, _/dev/rtc_, _/dev/misc/rtc_. For *IA-64:* _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:141
-msgid ""
-"The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local "
-"timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being "
-"used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the "
-"*hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take "
-"a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be "
-"incorrect."
+msgid "The Hardware Clock may be configured to use either the UTC or the local timescale, but nothing in the clock itself says which alternative is being used. The *--localtime* or *--utc* options give this information to the *hwclock* command. If you specify the wrong one (or specify neither and take a wrong default), both setting and reading the Hardware Clock will be incorrect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given "
-"with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in "
-"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the "
-"default is UTC."
+msgid "If you specify neither *--utc* nor *--localtime* then the one last given with a set function (*--set*, *--systohc*, or *--adjust*), as recorded in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, will be used. If the adjtime file doesn't exist, the default is UTC."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware "
-"Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
+msgid "Note: daylight saving time changes may be inconsistent when the Hardware Clock is kept in local time. See the discussion below, under *LOCAL vs UTC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:148
-msgid ""
-"Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read "
-"nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* "
-"must be specified when using this option."
+msgid "Disable the facilities provided by _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. *hwclock* will not read nor write to that file with this option. Either *--utc* or *--localtime* must be specified when using this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:151
-msgid ""
-"Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or "
-"_{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
+msgid "Do not actually change anything on the system, that is, the Clocks or _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ (*--verbose* is implicit with this option)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:154
-msgid ""
-"Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be "
-"used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
+msgid "Update the Hardware Clock's drift factor in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_. It can only be used with *--set* or *--systohc*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:156
-msgid ""
-"A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid "
-"invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting "
-"drift factor will be."
+msgid "A minimum four hour period between settings is required. This is to avoid invalid calculations. The longer the period, the more precise the resulting drift factor will be."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:158
-msgid ""
-"This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call "
-"*hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would "
-"automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
+msgid "This option was added in v2.26, because it is typical for systems to call *hwclock --systohc* at shutdown; with the old behavior this would automatically (re)calculate the drift factor which caused several problems:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:160
-msgid ""
-"When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be "
-"clobbered to near zero."
+msgid "When using NTP with an '11 minute mode' kernel the drift factor would be clobbered to near zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:161
-msgid ""
-"It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most "
-"configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means "
-"when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the "
-"drift factor."
+msgid "It would not allow the use of 'cold' drift correction. With most configurations using 'cold' drift will yield favorable results. Cold, means when the machine is turned off which can have a significant impact on the drift factor."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:162
-msgid ""
-"(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. "
-"For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot "
-"the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
+msgid "(Re)calculating drift factor on every shutdown delivers suboptimal results. For example, if ephemeral conditions cause the machine to be abnormally hot the drift factor calculation would be out of range."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:163
-msgid ""
-"Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--"
-"update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
+msgid "Significantly increased system shutdown times (as of v2.31 when not using *--update-drift* the RTC is not read)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:165
-msgid ""
-"Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
-"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
-"the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal "
-"drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old "
-"behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires "
-"this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust "
-"Function*."
+msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. For most configurations once a machine's optimal drift factor is crafted it should not need to be changed. Therefore, the old behavior to automatically (re)calculate drift was changed and now requires this option to be used. See the discussion below, under *The Adjust Function*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it "
-"cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This "
-"can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power "
-"failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. "
-"Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be "
-"invalid anyway."
+msgid "This option requires reading the Hardware Clock before setting it. If it cannot be read, then this option will cause the set functions to fail. This can happen, for example, if the Hardware Clock is corrupted by a power failure. In that case, the clock must first be set without this option. Despite it not working, the resulting drift correction factor would be invalid anyway."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:180
-msgid ""
-"On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA "
-"standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole "
-"second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the "
-"clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
+msgid "On an ISA compatible system, this clock is specified as part of the ISA standard. A control program can read or set this clock only to a whole second, but it can also detect the edges of the 1 second clock ticks, so the clock actually has virtually infinite precision."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:182
-msgid ""
-"This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the "
-"RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized "
-"form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as "
-"the persistent clock."
+msgid "This clock is commonly called the hardware clock, the real time clock, the RTC, the BIOS clock, and the CMOS clock. Hardware Clock, in its capitalized form, was coined for use by *hwclock*. The Linux kernel also refers to it as the persistent clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:184
-msgid ""
-"Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them "
-"having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip "
-"might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a "
-"more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other "
-"purposes."
+msgid "Some non-ISA systems have a few real time clocks with only one of them having its own power domain. A very low power external I2C or SPI clock chip might be used with a backup battery as the hardware clock to initialize a more functional integrated real-time clock which is used for most other purposes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:188
-msgid ""
-"The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose "
-"is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be "
-"initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, "
-"the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
+msgid "The System Time is the time that matters. The Hardware Clock's basic purpose is to keep time when Linux is not running so that the System Clock can be initialized from it at boot. Note that in DOS, for which ISA was designed, the Hardware Clock is the only real time clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:190
-msgid ""
-"It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as "
-"would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is "
-"running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while "
-"the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with "
-"the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not "
-"possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
+msgid "It is important that the System Time not have any discontinuities such as would happen if you used the *date*(1) program to set it while the system is running. You can, however, do whatever you want to the Hardware Clock while the system is running, and the next time Linux starts up, it will do so with the adjusted time from the Hardware Clock. Note: currently this is not possible on most systems because *hwclock --systohc* is called at shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:192
-msgid ""
-"The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- "
-"almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, "
-"programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display "
-"a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of "
-"determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/"
-"etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, "
-"some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use "
-"the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the "
-"kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the "
-"wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute "
-"mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ "
-"variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 "
-"minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock "
-"Synchronization by the Kernel*."
+msgid "The Linux kernel's timezone is set by *hwclock*. But don't be misled -- almost nobody cares what timezone the kernel thinks it is in. Instead, programs that care about the timezone (perhaps because they want to display a local time for you) almost always use a more traditional method of determining the timezone: They use the *TZ* environment variable or the _/etc/localtime_ file, as explained in the man page for *tzset*(3). However, some programs and fringe parts of the Linux kernel such as filesystems use the kernel's timezone value. An example is the vfat filesystem. If the kernel timezone value is wrong, the vfat filesystem will report and set the wrong timestamps on files. Another example is the kernel's NTP '11 minute mode'. If the kernel's timezone value and/or the _persistent_clock_is_local_ variable are wrong, then the Hardware Clock will be set incorrectly by '11 minute mode'. See the discussion below, under *Automatic Hardware Clock Synchronization by the Kernel*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:196
-msgid ""
-"The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field "
-"tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) "
-"lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight "
-"Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the "
-"present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. "
-"See also *settimeofday*(2)."
+msgid "The kernel's timezone value actually consists of two parts: 1) a field tz_minuteswest indicating how many minutes local time (not adjusted for DST) lags behind UTC, and 2) a field tz_dsttime indicating the type of Daylight Savings Time (DST) convention that is in effect in the locality at the present time. This second field is not used under Linux and is always zero. See also *settimeofday*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:202
-msgid ""
-"However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an "
-"rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock "
-"depends on the system hardware."
+msgid "However, this method is not always available as older systems do not have an rtc driver. On these systems, the method of accessing the Hardware Clock depends on the system hardware."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:204
-msgid ""
-"On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory"
-"\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. "
-"It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if "
-"running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by "
-"specifying the *--directisa* option."
+msgid "On an ISA compatible system, *hwclock* can directly access the \"CMOS memory\" registers that constitute the clock, by doing I/O to Ports 0x70 and 0x71. It does this with actual I/O instructions and consequently can only do it if running with superuser effective userid. This method may be used by specifying the *--directisa* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:206
-msgid ""
-"This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons "
-"that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and "
-"disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and "
-"because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have "
-"a working rtc device driver."
+msgid "This is a really poor method of accessing the clock, for all the reasons that userspace programs are generally not supposed to do direct I/O and disable interrupts. *hwclock* provides it for testing, troubleshooting, and because it may be the only method available on ISA systems which do not have a working rtc device driver."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:210
-msgid ""
-"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its "
-"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of "
-"time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* "
-"function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
+msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. *hwclock*'s *--adjust* function lets you apply systematic drift corrections to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:212
-msgid ""
-"It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps "
-"some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
+msgid "It works like this: *hwclock* keeps a file, _{ADJTIME_PATH}_, that keeps some historical information. This is called the adjtime file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:214
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command "
-"to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the "
-"adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock "
-"was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you "
-"issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. "
-"*hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time "
-"the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic "
-"drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. "
-"*hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds "
-"per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. "
-"So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the "
-"current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by "
-"and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: "
-"subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as "
-"the last time the clock was adjusted."
+msgid "Suppose you start with no adjtime file. You issue a *hwclock --set* command to set the Hardware Clock to the true current time. *hwclock* creates the adjtime file and records in it the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated. Five days later, the clock has gained 10 seconds, so you issue a *hwclock --set --update-drift* command to set it back 10 seconds. *hwclock* updates the adjtime file to show the current time as the last time the clock was calibrated, and records 2 seconds per day as the systematic drift rate. 24 hours go by, and then you issue a *hwclock --adjust* command. *hwclock* consults the adjtime file and sees that the clock gains 2 seconds per day when left alone and that it has been left alone for exactly one day. So it subtracts 2 seconds from the Hardware Clock. It then records the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted. Another 24 hours go by and you issue another *hwclock --adjust*. *hwclock* does the same thing: subtracts 2 seconds and updates the adjtime file with the current time as the last time the clock was adjusted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:216
-msgid ""
-"When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the "
-"systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift "
-"corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it "
-"derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from "
-"the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}"
-"_."
+msgid "When you use the *--update-drift* option with *--set* or *--systohc*, the systematic drift rate is (re)calculated by comparing the fully drift corrected current Hardware Clock time with the new set time, from that it derives the 24 hour drift rate based on the last calibrated timestamp from the adjtime file. This updated drift factor is then saved in _{ADJTIME_PATH}_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:218
-msgid ""
-"A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--"
-"adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. "
-"Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will "
-"be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any "
-"fractional amount."
+msgid "A small amount of error creeps in when the Hardware Clock is set, so *--adjust* refrains from making any adjustment that is less than 1 second. Later on, when you request an adjustment again, the accumulated drift will be more than 1 second and *--adjust* will make the adjustment including any fractional amount."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:224
-msgid ""
-"While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it "
-"actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to "
-"the next."
+msgid "While named for its historical purpose of controlling adjustments only, it actually contains other information used by *hwclock* from one invocation to the next."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:228
-msgid ""
-"Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in "
-"seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds "
-"since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) "
-"zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
+msgid "Line 1: Three numbers, separated by blanks: 1) the systematic drift rate in seconds per day, floating point decimal; 2) the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration, decimal integer; 3) zero (for compatibility with *clock*(8)) as a floating point decimal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:230
-msgid ""
-"Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most "
-"recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known "
-"that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware "
-"Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). "
-"This is a decimal integer."
+msgid "Line 2: One number: the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:232
-msgid ""
-"Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to "
-"Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value "
-"with options on the *hwclock* command line."
+msgid "Line 3: \"UTC\" or \"LOCAL\". Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:234
-msgid ""
-"You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) "
-"program with *hwclock*."
+msgid "You can use an adjtime file that was previously used with the *clock*(8) program with *hwclock*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:238
-msgid ""
-"You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept "
-"synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies "
-"the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a "
-"compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a "
-"good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep "
-"your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time "
-"synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio "
-"clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
+msgid "You should be aware of another way that the Hardware Clock is kept synchronized in some systems. The Linux kernel has a mode wherein it copies the System Time to the Hardware Clock every 11 minutes. This mode is a compile time option, so not all kernels will have this capability. This is a good mode to use when you are using something sophisticated like NTP to keep your System Clock synchronized. (NTP is a way to keep your System Time synchronized either to a time server somewhere on the network or to a radio clock hooked up to your system. See RFC 1305.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:240
-msgid ""
-"If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active "
-"when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this "
-"state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's "
-"_time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line "
-"of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
+msgid "If the kernel is compiled with the '11 minute mode' option it will be active when the kernel's clock discipline is in a synchronized state. When in this state, bit 6 (the bit that is set in the mask 0x0040) of the kernel's _time_status_ variable is unset. This value is output as the 'status' line of the *adjtimex --print* or *ntptime* commands."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:242
-msgid ""
-"It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock "
-"discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute "
-"mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock "
-"the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP "
-"daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the "
-"next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
+msgid "It takes an outside influence, like the NTP daemon to put the kernel's clock discipline into a synchronized state, and therefore turn on '11 minute mode'. It can be turned off by running anything that sets the System Clock the old fashioned way, including *hwclock --hctosys*. However, if the NTP daemon is still running, it will turn '11 minute mode' back on again the next time it synchronizes the System Clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:244
-msgid ""
-"If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--"
-"hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock "
-"is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of "
-"what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong "
-"one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
+msgid "If your system runs with '11 minute mode' on, it may need to use either *--hctosys* or *--systz* in a startup script, especially if the Hardware Clock is configured to use the local timescale. Unless the kernel is informed of what timescale the Hardware Clock is using, it may clobber it with the wrong one. The kernel uses UTC by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:246
-msgid ""
-"The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what "
-"timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the "
-"_persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is "
-"the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the "
-"appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and "
-"the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is "
-"required to notify the kernel."
+msgid "The first userspace command to set the System Clock informs the kernel what timescale the Hardware Clock is using. This happens via the _persistent_clock_is_local_ kernel variable. If *--hctosys* or *--systz* is the first, it will set this variable according to the adjtime file or the appropriate command-line argument. Note that when using this capability and the Hardware Clock timescale configuration is changed, then a reboot is required to notify the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:252
-msgid ""
-"There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA "
-"machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set "
-"that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that "
-"way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a "
-"good job of implying which century it is."
+msgid "There is some sort of standard that defines CMOS memory Byte 50 on an ISA machine as an indicator of what century it is. *hwclock* does not use or set that byte because there are some machines that don't define the byte that way, and it really isn't necessary anyway, since the year-of-century does a good job of implying which century it is."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:254
-msgid ""
-"If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* "
-"maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
+msgid "If you have a bona fide use for a CMOS century byte, contact the *hwclock* maintainer; an option may be appropriate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:256
-msgid ""
-"Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA"
-"\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to "
-"access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
+msgid "Note that this section is only relevant when you are using the \"direct ISA\" method of accessing the Hardware Clock. ACPI provides a standard way to access century values, when they are supported by the hardware."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:264
-msgid ""
-"Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a "
-"cron job.\""
+msgid "Nothing is running that alters the date-time clocks, such as NTP daemon or a cron job.\""
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:265
-msgid ""
-"The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, "
-"under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
+msgid "The system timezone is configured for the correct local time. See below, under *POSIX vs 'RIGHT'*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:266
-msgid ""
-"Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --"
-"tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
+msgid "Early during startup the following are called, in this order: *adjtimex --tick* _value_ *--frequency* _value_ *hwclock --hctosys*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:271
-msgid ""
-"Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to "
-"configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
+msgid "Whether maintaining precision time with NTP daemon or not, it makes sense to configure the system to keep reasonably good date-time on its own."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:273
-msgid ""
-"The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the "
-"big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at "
-"their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own "
-"rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each "
-"of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between "
-"these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time "
-"keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to "
-"configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will "
-"be overlaid upon it."
+msgid "The first step in making that happen is having a clear understanding of the big picture. There are two completely separate hardware devices running at their own speed and drifting away from the 'correct' time at their own rates. The methods and software for drift correction are different for each of them. However, most systems are configured to exchange values between these two clocks at startup and shutdown. Now the individual device's time keeping errors are transferred back and forth between each other. Attempt to configure drift correction for only one of them, and the other's drift will be overlaid upon it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:275
-msgid ""
-"This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System "
-"Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all "
-"of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon "
-"the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the "
-"System Clock should be done first."
+msgid "This problem can be avoided when configuring drift correction for the System Clock by simply not shutting down the machine. This, plus the fact that all of *hwclock*'s precision (including calculating drift factors) depends upon the System Clock's rate being correct, means that configuration of the System Clock should be done first."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:277
-msgid ""
-"The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--"
-"tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse "
-"adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not "
-"have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
+msgid "The System Clock drift is corrected with the *adjtimex*(8) command's *--tick* and *--frequency* options. These two work together: tick is the coarse adjustment and frequency is the fine adjustment. (For systems that do not have an *adjtimex* package, *ntptime -f* _ppm_ may be used instead.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:279
-msgid ""
-"Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock "
-"drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting "
-"clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying "
-"to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and "
-"frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement "
-"over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A "
-"better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
+msgid "Some Linux distributions attempt to automatically calculate the System Clock drift with *adjtimex*'s compare operation. Trying to correct one drifting clock by using another drifting clock as a reference is akin to a dog trying to catch its own tail. Success may happen eventually, but great effort and frustration will likely precede it. This automation may yield an improvement over no configuration, but expecting optimum results would be in error. A better choice for manual configuration would be *adjtimex*'s *--log* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:281
-msgid ""
-"It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, "
-"or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction "
-"manually."
+msgid "It may be more effective to simply track the System Clock drift with *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, and then calculate the correction manually."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:283
-msgid ""
-"After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the "
-"adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for "
-"more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
+msgid "After setting the tick and frequency values, continue to test and refine the adjustments until the System Clock keeps good time. See *adjtimex*(2) for more information and the example demonstrating manual drift calculations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:285
-msgid ""
-"Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
+msgid "Once the System Clock is ticking smoothly, move on to the Hardware Clock."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:287
-msgid ""
-"As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true "
-"even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that "
-"case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare "
-"occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold "
-"drift should yield better results."
+msgid "As a rule, cold drift will work best for most use cases. This should be true even for 24/7 machines whose normal downtime consists of a reboot. In that case the drift factor value makes little difference. But on the rare occasion that the machine is shut down for an extended period, then cold drift should yield better results."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:307
-msgid ""
-"Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-"
-"drift* option."
+msgid "Immediately use *hwclock* to set the correct time, adding the *--update-drift* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:309
-msgid ""
-"Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set "
-"correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
+msgid "Note: if step 6 uses *--systohc*, then the System Clock must be set correctly (step 6a) just before doing so."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:311
-msgid ""
-"Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but "
-"for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing "
-"the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor "
-"until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, "
-"first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use "
-"*sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
+msgid "Having *hwclock* calculate the drift factor is a good starting point, but for optimal results it will likely need to be adjusted by directly editing the _{ADJTIME_PATH}_ file. Continue to test and refine the drift factor until the Hardware Clock is corrected properly at startup. To check this, first make sure that the System Time is correct before shutdown and then use *sntp*, or *date -Ins* and a precision timepiece, immediately after startup."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:315
-msgid ""
-"Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight "
-"saving time results:"
+msgid "Keeping the Hardware Clock in a local timescale causes inconsistent daylight saving time results:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:317
-msgid ""
-"If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written "
-"to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
+msgid "If Linux is running during a daylight saving time change, the time written to the Hardware Clock will be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:318
-msgid ""
-"If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read "
-"from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
+msgid "If Linux is NOT running during a daylight saving time change, the time read from the Hardware Clock will NOT be adjusted for the change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:320
-msgid ""
-"The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, "
-"it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* "
-"is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local "
-"time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
+msgid "The Hardware Clock on an ISA compatible system keeps only a date and time, it has no concept of timezone nor daylight saving. Therefore, when *hwclock* is told that it is in local time, it assumes it is in the 'correct' local time and makes no adjustments to the time read from it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:322
-msgid ""
-"Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the "
-"Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for "
-"system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the "
-"argument to the *--date* option."
+msgid "Linux handles daylight saving time changes transparently only when the Hardware Clock is kept in the UTC timescale. Doing so is made easy for system administrators as *hwclock* uses local time for its output and as the argument to the *--date* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:324
-msgid ""
-"POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in "
-"the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System "
-"Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
+msgid "POSIX systems, like Linux, are designed to have the System Clock operate in the UTC timescale. The Hardware Clock's purpose is to initialize the System Clock, so also keeping it in UTC makes sense."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:326
-msgid ""
-"Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the "
-"local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of "
-"MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is "
-"supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in "
-"UTC."
+msgid "Linux does, however, attempt to accommodate the Hardware Clock being in the local timescale. This is primarily for dual-booting with older versions of MS Windows. From Windows 7 on, the RealTimeIsUniversal registry key is supposed to be working properly so that its Hardware Clock can be kept in UTC."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:330
-msgid ""
-"A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without "
-"addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area "
-"that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time "
-"Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
+msgid "A discussion on date-time configuration would be incomplete without addressing timezones, this is mostly well covered by *tzset*(3). One area that seems to have no documentation is the 'right' directory of the Time Zone Database, sometimes called tz or zoneinfo."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:333
-msgid ""
-"There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. "
-"'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. "
-"To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap "
-"seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the "
-"exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. "
-"The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, "
-"by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: "
-"this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
+msgid "There are two separate databases in the zoneinfo system, posix and 'right'. 'Right' (now named zoneinfo-leaps) includes leap seconds and posix does not. To use the 'right' database the System Clock must be set to (UTC {plus} leap seconds), which is equivalent to (TAI - 10). This allows calculating the exact number of seconds between two dates that cross a leap second epoch. The System Clock is then converted to the correct civil time, including UTC, by using the 'right' timezone files which subtract the leap seconds. Note: this configuration is considered experimental and is known to have issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:335
-msgid ""
-"To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located "
-"in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files "
-"are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., "
-"TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the "
-"upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the "
-"posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into "
-"sibling directories:"
+msgid "To configure a system to use a particular database all of the files located in its directory must be copied to the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_. Files are never used directly from the posix or 'right' subdirectories, e.g., TZ='_right/Europe/Dublin_'. This habit was becoming so common that the upstream zoneinfo project restructured the system's file tree by moving the posix and 'right' subdirectories out of the zoneinfo directory and into sibling directories:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:337
-msgid ""
-"_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-"
-"leaps_"
+msgid "_/usr/share/zoneinfo_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-posix_, _/usr/share/zoneinfo-leaps_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:339
-msgid ""
-"Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree "
-"structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators "
-"reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system "
-"timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo "
-"database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such "
-"as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or "
-"*hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/"
-"share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files "
-"exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an "
-"incorrect time conversion."
+msgid "Unfortunately, some Linux distributions are changing it back to the old tree structure in their packages. So the problem of system administrators reaching into the 'right' subdirectory persists. This causes the system timezone to be configured to include leap seconds while the zoneinfo database is still configured to exclude them. Then when an application such as a World Clock needs the South_Pole timezone file; or an email MTA, or *hwclock* needs the UTC timezone file; they fetch it from the root of _/usr/share/zoneinfo_ , because that is what they are supposed to do. Those files exclude leap seconds, but the System Clock now includes them, causing an incorrect time conversion."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:341
-msgid ""
-"Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not "
-"work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different "
-"timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or "
-"'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ "
-"environment variable."
+msgid "Attempting to mix and match files from these separate databases will not work, because they each require the System Clock to use a different timescale. The zoneinfo database must be configured to use either posix or 'right', as described above, or by assigning a database path to the _TZDIR_ environment variable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:356
-msgid ""
-"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
-"configured timezone."
+msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:359
-msgid ""
-"If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system "
-"configured timezone database directory path."
+msgid "If this variable is set its value takes precedence over the system configured timezone database directory path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:364
-msgid ""
-"The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
+msgid "The configuration and state file for *hwclock*. See also *adjtime_config*(5)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:372
-msgid ""
-"Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/"
-"rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
+msgid "Device files *hwclock* may try for Hardware Clock access: _/dev/rtc0_ _/dev/rtc_ _/dev/misc/rtc_ _/dev/efirtc_ _/dev/misc/efirtc_"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:382
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*date*(1),\n"
-#| "*adjtimex*(8),\n"
-#| "*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
-#| "*settimeofday*(2),\n"
-#| "*crontab*(1p),\n"
-#| "*tzset*(3)\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*date*(1),\n"
"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*tzset*(3)\n"
msgstr ""
"*date*(1),\n"
+"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*adjtimex*(8),\n"
"*gettimeofday*(2),\n"
"*settimeofday*(2),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/hwclock.8.adoc:386
-msgid ""
-"Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, "
-"based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, "
-"and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
+msgid "Written by mailto:bryanh@giraffe-data.com[Bryan Henderson], September 1996, based on work done on the *clock*(8) program by Charles Hedrick, Rob Hooft, and Harald Koenig. See the source code for complete history and credits."
msgstr ""
#. Copyright 2008 Hayden A. James (hayden.james@gmail.com)
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcmk.1.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be "
-"followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and "
-"so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
-"for GB, etc."
+msgid "Create a shared memory segment of _size_ bytes. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, etc. (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and "
-"semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate "
-"(regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the "
-"object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached "
-"processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address "
-"space."
+msgid "System V IPC objects are of three types: shared memory, message queues, and semaphores. Deletion of a message queue or semaphore object is immediate (regardless of whether any process still holds an IPC identifier for the object). A shared memory object is only removed after all currently attached processes have detached (*shmdt*(2)) the object from their virtual address space."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a "
-"three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, "
-"followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
+msgid "Two syntax styles are supported. The old Linux historical syntax specifies a three-letter keyword indicating which class of object is to be deleted, followed by one or more IPC identifiers for objects of this type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of "
-"all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by "
-"key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified "
-"in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal "
-"(specified with an initial '0')."
+msgid "The SUS-compliant syntax allows the specification of zero or more objects of all three types in a single command line, with objects specified either by key or by identifier (see below). Both keys and identifiers may be specified in decimal, hexadecimal (specified with an initial '0x' or '0X'), or octal (specified with an initial '0')."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and "
-"*semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
+msgid "The details of the removes are described in *shmctl*(2), *msgctl*(2), and *semctl*(2). The identifiers and keys can be found by using *ipcs*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is "
-"performed only for the specified resource types."
+msgid "Remove all resources. When an option argument is provided, the removal is performed only for the specified resource types."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the "
-"resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these "
-"resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected "
-"disappearance."
+msgid "_Warning!_ Do not use *-a* if you are unsure how the software using the resources might react to missing objects. Some programs create these resources at startup and may not have any code to deal with an unexpected disappearance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach "
-"is performed."
+msgid "Remove the shared memory segment created with _shmkey_ after the last detach is performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach "
-"is performed."
+msgid "Remove the shared memory segment identified by _shmid_ after the last detach is performed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated; it expands to "*nix".
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcrm.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown "
-"in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other "
-"{asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the "
-"ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the "
-"same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is "
-"still supported."
+msgid "In its first Linux implementation, *ipcrm* used the deprecated syntax shown in the second line of the *SYNOPSIS*. Functionality present in other {asterisk}nix implementations of *ipcrm* has since been added, namely the ability to delete resources by key (not just identifier), and to respect the same command-line syntax. For backward compatibility the previous syntax is still supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
-"option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
-"q* or *-s*."
+msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:61 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed "
-"the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) "
-"and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last "
-"*shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the "
-"last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
+msgid "Write time information. The time of the last control operation that changed the access permissions for all facilities, the time of the last *msgsnd*(2) and *msgrcv*(2) operations on message queues, the time of the last *shmat*(2) and *shmdt*(2) operations on shared memory, and the time of the last *semop*(2) operation on semaphores."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* "
-"utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* "
-"options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A "
-"portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* "
-"options."
+msgid "The Linux *ipcs* utility is not fully compatible to the POSIX *ipcs* utility. The Linux version does not support the POSIX *-a*, *-b* and *-o* options, but does support the *-l* and *-u* options not defined by POSIX. A portable application shall not use the *-a*, *-b*, *-o*, *-l*, and *-u* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ipcs.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC "
-"resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version "
-"v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of "
-"*msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in "
-"later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A "
-"limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to "
-"retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read "
-"permission."
+msgid "The current implementation of *ipcs* obtains information about available IPC resources by parsing the files in _/proc/sysvipc_. Before util-linux version v2.23, an alternate mechanism was used: the *IPC_STAT* command of *msgctl*(2), *semctl*(2), and *shmctl*(2). This mechanism is also used in later util-linux versions in the case where _/proc_ is unavailable. A limitation of the *IPC_STAT* mechanism is that it can only be used to retrieve information about IPC resources for which the user has read permission."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:22 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
-"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
-"expected columns by using *--output*."
+msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:27 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
-"supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is "
-"specified in the format _+list_."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format _+list_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:28
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _mode_"
-msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*"
+msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-stat* _режим_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, "
-"*enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, "
-"then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enouth to "
-"show a full line of statistics."
+msgid "Show per-cpu statistics by specified mode. Available modes are: *auto*, *enable*, *disable*. The default option *auto* detects the width of window, then shows the per-cpu statistics if the width of window is large enouth to show a full line of statistics."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
-"names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
+msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names. The sort criteria may be changes in interactive mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:64 ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
-"Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami "
-"Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:pizhenwei@bytedance.com[Zhenwei Pi], mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. Copyright 2008 Tilman Schmidt (tilman@imap.cc)
#. May be distributed under the GNU General Public License version 2 or later
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer "
-"to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for "
-"processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the "
-"background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
+msgid "The *ldattach* daemon opens the specified _device_ file (which should refer to a serial device) and attaches the line discipline _ldisc_ to it for processing of the sent and/or received data. It then goes into the background keeping the device open so that the line discipline stays loaded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
+msgid "The line discipline _ldisc_ may be specified either by name or by number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
+msgid "In order to detach the line discipline, *kill*(1) the *ldattach* process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are "
-"supported:"
+msgid "Depending on the kernel release, the following line disciplines are supported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as "
-"well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
+msgid "The default line discipline, providing transparent operation (raw mode) as well as the habitual terminal line editing capabilities (cooked mode)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets "
-"over serial lines."
+msgid "Serial Line IP (SLIP) protocol processor for transmitting TCP/IP packets over serial lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets "
-"over serial lines."
+msgid "Point to Point Protocol (PPP) processor for transmitting network packets over serial lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
+msgid "Line driver for transmitting X.25 packets over asynchronous serial lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge."
-"net/"
+msgid "Linux IrDa (infrared data transmission) driver - see http://irda.sourceforge.net/"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, "
-"and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
+msgid "Keep *ldattach* in the foreground so that it can be interrupted or debugged, and to print verbose messages about its progress to standard error output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given "
-"_value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a "
-"minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated "
-"values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
+msgid "Set the specified bits in the c_iflag word of the serial line. The given _value_ may be a number or a symbolic name. If _value_ is prefixed by a minus sign, the specified bits are cleared instead. Several comma-separated values may be given in order to set and clear multiple bits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
+msgid "Set the speed (the baud rate) of the serial line to the specified _value_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the "
-"invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, "
-"the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the "
-"CMUX mode."
+msgid "Define an intro command that is sent through the serial line before the invocation of *ldattach*. E.g. in conjunction with line discipline GSM0710, the command 'AT+CMUX=0\\r' is commonly suitable to switch the modem into the CMUX mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/ldattach.8.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is "
-"one second."
+msgid "Sleep for _value_ seconds before the invocation of *ldattach*. Default is one second."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited "
-"strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
+msgid "Note that the old output format (i.e., *losetup -a*) with comma-delimited strings is deprecated in favour of the *--list* output format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing "
-"file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and "
-"overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this "
-"problem."
+msgid "It's possible to create more independent loop devices for the same backing file. *This setup may be dangerous, can cause data loss, corruption and overwrites.* Use *--nooverlap* with *--find* during setup to avoid this problem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, "
-"and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of "
-"attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to "
-"use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use "
-"cases."
+msgid "The loop device setup is not an atomic operation when used with *--find*, and *losetup* does not protect this operation by any lock. The number of attempts is internally restricted to a maximum of 16. It is recommended to use for example *flock*(1) to avoid a collision in heavily parallel use cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative "
-"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, "
-"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as "
-"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, "
-"PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is "
-"accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as "
-"printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
+msgid "Show the status of all loop devices. Note that not all information is accessible for non-root users. See also *--list*. The old output format (as printed without *--list*) is deprecated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note "
-"that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach "
-"operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used "
-"by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
+msgid "Detach the file or device associated with the specified loop device(s). Note that since Linux v3.7 kernel uses \"lazy device destruction\". The detach operation does not return *EBUSY* error anymore if device is actively used by system, but it is marked by autoclear flag and destroyed later."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the "
-"found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
+msgid "Find the first unused loop device. If a _file_ argument is present, use the found device as loop device. Otherwise, just print its name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ "
-"argument are present."
+msgid "Display the name of the assigned loop device if the *-f* option and a _file_ argument are present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same "
-"backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already "
-"used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The "
-"option makes sense only with *--find*."
+msgid "Check for conflicts between loop devices to avoid situation when the same backing file is shared between more loop devices. If the file is already used by another device then re-use the device rather than a new one. The option makes sense only with *--find*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. "
-"The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
+msgid "The data start is moved _offset_ bytes into the specified file or device. The _offset_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The "
-"_size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
+msgid "The data end is set to no more than _size_ bytes after the data start. The _size_ may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes; see above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). "
-"The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone "
-"command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
+msgid "Set the logical sector size of the loop device in bytes (since Linux 4.14). The option may be used when create a new loop device as well as stand-alone command to modify sector size of the already existing loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the "
-"specified loop device."
+msgid "Force the loop driver to reread the size of the file associated with the specified loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. "
-"Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default "
-"is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-"
-"size* together with *--partscan*."
+msgid "Force the kernel to scan the partition table on a newly created loop device. Note that the partition table parsing depends on sector sizes. The default is sector size is 512 bytes, otherwise you need to use the option *--sector-size* together with *--partscan*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can "
-"be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to "
-"*on*."
+msgid "Enable or disable direct I/O for the backing file. The optional argument can be either *on* or *off*. If the optional argument is omitted, it defaults to *on*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:100
-msgid ""
-"If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns "
-"for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to "
-"print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, "
-"and *--json*."
+msgid "If a loop device or the *-a* option is specified, print the default columns for either the specified loop device or all loop devices; the default is to print info about all devices. See also *--output*, *--noheadings*, *--raw*, and *--json*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--"
-"help* to get a list of all supported columns."
+msgid "Specify the columns that are to be printed for the *--list* output. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop "
-"device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and "
-"*LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
+msgid "Since version 2.37 *losetup* uses *LOOP_CONFIGURE* ioctl to setup a new loop device by one ioctl call. The old versions use *LOOP_SET_FD* and *LOOP_SET_STATUS64* ioctls to do the same."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:130 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1519
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
-msgstr "LOOPDEV_DEBUG=all"
+msgstr "*LOOPDEV_DEBUG*=all"
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:135
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
+msgid "The following commands can be used as an example of using the loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:157
-msgid ""
-"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:"
-"tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
+msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], based on the original version from mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe "
-"optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) "
-"is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n"
-"\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output "
-"without optimizations."
+msgid "The default output formatting on terminal is subject to change and maybe optimized for better readability. The output for non-terminals (e.g., pipes) is never affected by this optimization and it is always in \"Field: data\\n\" format. Use for example \"*lscpu | less*\" to see the default output without optimizations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed "
-"reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically "
-"different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support "
-"retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number "
-"of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
+msgid "In virtualized environments, the CPU architecture information displayed reflects the configuration of the guest operating system which is typically different from the physical (host) system. On architectures that support retrieving physical topology information, *lscpu* also displays the number of physical sockets, chips, cores in the host system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this "
-"argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of "
-"column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, "
-"arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column "
-"labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
+msgid "Options that result in an output table have a _list_ argument. Use this argument to customize the command output. Specify a comma-separated list of column labels to limit the output table to only the specified columns, arranged in the specified order. See *COLUMNS* for a list of valid column labels. The column labels are not case sensitive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column "
-"is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
+msgid "Not all columns are supported on all architectures. If an unsupported column is specified, *lscpu* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before "
-"v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to "
-"complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. "
-"For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* "
-"follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start "
-"from zero."
+msgid "The cache sizes are reported as summary from all CPUs. The versions before v2.34 reported per-core sizes, but this output was confusing due to complicated CPUs topology and the way how caches are shared between CPUs. For more details about caches see *--cache*. Since version v2.37 *lscpu* follows cache IDs as provided by Linux kernel and it does not always start from zero."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). "
-"This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
+msgid "Include lines for online and offline CPUs in the output (default for *-e*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be "
-"specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
+msgid "Limit the output to online CPUs (default for *-p*). This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information "
-"see *--help* output."
+msgid "Display details about CPU caches. For details about available information see *--help* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available "
-"are included in the command output."
+msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, all columns for which data is available are included in the command output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
-"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-"
-"C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
+msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: *-C=NAME,ONE-SIZE* or *--caches=NAME,ONE-SIZE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
-"format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., **lscpu -C=+ALLOC-POLICY**)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together "
-"with option *-e* or *-p*."
+msgid "Limit the output to offline CPUs. This option may only be specified together with option *-e* or *-p*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the "
-"command output. The default output is subject to change."
+msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the default columns are included in the command output. The default output is subject to change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
-"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
-"e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
+msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-e=cpu,node*' or '*--extended=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
-"format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -e=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--"
-"extended*)."
+msgid "Use JSON output format for the default summary or extended output (see *--extended*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with "
-"earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used "
-"to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache "
-"column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are "
-"separated with a colon (:)."
+msgid "If the _list_ argument is omitted, the command output is compatible with earlier versions of *lscpu*. In this compatible format, two commas are used to separate CPU cache columns. If no CPU caches are identified the cache column is omitted. If the _list_ argument is used, cache columns are separated with a colon (:)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), "
-"and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-"
-"p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
+msgid "When specifying the _list_ argument, the string of option, equal sign (=), and _list_ must not contain any blanks or other whitespace. Examples: '*-p=cpu,node*' or '*--parse=cpu,node*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the "
-"format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if list is specified in the format +list (e.g., lscpu -p=+MHZ)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the "
-"*lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of "
-"the Linux instance to be inspected."
+msgid "Gather CPU data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lscpu* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to "
-"print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version "
-"2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
+msgid "Use hexadecimal masks for CPU sets (for example \"ff\"). The default is to print the sets in list format (for example 0,1). Note that before version 2.30 the mask has been printed with 0x prefix."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, "
-"etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs "
-"are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs "
-"are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If "
-"the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints "
-"the dash (-) character."
+msgid "Display physical IDs for all columns with topology elements (core, socket, etc.). Other than logical IDs, which are assigned by *lscpu*, physical IDs are platform-specific values that are provided by the kernel. Physical IDs are not necessarily unique and they might not be arranged sequentially. If the kernel could not retrieve a physical ID for an element *lscpu* prints the dash (-) character."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--"
-"extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
+msgid "Output all available columns. This option must be combined with either *--extended*, *--parse* or *--caches*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first "
-"CPU only."
+msgid "The basic overview of CPU family, model, etc. is always based on the first CPU only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
-"heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:"
-"heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
+msgid "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
+msgstr "mailto:qcai@redhat.com[Cai Qian], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com[Heiko Carstens]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lscpu.1.adoc:106
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:12
-msgid ""
-"lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
+msgid "lsipc - show information on IPC facilities currently employed in the system"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This "
-"option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-"
-"q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this "
-"option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
+msgid "Show full details on just the one resource element identified by _id_. This option needs to be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. It is possible to override the default output format for this option with the *--list*, *--raw*, *--json* or *--export* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be "
-"combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The "
-"default is to show information about all resources."
+msgid "Show system-wide usage and limits of IPC resources. This option may be combined with one of the three resource options: *-m*, *-q* or *-s*. The default is to show information about all resources."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
+msgid "Use the list output format. This is the default, except when *--id* is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column "
-"names."
+msgid "Specify sort criteria by column name. See *--help* output to get column names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsirq.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
-"characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online "
-"status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block "
-"representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and "
-"the amount of memory in online and offline state."
+msgid "The *lsmem* command lists the ranges of available memory with their online status. The listed memory blocks correspond to the memory block representation in sysfs. The command also shows the memory block size and the amount of memory in online and offline state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-"
-"tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your "
-"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* "
-"option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is "
-"required."
+msgid "The default output is compatible with original implementation from s390-tools, but it's strongly recommended to avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory "
-"block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This "
-"default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., "
-"*lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all "
-"differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible "
-"continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual "
-"memory blocks."
+msgid "The *lsmem* command lists a new memory range always when the current memory block distinguish from the previous block by some output column. This default behavior is possible to override by the *--split* option (e.g., *lsmem --split=ZONES*). The special word \"none\" may be used to ignore all differences between memory blocks and to create as large as possible continuous ranges. The opposite semantic is *--all* to list individual memory blocks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split "
-"policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example "
-"if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than "
-"all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
+msgid "Note that some output columns may provide inaccurate information if a split policy forces *lsmem* to ignore differences in some attributes. For example if you merge removable and non-removable memory blocks to the one range than all the range will be marked as non-removable on *lsmem* output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is "
-"specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
+msgid "Not all columns are supported on all systems. If an unsupported column is specified, *lsmem* prints the column but does not provide any data for it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with "
-"similar attributes."
+msgid "List each individual memory block, instead of combining memory blocks with similar attributes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
-"supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is "
-"specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsmem -o +NODE*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe "
-"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
+msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x<code>)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The "
-"supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The "
-"other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
+msgid "Specify which columns (attributes) use to split memory blocks to ranges. The supported columns are STATE, REMOVABLE, NODE and ZONES, or \"none\". The other columns are silently ignored. For more details see *DESCRIPTION* above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which "
-"the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root "
-"of the Linux instance to be inspected."
+msgid "Gather memory data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsmem* command is issued. The specified _directory_ is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can "
-"be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it "
-"defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--"
-"pairs* and *--json*."
+msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always* or *only*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"only\"*. The summary output is suppressed for *--raw*, *--pairs* and *--json*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
-"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
-"expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--"
-"output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable "
-"output is required."
+msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected output mode (*--tree* or *--list*) and columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, "
-"is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to "
-"\",\"-separated single-line representation."
+msgid "The *NSFS* column, printed when *net* is specified for the *--type* option, is special; it uses multi-line cells. Use the option *--nowrap* to switch to \",\"-separated single-line representation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:31
-msgid ""
-"Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and "
-"for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ "
-"filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --"
-"mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent "
-"namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind "
-"mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
+msgid "Note that *lsns* reads information directly from the _/proc_ filesystem and for non-root users it may return incomplete information. The current _/proc_ filesystem may be unshared and affected by a PID namespace (see *unshare --mount-proc* for more details). *lsns* is not able to see persistent namespaces without processes where the namespace instance is held by a bind mount to /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the "
-"format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
+msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format **+**__list__ (e.g., *lsns -o +PATH*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are "
-"*mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option "
-"may be given more than once."
+msgid "Display the specified _type_ of namespaces only. The supported types are *mnt*, *net*, *ipc*, *user*, *pid*, *uts*, *cgroup* and *time*. This option may be given more than once."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:66
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-3*, *--three*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-T*, *--tree* _rel_"
-msgstr "*-3*, *--three*"
+msgstr "*-T*, *--tree* _відносний_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process "
-"tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. "
-"If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child "
-"relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/"
-"owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
+msgid "Use tree-like output format. If *process* is given as _rel_, print process tree(s) in each name space. This is default when *--tree* is not specified. If *parent* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the parent/child relationship. If *owner* is given, print tree(s) constructed by the owner/owned relationship. *owner* is used as default when _rel_ is omitted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:82
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*nsenter*(1),\n"
-#| "*unshare*(1),\n"
-#| "*clone*(2),\n"
-#| "*namespaces*(7)\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*nsenter*(1),\n"
"*unshare*(1),\n"
"*nsenter*(1),\n"
"*unshare*(1),\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
-"*namespaces*(7)\n"
+"*namespaces*(7),\n"
+"*ioctl_ns*(2)\n"
#
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:59
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
-msgstr "*mount* *--make*-[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _точка_монтування_\n"
+msgstr "*mount* *--make-*[*shared*|*slave*|*private*|*unbindable*|*rshared*|*rslave*|*rprivate*|*runbindable*] _mountpoint_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file "
-"hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several "
-"devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some "
-"device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach "
-"it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device "
-"or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
+msgid "All files accessible in a Unix system are arranged in one big tree, the file hierarchy, rooted at _/_. These files can be spread out over several devices. The *mount* command serves to attach the filesystem found on some device to the big file tree. Conversely, the *umount*(8) command will detach it again. The filesystem is used to control how data is stored on the device or provided in a virtual way by network or other services."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is "
-"of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. "
-"The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root "
-"permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section "
-"\"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if "
-"any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this "
-"filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the "
-"filesystem on _device_."
+msgid "This tells the kernel to attach the filesystem found on _device_ (which is of type _type_) at the directory _dir_. The option *-t* _type_ is optional. The *mount* command is usually able to detect a filesystem. The root permissions are necessary to mount a filesystem by default. See section \"Non-superuser mounts\" below for more details. The previous contents (if any) and owner and mode of _dir_ become invisible, and as long as this filesystem remains mounted, the pathname _dir_ refers to the root of the filesystem on _device_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:76
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*mount /cd*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* _/dir_\n"
-msgstr "*mount /cd*\n"
+msgstr "*mount* _/каталог_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in "
-"the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* "
-"options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
+msgid "then *mount* looks for a mountpoint (and if not found then for a device) in the _/etc/fstab_ file. It's possible to use the *--target* or *--source* options to avoid ambiguous interpretation of the given argument. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:82
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*mount --target /mountpoint*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount --target* _/mountpoint_\n"
-msgstr "*mount --target /точка_монтування*\n"
+msgstr "*mount --target* _/точка-монтування_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., "
-"network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same "
-"mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy "
-"to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is "
-"usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this "
-"case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more "
-"details)."
+msgid "The same filesystem may be mounted more than once, and in some cases (e.g., network filesystems) the same filesystem may be mounted on the same mountpoint multiple times. The *mount* command does not implement any policy to control this behavior. All behavior is controlled by the kernel and it is usually specific to the filesystem driver. The exception is *--all*, in this case already mounted filesystems are ignored (see *--all* below for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in "
-"your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are "
-"replaced with '?'."
+msgid "For more robust and customizable output use *findmnt*(8), *especially in your scripts*. Note that control characters in the mountpoint name are replaced with '?'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/"
-"dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an "
-"NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
+msgid "Most devices are indicated by a filename (of a block special device), like _/dev/sda1_, but there are other possibilities. For example, in the case of an NFS mount, _device_ may look like _knuth.cwi.nl:/dir_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, "
-"and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the "
-"reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition "
-"identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
+msgid "The device names of disk partitions are unstable; hardware reconfiguration, and adding or removing a device can cause changes in names. This is the reason why it's strongly recommended to use filesystem or partition identifiers like UUID or LABEL. Currently supported identifiers (tags):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually "
-"a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
+msgid "Filesystem universally unique identifier. The format of the UUID is usually a series of hex digits separated by hyphens. See also *-U*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or "
-"from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The "
-"string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
+msgid "Note that *mount* uses UUIDs as strings. The UUIDs from the command line or from *fstab*(5) are not converted to internal binary representation. The string representation of the UUID should be based on lower case characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on "
-"filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
-"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
+msgid "Human readable partition identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on "
-"filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's "
-"supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
+msgid "Partition universally unique identifier. This identifier is independent on filesystem and does not change by *mkfs* or *mkswap* operations. It's supported for example for GUID Partition Tables (GPT)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually "
-"based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware "
-"manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and "
-"running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic "
-"use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev "
-"rules and hardware."
+msgid "Hardware block device ID as generated by udevd. This identifier is usually based on WWN (unique storage identifier) and assigned by the hardware manufacturer. See *ls /dev/disk/by-id* for more details, this directory and running udevd is required. This identifier is not recommended for generic use as the identifier is not strictly defined and it depends on udev, udev rules and hardware."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:124
-msgid ""
-"The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and "
-"UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides "
-"details about a filesystem on the specified device."
+msgid "The command *lsblk --fs* provides an overview of filesystems, LABELs and UUIDs on available block devices. The command *blkid -p <device>* provides details about a filesystem on the specified device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:126
-msgid ""
-"Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really "
-"unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o "
-"+UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
+msgid "Don't forget that there is no guarantee that UUIDs and labels are really unique, especially if you move, share or copy the device. Use *lsblk -o +UUID,PARTUUID* to verify that the UUIDs are really unique in your system."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:128
-msgid ""
-"The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/"
-"disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/"
-"fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) "
-"command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/"
-"fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
+msgid "The recommended setup is to use tags (e.g. *UUID*=_uuid_) rather than _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,id,partuuid,partlabel}_ udev symlinks in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Tags are more readable, robust and portable. The *mount*(8) command internally uses udev symlinks, so the use of symlinks in _/etc/fstab_ has no advantage over tags. For more details see *libblkid*(3)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:130
-msgid ""
-"The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when "
-"mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used "
-"instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less "
-"fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be "
-"confusing.)"
+msgid "The _proc_ filesystem is not associated with a special device, and when mounting it, an arbitrary keyword - for example, __proc__ - can be used instead of a device specification. (The customary choice _none_ is less fortunate: the error message 'none already mounted' from *mount* can be confusing.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:134
-msgid ""
-"The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what "
-"devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location "
-"of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-"
-"line option (see below for more details)."
+msgid "The file _/etc/fstab_ (see *fstab*(5)), may contain lines describing what devices are usually mounted where, using which options. The default location of the *fstab*(5) file can be overridden with the *--fstab* _path_ command-line option (see below for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:142
-msgid ""
-"(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ "
-"(of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be "
-"mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* "
-"keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the "
-"filesystems are mounted in parallel."
+msgid "(usually given in a bootscript) causes all filesystems mentioned in _fstab_ (of the proper type and/or having or not having the proper options) to be mounted as indicated, except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword. Adding the *-F* option will make *mount* fork, so that the filesystems are mounted in parallel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to "
-"specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
+msgid "When mounting a filesystem mentioned in _fstab_ or _mtab_, it suffices to specify on the command line only the device, or only the mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of "
-"currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for "
-"regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by "
-"default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a "
-"symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in "
-"userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other "
-"advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's "
-"possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
+msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) traditionally maintained a list of currently mounted filesystems in the file _/etc/mtab_. The support for regular classic _/etc/mtab_ is completely disabled at compile time by default, because on current Linux systems it is better to make _/etc/mtab_ a symlink to _/proc/mounts_ instead. The regular _mtab_ file maintained in userspace cannot reliably work with namespaces, containers and other advanced Linux features. If the regular _mtab_ support is enabled, then it's possible to use the file as well as the symlink."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:148
-msgid ""
-"If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is "
-"printed."
+msgid "If no arguments are given to *mount*, the list of mounted filesystems is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:150
-msgid ""
-"If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the "
-"*-o* option:"
+msgid "If you want to override mount options from _/etc/fstab_, you have to use the *-o* option:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:153
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*mount* __device__****|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount* __device__|__dir__ *-o* _options_\n"
-msgstr "*mount* __пристрій__****|__каталог__ *-o* _параметри_\n"
+msgstr "*mount* __пристрій__|__каталог__ *-o* _параметри_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:156
-msgid ""
-"and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the "
-"list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed "
-"using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that "
-"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
+msgid "and then the mount options from the command line will be appended to the list of options from _/etc/fstab_. This default behaviour can be changed using the *--options-mode* command-line option. The usual behavior is that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:158
-msgid ""
-"The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or "
-"LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For "
-"example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
+msgid "The *mount* program does not read the _/etc/fstab_ file if both _device_ (or LABEL, UUID, ID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL) and _dir_ are specified. For example, to mount device *foo* at */dir*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:164
-msgid ""
-"This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* "
-"command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root "
-"users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
+msgid "This default behaviour can be changed by using the *--options-source-force* command-line option to always read configuration from _fstab_. For non-root users *mount* always reads the _fstab_ configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:168
-msgid ""
-"Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
-"contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding "
-"filesystem."
+msgid "Normally, only the superuser can mount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can mount the corresponding filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:176
-msgid ""
-"any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using "
-"the command:"
+msgid "any user can mount the iso9660 filesystem found on an inserted CDROM using the command:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:182
-msgid ""
-"Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths "
-"specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper "
-"program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to "
-"specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea "
-"to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
+msgid "Note that *mount* is very strict about non-root users and all paths specified on command line are verified before _fstab_ is parsed or a helper program is executed. It's strongly recommended to use a valid mountpoint to specify filesystem, otherwise *mount* may fail. For example it's a bad idea to use NFS or CIFS source on command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:184
-msgid ""
-"Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are "
-"inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it "
-"drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior "
-"supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse "
-"filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
+msgid "Since util-linux 2.35, *mount* does not exit when user permissions are inadequate according to libmount's internal security rules. Instead, it drops suid permissions and continues as regular non-root user. This behavior supports use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:186
-msgid ""
-"For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem "
-"can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use "
-"*users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar "
-"to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner "
-"of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script "
-"makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, "
-"with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the "
-"special file."
+msgid "For more details, see *fstab*(5). Only the user that mounted a filesystem can unmount it again. If any user should be able to unmount it, then use *users* instead of *user* in the _fstab_ line. The *owner* option is similar to the *user* option, with the restriction that the user must be the owner of the special file. This may be useful e.g. for _/dev/fd_ if a login script makes the console user owner of this device. The *group* option is similar, with the restriction that the user must be a member of the group of the special file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:204
-msgid ""
-"It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class "
-"or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to "
-"attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem "
-"has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are "
-"independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
+msgid "It is important to understand that \"bind\" does not create any second-class or special node in the kernel VFS. The \"bind\" is just another operation to attach a filesystem. There is nowhere stored information that the filesystem has been attached by a \"bind\" operation. The _olddir_ and _newdir_ are independent and the _olddir_ may be unmounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:206
-msgid ""
-"One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to "
-"use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for "
-"example:"
+msgid "One can also remount a single file (on a single file). It's also possible to use a bind mount to create a mountpoint from a regular directory, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:212
-msgid ""
-"The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not "
-"possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be "
-"attached a second place by using:"
+msgid "The bind mount call attaches only (part of) a single filesystem, not possible submounts. The entire file hierarchy including submounts can be attached a second place by using:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:218
-msgid ""
-"Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain "
-"the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options "
-"(e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to "
-"explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
+msgid "Note that the filesystem mount options maintained by the kernel will remain the same as those on the original mount point. The userspace mount options (e.g., _netdev) will not be copied by *mount* and it's necessary to explicitly specify the options on the *mount* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:220
-msgid ""
-"Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing "
-"the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
+msgid "Since util-linux 2.27 *mount* permits changing the mount options by passing the relevant options along with *--bind*. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:226
-msgid ""
-"This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in "
-"userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution "
-"is not atomic."
+msgid "This feature is not supported by the Linux kernel; it is implemented in userspace by an additional *mount*(2) remounting system call. This solution is not atomic."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:228
-msgid ""
-"The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the "
-"remount operation, for example:"
+msgid "The alternative (classic) way to create a read-only bind mount is to use the remount operation, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:233
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _olddir newdir_\n"
-msgstr "*mount -o bind,ro foo foo*\n"
+msgstr "*mount -o remount,bind,ro* _старий-каталог новий-каталог_\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:236
-msgid ""
-"Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), "
-"but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that "
-"the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
+msgid "Note that a read-only bind will create a read-only mountpoint (VFS entry), but the original filesystem superblock will still be writable, meaning that the _olddir_ will be writable, but the _newdir_ will be read-only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:238
-msgid ""
-"It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, "
-"relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. "
-"The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently "
-"ignored. It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for example "
-"with *-o rbind,ro*)."
+msgid "It's also possible to change nosuid, nodev, noexec, noatime, nodiratime, relatime and nosymfollow VFS entry flags via a \"remount,bind\" operation. The other flags (for example filesystem-specific flags) are silently ignored. It's impossible to change mount options recursively (for example with *-o rbind,ro*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:240
-msgid ""
-"Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on "
-"a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This "
-"is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In "
-"previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was "
-"impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind "
-"semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,"
-"bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
+msgid "Since util-linux 2.31, *mount* ignores the *bind* flag from _/etc/fstab_ on a *remount* operation (if *-o remount* is specified on command line). This is necessary to fully control mount options on remount by command line. In previous versions the bind flag has been always applied and it was impossible to re-define mount options without interaction with the bind semantic. This *mount* behavior does not affect situations when \"remount,bind\" is specified in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:250
-msgid ""
-"This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now "
-"be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not "
-"changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
+msgid "This will cause the contents which previously appeared under _olddir_ to now be accessible under _newdir_. The physical location of the files is not changed. Note that _olddir_ has to be a mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:252
-msgid ""
-"Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and "
-"unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current "
-"propagation flags."
+msgid "Note also that moving a mount residing under a shared mount is invalid and unsupported. Use *findmnt -o TARGET,PROPAGATION* to see the current propagation flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:256
-msgid ""
-"Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as "
-"shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to "
-"create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the "
-"mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation "
-"from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation "
-"abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned "
-"through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in "
-"_Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source "
-"tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "Since Linux 2.6.15 it is possible to mark a mount and its submounts as shared, private, slave or unbindable. A shared mount provides the ability to create mirrors of that mount such that mounts and unmounts within any of the mirrors propagate to the other mirror. A slave mount receives propagation from its master, but not vice versa. A private mount carries no propagation abilities. An unbindable mount is a private mount which cannot be cloned through a bind operation. The detailed semantics are documented in _Documentation/filesystems/sharedsubtree.txt_ file in the kernel source tree; see also *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:267
-msgid ""
-"The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the "
-"mounts under a given mountpoint."
+msgid "The following commands allow one to recursively change the type of all the mounts under a given mountpoint."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:278
-msgid ""
-"Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation "
-"flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed "
-"with other mount options and operations."
+msgid "Note that the Linux kernel does not allow changing multiple propagation flags with a single *mount*(2) system call, and the flags cannot be mixed with other mount options and operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:280
-msgid ""
-"Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation "
-"(topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other "
-"mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) "
-"system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that "
-"this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags "
-"in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, "
-"*rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
+msgid "Since util-linux 2.23 the *mount* command can be used to do more propagation (topology) changes by one *mount*(8) call and do it also together with other mount operations. The propagation flags are applied by additional *mount*(2) system calls when the preceding mount operations were successful. Note that this use case is not atomic. It is possible to specify the propagation flags in *fstab*(5) as mount options (*private*, *slave*, *shared*, *unbindable*, *rprivate*, *rslave*, *rshared*, *runbindable*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:298
-msgid ""
-"The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined "
-"by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ "
-"table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally "
-"applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
+msgid "The full set of mount options used by an invocation of *mount* is determined by first extracting the mount options for the filesystem from the _fstab_ table, then applying any options specified by the *-o* argument, and finally applying a *-r* or *-w* option, when present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:300
-msgid ""
-"The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/"
-"mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the "
-"mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
+msgid "The *mount* command does not pass all command-line options to the **/sbin/mount.**__suffix__ mount helpers. The interface between *mount* and the mount helpers is described below in the *EXTERNAL HELPERS* section."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:305
-msgid ""
-"Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for "
-"those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted "
-"following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem "
-"source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already "
-"mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is "
-"cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries "
-"will be mounted."
+msgid "Mount all filesystems (of the given types) mentioned in _fstab_ (except for those whose line contains the *noauto* keyword). The filesystems are mounted following their order in _fstab_. The *mount* command compares filesystem source, target (and fs root for bind mount or btrfs) to detect already mounted filesystems. The kernel table with already mounted filesystems is cached during *mount --all*. This means that all duplicated _fstab_ entries will be mounted."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:307
-msgid ""
-"The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted "
-"filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or "
-"LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems "
-"before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of "
-"_fstab_."
+msgid "The correct functionality depends on _/proc_ (to detect already mounted filesystems) and on _/sys_ (to evaluate filesystem tags like UUID= or LABEL=). It's strongly recommended to mount _/proc_ and _/sys_ filesystems before *mount -a* is executed, or keep /proc and /sys at the beginning of _fstab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:309
-msgid ""
-"The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this "
-"case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted "
-"filesystems."
+msgid "The option *--all* is possible to use for remount operation too. In this case all filters (*-t* and *-O*) are applied to the table of already mounted filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:311
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to "
-"alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
+msgid "Since version 2.35 it is possible to use the command line option *-o* to alter mount options from _fstab_ (see also *--options-mode*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:313
-msgid ""
-"Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The "
-"recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
+msgid "Note that it is a bad practice to use *mount -a* for _fstab_ checking. The recommended solution is *findmnt --verify*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:316
-msgid ""
-"Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both "
-"places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
+msgid "Remount a subtree somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, under *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:319
-msgid ""
-"Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from "
-"the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together "
-"with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is "
-"designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended "
-"to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
+msgid "Don't canonicalize paths. The *mount* command canonicalizes all paths (from the command line or _fstab_) by default. This option can be used together with the *-f* flag for already canonicalized absolute paths. The option is designed for mount helpers which call *mount -i*. It is strongly recommended to not use this command-line option for normal mount operations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:321
-msgid ""
-"Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ "
-"helpers."
+msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:324
-msgid ""
-"(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for "
-"each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS "
-"servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS "
-"timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount "
-"operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to "
-"mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
+msgid "(Used in conjunction with *-a*.) Fork off a new incarnation of *mount* for each device. This will do the mounts on different devices or different NFS servers in parallel. This has the advantage that it is faster; also NFS timeouts proceed in parallel. A disadvantage is that the order of the mount operations is undefined. Thus, you cannot use this option if you want to mount both _/usr_ and _/usr/spool_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:327
-msgid ""
-"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not "
-"obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in "
-"conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is "
-"trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were "
-"mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing "
-"record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a "
-"regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
+msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call; if it's not obvious, this \"fakes\" mounting the filesystem. This option is useful in conjunction with the *-v* flag to determine what the *mount* command is trying to do. It can also be used to add entries for devices that were mounted earlier with the *-n* option. The *-f* option checks for an existing record in _/etc/mtab_ and fails when the record already exists (with a regular non-fake mount, this check is done by the kernel)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:333
msgid "Mount the partition that has the specified _label_."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Змонтувати розділ, який має вказану _мітку_."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:334
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:336
-msgid ""
-"Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the "
-"disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a "
-"label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS "
-"using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
+msgid "Add the labels in the mount output. *mount* must have permission to read the disk device (e.g. be set-user-ID root) for this to work. One can set such a label for ext2, ext3 or ext4 using the *e2label*(8) utility, or for XFS using *xfs_admin*(8), or for reiserfs using *reiserfstune*(8)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:339
-msgid ""
-"Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move "
-"operation*."
+msgid "Move a subtree to some other place. See above, the subsection *The move operation*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:340
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__mode__]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__mode__]"
-msgstr "*-L*, *--local-line*[=__режим__]"
+msgstr "*-m*, **--mkdir**[=__режим__]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:342
-msgid ""
-"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. "
-"Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more "
-"details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
+msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. Alias to \"-o X-mount.mkdir[=mode]\", the default mode is 0755. For more details see *X-mount.mkdir* below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:345
-msgid ""
-"Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/"
-"etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
+msgid "Mount without writing in _/etc/mtab_. This is necessary for example when _/etc_ is on a read-only filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:348
-msgid ""
-"Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ "
-"is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file "
-"representing that namespace."
+msgid "Perform the mount operation in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:355
-msgid ""
-"Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this "
-"regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. "
-"For example, the command"
+msgid "Limit the set of filesystems to which the *-a* option applies. In this regard it is like the *-t* option except that *-O* is useless without *-a*. For example, the command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:359
-msgid ""
-"mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified "
-"in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
+msgid "mounts all filesystems except those which have the option _netdev_ specified in the options field in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:361
-msgid ""
-"It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading "
-"*no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
+msgid "It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading *no* at the beginning of one option does not negate the rest."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:363
-msgid ""
-"The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
+msgid "The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect; that is, the command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:367
-msgid ""
-"mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems "
-"that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
+msgid "mounts all ext2 filesystems with the _netdev option, not all filesystems that are either ext2 or have the _netdev option specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:370
-msgid ""
-"Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated "
-"list. For example:"
+msgid "Use the specified mount options. The _opts_ argument is a comma-separated list. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:374
-msgid ""
-"For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and "
-"*FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
+msgid "For more details, see the *FILESYSTEM-INDEPENDENT MOUNT OPTIONS* and *FILESYSTEM-SPECIFIC MOUNT OPTIONS* sections."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:377
-msgid ""
-"Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the "
-"command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or "
-"*replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are "
-"appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- "
-"it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that "
-"the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
+msgid "Controls how to combine options from _fstab_/_mtab_ with options from the command line. _mode_ can be one of *ignore*, *append*, *prepend* or *replace*. For example, *append* means that options from _fstab_ are appended to options from the command line. The default value is *prepend* -- it means command line options are evaluated after _fstab_ options. Note that the last option wins if there are conflicting ones."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:380
-msgid ""
-"Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, "
-"*mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--"
-"options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
+msgid "Source of default options. _source_ is a comma-separated list of *fstab*, *mtab* and *disable*. *disable* disables *fstab* and *mtab* and enables *--options-source-force*. The default value is *fstab,mtab*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:383
-msgid ""
-"Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are "
-"specified."
+msgid "Use options from _fstab_/_mtab_ even if both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:386
-msgid ""
-"Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its "
-"contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind "
-"mounts*."
+msgid "Remount a subtree and all possible submounts somewhere else (so that its contents are available in both places). See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:391
-msgid ""
-"Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the "
-"system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay "
-"the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write "
-"access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,"
-"noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see "
-"the *blockdev*(8) command."
+msgid "Note that, depending on the filesystem type, state and kernel behavior, the system may still write to the device. For example, ext3 and ext4 will replay the journal if the filesystem is dirty. To prevent this kind of write access, you may want to mount an ext3 or ext4 filesystem with the *ro,noload* mount options or set the block device itself to read-only mode, see the *blockdev*(8) command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:394
-msgid ""
-"Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount "
-"options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this "
-"option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
+msgid "Tolerate sloppy mount options rather than failing. This will ignore mount options not supported by a filesystem type. Not all filesystems support this option. Currently it's supported by the *mount.nfs* mount helper only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:397
-msgid ""
-"If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument "
-"might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This "
-"option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
+msgid "If only one argument for the *mount* command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:400
-msgid ""
-"If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might "
-"be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option "
-"allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
+msgid "If only one argument for the mount command is given, then the argument might be interpreted as the target (mountpoint) or source (device). This option allows you to explicitly define that the argument is the mount target."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:403
-msgid ""
-"Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be "
-"used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for "
-"example:"
+msgid "Prepend the specified directory to all mount targets. This option can be used to follow _fstab_, but mount operations are done in another place, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:407
-msgid ""
-"mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are "
-"created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative "
-"_fstab_."
+msgid "mounts all from system _fstab_ to _/chroot_, all missing mountpoint are created (due to X-mount.mkdir). See also *--fstab* to use an alternative _fstab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:410
-msgid ""
-"Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the "
-"files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with "
-"\".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be "
-"specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or "
-"chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard "
-"system configuration."
+msgid "Specifies an alternative _fstab_ file. If _path_ is a directory, then the files in the directory are sorted by *strverscmp*(3); files that start with \".\" or without an _.fstab_ extension are ignored. The option can be specified more than once. This option is mostly designed for initramfs or chroot scripts where additional configuration is specified beyond standard system configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:412
-msgid ""
-"Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount."
-"**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be "
-"invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user "
-"(non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
+msgid "Note that *mount* does not pass the option *--fstab* to the **/sbin/mount.**__type__ helpers, meaning that the alternative _fstab_ files will be invisible for the helpers. This is no problem for normal mounts, but user (non-root) mounts always require _fstab_ to verify the user's rights."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:415
-msgid ""
-"The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The "
-"filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. "
-"See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a "
-"complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, "
-"btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
+msgid "The argument following the *-t* is used to indicate the filesystem type. The filesystem types which are currently supported depend on the running kernel. See _/proc/filesystems_ and _/lib/modules/$(uname -r)/kernel/fs_ for a complete list of the filesystems. The most common are ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, btrfs, vfat, sysfs, proc, nfs and cifs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:417
-msgid ""
-"The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The "
-"subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's "
-"recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount "
-"source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
+msgid "The programs *mount* and *umount*(8) support filesystem subtypes. The subtype is defined by a '.subtype' suffix. For example 'fuse.sshfs'. It's recommended to use subtype notation rather than add any prefix to the mount source (for example 'sshfs#example.com' is deprecated)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:419
-msgid ""
-"If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will "
-"try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for "
-"guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks "
-"familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that "
-"does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed "
-"there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. "
-"_devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a "
-"single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While "
-"trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
+msgid "If no *-t* option is given, or if the *auto* type is specified, *mount* will try to guess the desired type. *mount* uses the *libblkid*(3) library for guessing the filesystem type; if that does not turn up anything that looks familiar, *mount* will try to read the file _/etc/filesystems_, or, if that does not exist, _/proc/filesystems_. All of the filesystem types listed there will be tried, except for those that are labeled \"nodev\" (e.g. _devpts_, _proc_ and _nfs_). If _/etc/filesystems_ ends in a line with a single {asterisk}, mount will read _/proc/filesystems_ afterwards. While trying, all filesystem types will be mounted with the mount option *silent*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:422
-msgid ""
-"The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/"
-"etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat "
-"before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
+msgid "The *auto* type may be useful for user-mounted floppies. Creating a file _/etc/filesystems_ can be useful to change the probe order (e.g., to try vfat before msdos or ext3 before ext2) or if you use a kernel module autoloader."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:424
-msgid ""
-"More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* "
-"option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for "
-"the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on "
-"which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when "
-"specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
+msgid "More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list, for the *-t* option as well as in an _/etc/fstab_ entry. The list of filesystem types for the *-t* option can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. The prefix *no* has no effect when specified in an _/etc/fstab_ entry."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:426
-msgid ""
-"The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the "
-"command"
+msgid "The prefix *no* can be meaningful with the *-a* option. For example, the command"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:432
-msgid ""
-"For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple "
-"*mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is "
-"required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad "
-"hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems "
-"have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all "
-"types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount."
-"**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different "
-"versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */"
-"sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired "
-"call."
+msgid "For most types all the *mount* program has to do is issue a simple *mount*(2) system call, and no detailed knowledge of the filesystem type is required. For a few types however (like nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, ncpfs) an ad hoc code is necessary. The nfs, nfs4, cifs, smbfs, and ncpfs filesystems have a separate mount program. In order to make it possible to treat all types in a uniform way, *mount* will execute the program **/sbin/mount.**__type__ (if that exists) when called with type _type_. Since different versions of the *smbmount* program have different calling conventions, */sbin/mount.smbfs* may have to be a shell script that sets up the desired call."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:441
-msgid ""
-"Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the "
-"*mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with "
-"read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
+msgid "Mount the filesystem read/write. Read-write is the kernel default and the *mount* default is to try read-only if the previous *mount*(2) syscall with read-write flags on write-protected devices failed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:445
-msgid ""
-"Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try "
-"read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only "
-"filesystems."
+msgid "Note that specifying *-w* on the command line forces *mount* to never try read-only mount on write-protected devices or already mounted read-only filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:451
-msgid ""
-"Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ "
-"file."
+msgid "Some of these options are only useful when they appear in the _/etc/fstab_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:453
-msgid ""
-"Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system "
-"kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note "
-"that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options "
-"(see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
+msgid "Some of these options could be enabled or disabled by default in the system kernel. To check the current setting see the options in _/proc/mounts_. Note that filesystems also have per-filesystem specific default mount options (see for example *tune2fs -l* output for ext__N__ filesystems)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:455
-msgid ""
-"The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not "
-"every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an "
-"effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
+msgid "The following options apply to any filesystem that is being mounted (but not every filesystem actually honors them - e.g., the *sync* option today has an effect only for ext2, ext3, ext4, fat, vfat, ufs and xfs):"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:458
-msgid ""
-"All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the "
-"*sync* option.)"
+msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done asynchronously. (See also the *sync* option.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:461
-msgid ""
-"Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by "
-"kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and "
-"*strictatime* mount options."
+msgid "Do not use the *noatime* feature, so the inode access time is controlled by kernel defaults. See also the descriptions of the *relatime* and *strictatime* mount options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:464
-msgid ""
-"Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access "
-"on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types "
-"(directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
+msgid "Do not update inode access times on this filesystem (e.g. for faster access on the news spool to speed up news servers). This works for all inode types (directories too), so it implies *nodiratime*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:470
-msgid ""
-"Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the "
-"filesystem to be mounted)."
+msgid "Can only be mounted explicitly (i.e., the *-a* option will not cause the filesystem to be mounted)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:473
-msgid ""
-"The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not "
-"support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with "
-"VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an "
-"ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use "
-"*context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps "
-"in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel "
-"versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to "
-"label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
+msgid "The *context=* option is useful when mounting filesystems that do not support extended attributes, such as a floppy or hard disk formatted with VFAT, or systems that are not normally running under SELinux, such as an ext3 or ext4 formatted disk from a non-SELinux workstation. You can also use *context=* on filesystems you do not trust, such as a floppy. It also helps in compatibility with xattr-supporting filesystems on earlier 2.4.<x> kernel versions. Even where xattrs are supported, you can save time not having to label every file by assigning the entire disk one security context."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:475
-msgid ""
-"A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:"
-"removable_t*."
+msgid "A commonly used option for removable media is *context=\"system_u:object_r:removable_t*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:477
-msgid ""
-"The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr "
-"support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a "
-"specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the "
-"individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for "
-"certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. "
-"Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files "
-"themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that "
-"fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual "
-"files."
+msgid "The *fscontext=* option works for all filesystems, regardless of their xattr support. The fscontext option sets the overarching filesystem label to a specific security context. This filesystem label is separate from the individual labels on the files. It represents the entire filesystem for certain kinds of permission checks, such as during mount or file creation. Individual file labels are still obtained from the xattrs on the files themselves. The context option actually sets the aggregate context that fscontext provides, in addition to supplying the same label for individual files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:479
-msgid ""
-"You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using "
-"*defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in "
-"the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
+msgid "You can set the default security context for unlabeled files using *defcontext=* option. This overrides the value set for unlabeled files in the policy and requires a filesystem that supports xattr labeling."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:481
-msgid ""
-"The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a "
-"FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This "
-"was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
+msgid "The *rootcontext=* option allows you to explicitly label the root inode of a FS being mounted before that FS or inode becomes visible to userspace. This was found to be useful for things like stateless Linux."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:483
-msgid ""
-"Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context "
-"option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
+msgid "Note that the kernel rejects any remount request that includes the context option, *even* when unchanged from the current context."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:488
-msgid ""
-"mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,"
-"c456\",noexec'"
+msgid "mount -t tmpfs none /mnt -o \\ 'context=\"system_u:object_r:tmp_t:s0:c127,c456\",noexec'"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:494
-msgid ""
-"Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and "
-"*async*."
+msgid "Use the default options: *rw*, *suid*, *dev*, *exec*, *auto*, *nouser*, and *async*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:496
-msgid ""
-"Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel "
-"and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
+msgid "Note that the real set of all default mount options depends on the kernel and filesystem type. See the beginning of this section for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:502
msgid "Do not interpret character or block special devices on the filesystem."
-msgstr ""
-"Не інтерпретувати символ або блокувати спеціальні пристрої у файловій "
-"системі."
+msgstr "Не інтерпретувати символ або блокувати спеціальні пристрої у файловій системі."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:503
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:505
-msgid ""
-"Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. "
-"(This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
+msgid "Update directory inode access times on this filesystem. This is the default. (This option is ignored when *noatime* is set.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:508
-msgid ""
-"Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option "
-"is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
+msgid "Do not update directory inode access times on this filesystem. (This option is implied when *noatime* is set.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:511
-msgid ""
-"All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. "
-"This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), "
-"*symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
+msgid "All directory updates within the filesystem should be done synchronously. This affects the following system calls: *creat*(2), *link*(2), *unlink*(2), *symlink*(2), *mkdir*(2), *rmdir*(2), *mknod*(2) and *rename*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:517
-msgid ""
-"Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
+msgid "Do not permit direct execution of any binaries on the mounted filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:520
-msgid ""
-"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups "
-"matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* "
-"and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line "
-"*group,dev,suid*)."
+msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if one of that user's groups matches the group of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *group,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:523
-msgid ""
-"Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
+msgid "Every time the inode is modified, the i_version field will be incremented."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:529
-msgid ""
-"Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was "
-"deprecated in Linux 5.15."
+msgid "Allow mandatory locks on this filesystem. See *fcntl*(2). This option was deprecated in Linux 5.15."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:535
-msgid ""
-"The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to "
-"prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the "
-"network has been enabled on the system)."
+msgid "The filesystem resides on a device that requires network access (used to prevent the system from attempting to mount these filesystems until the network has been enabled on the system)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:538
msgid "Do not report errors for this device if it does not exist."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Не звітувати про помилки для цього пристрою, якщо він не існує."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:539
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:541
-msgid ""
-"Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is "
-"only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify "
-"or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or "
-"other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last "
-"time it was modified.)"
+msgid "Update inode access times relative to modify or change time. Access time is only updated if the previous access time was earlier than the current modify or change time. (Similar to *noatime*, but it doesn't break *mutt*(1) or other applications that need to know if a file has been read since the last time it was modified.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:543
-msgid ""
-"Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this "
-"option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is "
-"required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, "
-"the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
+msgid "Since Linux 2.6.30, the kernel defaults to the behavior provided by this option (unless *noatime* was specified), and the *strictatime* option is required to obtain traditional semantics. In addition, since Linux 2.6.30, the file's last access time is always updated if it is more than 1 day old."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:546
-msgid ""
-"Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
+msgid "Do not use the *relatime* feature. See also the *strictatime* mount option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:549
-msgid ""
-"Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for "
-"the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace "
-"to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see "
-"_/proc/mounts_."
+msgid "Allows to explicitly request full atime updates. This makes it possible for the kernel to default to *relatime* or *noatime* but still allow userspace to override it. For more details about the default system mount options see _/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:555
-msgid ""
-"Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file "
-"inode."
+msgid "Only update times (atime, mtime, ctime) on the in-memory version of the file inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:557
-msgid ""
-"This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for "
-"workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
+msgid "This mount option significantly reduces writes to the inode table for workloads that perform frequent random writes to preallocated files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:561
-msgid ""
-"the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
+msgid "the inode needs to be updated for some change unrelated to file timestamps"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:570
-msgid ""
-"Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing "
-"programs from this filesystem."
+msgid "Honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:573
-msgid ""
-"Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when "
-"executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain "
-"transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also "
-"policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
+msgid "Do not honor set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits or file capabilities when executing programs from this filesystem. In addition, SELinux domain transitions require permission _nosuid_transition_, which in turn needs also policy capability _nnp_nosuid_transition_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:582
-msgid ""
-"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of "
-"the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless "
-"overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
+msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem if that user is the owner of the device. This option implies the options *nosuid* and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *owner,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:585
-msgid ""
-"Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to "
-"change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly "
-"filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
+msgid "Attempt to remount an already-mounted filesystem. This is commonly used to change the mount flags for a filesystem, especially to make a readonly filesystem writable. It does not change device or mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:587
-msgid ""
-"The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. "
-"See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
+msgid "The remount operation together with the *bind* flag has special semantics. See above, the subsection *Bind mounts*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:589
-msgid ""
-"The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works "
-"with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or "
-"_mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
+msgid "The remount functionality follows the standard way the *mount* command works with options from _fstab_. This means that *mount* does not read _fstab_ (or _mtab_) only when both _device_ and _dir_ are specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:593
-msgid ""
-"After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from "
-"_fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is "
-"internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
+msgid "After this call all old mount options are replaced and arbitrary stuff from _fstab_ (or _mtab_) is ignored, except the *loop=* option which is internally generated and maintained by the *mount* command."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:597
-msgid ""
-"After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the "
-"options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, "
-"then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
+msgid "After this call, *mount* reads _fstab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line (*-o*). If no mountpoint is found in _fstab_, then a remount with unspecified source is allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:603
-msgid ""
-"remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the "
-"filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This "
-"means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options "
-"with the options from the command line."
+msgid "remounts all already mounted vfat filesystems in read-only mode. Each of the filesystems is remounted by *mount -o remount,ro* _/dir_ semantic. This means the *mount* command reads _fstab_ or _mtab_ and merges these options with the options from the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:612
-msgid ""
-"All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media "
-"with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may "
-"cause life-cycle shortening."
+msgid "All I/O to the filesystem should be done synchronously. In the case of media with a limited number of write cycles (e.g. some flash drives), *sync* may cause life-cycle shortening."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:615
-msgid ""
-"Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting "
-"user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/"
-"mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can "
-"unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
-"*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
-"option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
+msgid "Allow an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. The name of the mounting user is written to the _mtab_ file (or to the private libmount file in _/run/mount_ on systems without a regular _mtab_) so that this same user can unmount the filesystem again. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *user,exec,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:618
-msgid ""
-"Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it "
-"does not imply any other options."
+msgid "Forbid an ordinary user to mount the filesystem. This is the default; it does not imply any other options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:621
-msgid ""
-"Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other "
-"ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, "
-"*nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the "
-"option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
+msgid "Allow any user to mount and to unmount the filesystem, even when some other ordinary user mounted it. This option implies the options *noexec*, *nosuid*, and *nodev* (unless overridden by subsequent options, as in the option line *users,exec,dev,suid*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:624
-msgid ""
-"All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace "
-"application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e."
-"g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) "
-"system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
+msgid "All options prefixed with \"X-\" are interpreted as comments or as userspace application-specific options. These options are not stored in user space (e.g., _mtab_ file), nor sent to the mount._type_ helpers nor to the *mount*(2) system call. The suggested format is **X-**__appname__._option_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:627
-msgid ""
-"The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means "
-"the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note "
-"that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's "
-"necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the "
-"options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation "
-"or in unshared namespace)."
+msgid "The same as *X-** options, but stored permanently in user space. This means the options are also available for *umount*(8) or other operations. Note that maintaining mount options in user space is tricky, because it's necessary use libmount-based tools and there is no guarantee that the options will be always available (for example after a move mount operation or in unshared namespace)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:629
-msgid ""
-"Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained "
-"by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* "
-"now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) "
-"the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations "
-"usable without a change."
+msgid "Note that before util-linux v2.30 the x-* options have not been maintained by libmount and stored in user space (functionality was the same as for X-* now), but due to the growing number of use-cases (in initrd, systemd etc.) the functionality has been extended to keep existing _fstab_ configurations usable without a change."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:630
#, no-wrap
msgid "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_mode_]"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*X-mount.mkdir*[=_режим_]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:632
-msgid ""
-"Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The "
-"optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for "
-"*mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality "
-"is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid "
-"permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this "
-"notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
+msgid "Allow to make a target directory (mountpoint) if it does not exist yet. The optional argument _mode_ specifies the filesystem access mode used for *mkdir*(2) in octal notation. The default mode is 0755. This functionality is supported only for root users or when *mount* is executed without suid permissions. The option is also supported as *x-mount.mkdir*, but this notation is deprecated since v2.30. See also *--mkdir* command line option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:633
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**workdir=**__directory__"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "**X-mount.subdir=**__directory__"
-msgstr "**workdir=**__каталог__"
+msgstr "**X-mount.subdir=**__каталог__"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:635
-msgid ""
-"Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root "
-"directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root "
-"directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the "
-"final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory "
-"mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is "
-"implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
+msgid "Allow mounting sub-directory from a filesystem instead of the root directory. For now, this feature is implemented by temporary filesystem root directory mount in unshared namespace and then bind the sub-directory to the final mount point and umount the root of the filesystem. The sub-directory mount shows up atomically for the rest of the system although it is implemented by multiple *mount*(2) syscalls. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:638
-msgid ""
-"Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, "
-"and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still "
-"work properly."
+msgid "Do not follow symlinks when resolving paths. Symlinks can still be created, and *readlink*(1), *readlink*(2), *realpath*(1), and *realpath*(3) all still work properly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:642
-msgid ""
-"This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. "
-"Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages "
-"for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
+msgid "This section lists options that are specific to particular filesystems. Where possible, you should first consult filesystem-specific manual pages for details. Some of those pages are listed in the following table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:656
-msgid ""
-"Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you "
-"install the respective userland tools."
+msgid "Note that some of the pages listed above might be available only after you install the respective userland tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:658
-msgid ""
-"The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by "
-"filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
+msgid "The following options apply only to certain filesystems. We sort them by filesystem. All options follow the *-o* flag."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:660
-msgid ""
-"What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further "
-"information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel "
-"source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
+msgid "What options are supported depends a bit on the running kernel. Further information may be available in filesystem-specific files in the kernel source subdirectory _Documentation/filesystems_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:665
-msgid ""
-"Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
+msgid "Set the owner and group of the files in the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:668
-msgid ""
-"Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' "
-"permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/"
-"usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
+msgid "Set the permission mask for ADFS 'owner' permissions and 'other' permissions, respectively (default: 0700 and 0077, respectively). See also _/usr/src/linux/Documentation/filesystems/adfs.rst_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:673
-msgid ""
-"Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, "
-"but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of "
-"the current process are taken)."
+msgid "Set the owner and group of the root of the filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, but with option *uid* or *gid* without specified value, the UID and GID of the current process are taken)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:679
-msgid ""
-"Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original "
-"permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. "
-"The value is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the mode of all files to _value_ & 0777 disregarding the original permissions. Add search permission to directories that have read permission. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:685
-msgid ""
-"Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the "
-"mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. "
-"Strange..."
+msgid "Set UID and GID of the root of the filesystem to the UID and GID of the mount point upon the first sync or umount, and then clear this option. Strange..."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:694
-msgid ""
-"Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
+msgid "Prefix (of length at most 30) used before '/' when following a symbolic link."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:706
-msgid ""
-"These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react "
-"to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
+msgid "These options are accepted but ignored. (However, quota utilities may react to such strings in _/etc/fstab_.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:710
-msgid ""
-"The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/"
-"sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following "
-"options:"
+msgid "The debugfs filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/sys/kernel/debug_. As of kernel version 3.4, debugfs has the following options:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:720
-msgid ""
-"The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/"
-"pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; "
-"the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and "
-"the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
+msgid "The devpts filesystem is a pseudo filesystem, traditionally mounted on _/dev/pts_. In order to acquire a pseudo terminal, a process opens _/dev/ptmx_; the number of the pseudo terminal is then made available to the process and the pseudo terminal slave can be accessed as _/dev/pts/_<number>."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:723
-msgid ""
-"This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the "
-"specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and "
-"GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID "
-"5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the "
-"tty group."
+msgid "This sets the owner or the group of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified values. When nothing is specified, they will be set to the UID and GID of the creating process. For example, if there is a tty group with GID 5, then *gid=5* will cause newly created pseudo terminals to belong to the tty group."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:726
-msgid ""
-"Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The "
-"default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the "
-"default on newly created pseudo terminals."
+msgid "Set the mode of newly created pseudo terminals to the specified value. The default is 0600. A value of *mode=620* and *gid=5* makes \"mesg y\" the default on newly created pseudo terminals."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:729
-msgid ""
-"Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of "
-"pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices "
-"created in other instances of devpts."
+msgid "Create a private instance of the devpts filesystem, such that indices of pseudo terminals allocated in this new instance are independent of indices created in other instances of devpts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:731
-msgid ""
-"All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of "
-"pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the "
-"*newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
+msgid "All mounts of devpts without this *newinstance* option share the same set of pseudo terminal indices (i.e., legacy mode). Each mount of devpts with the *newinstance* option has a private set of pseudo terminal indices."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:733
-msgid ""
-"This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is "
-"implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this "
-"mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled "
-"in the kernel configuration."
+msgid "This option is mainly used to support containers in the Linux kernel. It is implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this mount option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:735
-msgid ""
-"To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/"
-"ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source "
-"tree for details."
+msgid "To use this option effectively, _/dev/ptmx_ must be a symbolic link to _pts/ptmx_. See _Documentation/filesystems/devpts.txt_ in the Linux kernel source tree for details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:740
-msgid ""
-"With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option "
-"above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts "
-"filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
+msgid "With the support for multiple instances of devpts (see *newinstance* option above), each instance has a private _ptmx_ node in the root of the devpts filesystem (typically _/dev/pts/ptmx_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:742
-msgid ""
-"For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the "
-"new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode "
-"for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option "
-"is specified."
+msgid "For compatibility with older versions of the kernel, the default mode of the new _ptmx_ node is 0000. **ptmxmode=**__value__ specifies a more useful mode for the _ptmx_ node and is highly recommended when the *newinstance* option is specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:744
-msgid ""
-"This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with "
-"2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if "
-"*CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
+msgid "This option is only implemented in Linux kernel versions starting with 2.6.29. Further, this option is valid only if *CONFIG_DEVPTS_MULTIPLE_INSTANCES* is enabled in the kernel configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:748
-msgid ""
-"(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, "
-"_umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
+msgid "(Note: _fat_ is not a separate filesystem, but a common part of the _msdos_, _umsdos_ and _vfat_ filesystems.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:754 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:864
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:881
-msgid ""
-"Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the "
-"current process.)"
+msgid "Set the owner and group of all files. (Default: the UID and GID of the current process.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:757 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:884
-msgid ""
-"Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The "
-"default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the umask (the bitmask of the permissions that are *not* present). The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:760
-msgid ""
-"Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the "
-"current process. The value is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the umask applied to directories only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:763
-msgid ""
-"Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the "
-"current process. The value is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the umask applied to regular files only. The default is the umask of the current process. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:769
-msgid ""
-"If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
+msgid "If current process is in group of file's group ID, you can change timestamp."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:774
-msgid ""
-"The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, "
-"*utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
+msgid "The default is set from 'dmask' option. (If the directory is writable, *utime*(2) is also allowed. I.e. ~dmask & 022)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:776
-msgid ""
-"Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or "
-"that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/"
-"GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can "
-"relax it."
+msgid "Normally *utime*(2) checks that the current process is owner of the file, or that it has the *CAP_FOWNER* capability. But FAT filesystems don't have UID/GID on disk, so the normal check is too inflexible. With this option you can relax it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:782
-msgid ""
-"Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are "
-"truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and "
-"embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
+msgid "Upper and lower case are accepted and equivalent, long name parts are truncated (e.g. _verylongname.foobar_ becomes _verylong.foo_), leading and embedded spaces are accepted in each name part (name and extension)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:785
-msgid ""
-"Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are "
-"rejected. This is the default."
+msgid "Like \"relaxed\", but many special characters (*, ?, <, spaces, etc.) are rejected. This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:788
-msgid ""
-"Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters "
-"that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) "
-"are rejected."
+msgid "Like \"normal\", but names that contain long parts or special characters that are sometimes used on Linux but are not accepted by MS-DOS (+, =, etc.) are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:791
-msgid ""
-"Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT "
-"filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
+msgid "Sets the codepage for converting to shortname characters on FAT and VFAT filesystems. By default, codepage 437 is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:797
-msgid ""
-"Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module "
-"cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the "
-"**cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. "
-"This option is obsolete."
+msgid "Forces the driver to use the CVF (Compressed Volume File) module cvf___module__ instead of auto-detection. If the kernel supports *kmod*, the **cvf_format=**__xxx__ option also controls on-demand CVF module loading. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:803
-msgid ""
-"Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem "
-"parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters "
-"appear to be inconsistent)."
+msgid "Turn on the _debug_ flag. A version string and a list of filesystem parameters will be printed (these data are also printed if the parameters appear to be inconsistent)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:806
-msgid ""
-"If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when "
-"blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-"
-"provisioned LUNs."
+msgid "If set, causes discard/TRIM commands to be issued to the block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:809
-msgid ""
-"If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, "
-"determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults "
-"assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and "
-"floppy images."
+msgid "If set, use a fallback default BIOS Parameter Block configuration, determined by backing device size. These static parameters match defaults assumed by DOS 1.x for 160 kiB, 180 kiB, 320 kiB, and 360 kiB floppies and floppy images."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:812
-msgid ""
-"Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing "
-"anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
+msgid "Specify FAT behavior on critical errors: panic, continue without doing anything, or remount the partition in read-only mode (default behavior)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:815
-msgid ""
-"Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type "
-"detection routine. Use with caution!"
+msgid "Specify a 12, 16 or 32 bit fat. This overrides the automatic FAT type detection routine. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:818
-msgid ""
-"Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit "
-"Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on "
-"disk in Unicode format."
+msgid "Character set to use for converting between 8 bit characters and 16 bit Unicode characters. The default is iso8859-1. Long filenames are stored on disk in Unicode format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:827
-msgid ""
-"To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to "
-"*stale_rw*."
+msgid "To maintain backward compatibility, *-o nfs* is also accepted, defaulting to *stale_rw*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:830
-msgid ""
-"This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as "
-"used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is "
-"particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are "
-"set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
+msgid "This option disables the conversion of timestamps between local time (as used by Windows on FAT) and UTC (which Linux uses internally). This is particularly useful when mounting devices (like digital cameras) that are set to UTC in order to avoid the pitfalls of local time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:833
-msgid ""
-"Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. "
-"I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC "
-"used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the "
-"kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. "
-"Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all "
-"cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be "
-"off by one hour."
+msgid "Set offset for conversion of timestamps from local time used by FAT to UTC. I.e., _minutes_ will be subtracted from each timestamp to convert it to UTC used internally by Linux. This is useful when the time zone set in the kernel via *settimeofday*(2) is not the time zone used by the filesystem. Note that this option still does not provide correct time stamps in all cases in presence of DST - time stamps in a different DST setting will be off by one hour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:836
-msgid ""
-"Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return "
-"errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
+msgid "Turn on the _quiet_ flag. Attempts to chown or chmod files do not return errors, although they fail. Use with caution!"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:839
-msgid ""
-"FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of "
-"the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a "
-"flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
+msgid "FAT has the *ATTR_RO* (read-only) attribute. On Windows, the *ATTR_RO* of the directory will just be ignored, and is used only by applications as a flag (e.g. it's set for the customized folder)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:841
-msgid ""
-"If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set "
-"this option."
+msgid "If you want to use *ATTR_RO* as read-only flag even for the directory, set this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:844
-msgid ""
-"If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the "
-"extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
+msgid "If set, the execute permission bits of the file will be allowed only if the extension part of the name is .EXE, .COM, or .BAT. Not set by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:847
-msgid ""
-"If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. "
-"Not set by default."
+msgid "If set, *ATTR_SYS* attribute on FAT is handled as *IMMUTABLE* flag on Linux. Not set by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:850
-msgid ""
-"If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not "
-"set by default."
+msgid "If set, the filesystem will try to flush to disk more early than normal. Not set by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:853
-msgid ""
-"Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to "
-"determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used "
-"by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. "
-"If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option "
-"you can avoid scanning disk."
+msgid "Use the \"free clusters\" value stored on *FSINFO*. It'll be used to determine number of free clusters without scanning disk. But it's not used by default, because recent Windows don't update it correctly in some case. If you are sure the \"free clusters\" on *FSINFO* is correct, by this option you can avoid scanning disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:856
-msgid ""
-"Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT "
-"filesystem."
+msgid "Various misguided attempts to force Unix or DOS conventions onto a FAT filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:861
-msgid ""
-"Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating "
-"new files. Default values: '????'."
+msgid "Set the creator/type values as shown by the MacOS finder used for creating new files. Default values: '????'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:867
-msgid ""
-"Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and "
-"directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
+msgid "Set the umask used for all directories, all regular files, or all files and directories. Defaults to the umask of the current process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:870
-msgid ""
-"Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the "
-"CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying "
-"device."
+msgid "Select the CDROM session to mount. Defaults to leaving that decision to the CDROM driver. This option will fail with anything but a CDROM as underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:873
-msgid ""
-"Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. "
-"Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
+msgid "Select partition number n from the device. Only makes sense for CDROMs. Defaults to not parsing the partition table at all."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:887
-msgid ""
-"Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: "
-"*case=lower*.)"
+msgid "Convert all files names to lower case, or leave them. (Default: *case=lower*.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:897
-msgid ""
-"ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-"
-"ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ "
-"filesystem.)"
+msgid "ISO 9660 is a standard describing a filesystem structure to be used on CD-ROMs. (This filesystem type is also seen on some DVDs. See also the _udf_ filesystem.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:899
-msgid ""
-"Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like "
-"restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in "
-"upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of "
-"links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
+msgid "Normal _iso9660_ filenames appear in an 8.3 format (i.e., DOS-like restrictions on filename length), and in addition all characters are in upper case. Also there is no field for file ownership, protection, number of links, provision for block/character devices, etc."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:901
-msgid ""
-"Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like "
-"features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that "
-"supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the "
-"filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that "
-"it is read-only, of course)."
+msgid "Rock Ridge is an extension to iso9660 that provides all of these UNIX-like features. Basically there are extensions to each directory record that supply all of the additional information, and when Rock Ridge is in use, the filesystem is indistinguishable from a normal UNIX filesystem (except that it is read-only, of course)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:907
-msgid ""
-"Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
+msgid "Disable the use of Microsoft Joliet extensions, even if available. Cf. *map*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:910
-msgid ""
-"With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before "
-"doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* "
-"and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
+msgid "With *check=relaxed*, a filename is first converted to lower case before doing the lookup. This is probably only meaningful together with *norock* and *map=normal*. (Default: *check=strict*.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:913
-msgid ""
-"Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly "
-"overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: "
-"*uid=0,gid=0*.)"
+msgid "Give all files in the filesystem the indicated user or group id, possibly overriding the information found in the Rock Ridge extensions. (Default: *uid=0,gid=0*.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:916
-msgid ""
-"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case "
-"ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no "
-"name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* "
-"is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
+msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, normal name translation maps upper to lower case ASCII, drops a trailing ';1', and converts ';' to '.'. With *map=off* no name translation is done. See *norock*. (Default: *map=normal*.) *map=acorn* is like *map=normal* but also apply Acorn extensions if present."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:919
-msgid ""
-"For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: "
-"read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a "
-"leading 0."
+msgid "For non-Rock Ridge volumes, give all files the indicated mode. (Default: read and execute permission for everybody.) Octal mode values require a leading 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:922
-msgid ""
-"Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the "
-"associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the "
-"ordinary files inaccessible.)"
+msgid "Also show hidden and associated files. (If the ordinary files and the associated or hidden files have the same filenames, this may make the ordinary files inaccessible.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:931
-msgid ""
-"If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount "
-"option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a "
-"file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
+msgid "If the high byte of the file length contains other garbage, set this mount option to ignore the high order bits of the file length. This implies that a file cannot be larger than 16 MB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:939
-msgid ""
-"The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only "
-"makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
+msgid "The following options are the same as for vfat and specifying them only makes sense when using discs encoded using Microsoft's Joliet extensions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:942
-msgid ""
-"Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit "
-"characters. The default is iso8859-1."
+msgid "Character set to use for converting 16 bit Unicode characters on CD to 8 bit characters. The default is iso8859-1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:950
-msgid ""
-"Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to "
-"do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires "
-"*CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
+msgid "Character set to use for converting from Unicode to ASCII. The default is to do no conversion. Use *iocharset=utf8* for UTF8 translations. This requires *CONFIG_NLS_UTF8* to be set in the kernel _.config_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:953
-msgid ""
-"Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not "
-"shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is "
-"mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume "
-"to the full size of the partition."
+msgid "Resize the volume to _value_ blocks. JFS only supports growing a volume, not shrinking it. This option is only valid during a remount, when the volume is mounted read-write. The *resize* keyword with no value will grow the volume to the full size of the partition."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:956
-msgid ""
-"Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for "
-"higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity "
-"of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
+msgid "Do not write to the journal. The primary use of this option is to allow for higher performance when restoring a volume from backup media. The integrity of the volume is not guaranteed if the system abnormally ends."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:959
-msgid ""
-"Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount "
-"a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to "
-"restore normal behavior."
+msgid "Default. Commit metadata changes to the journal. Use this option to remount a volume where the *nointegrity* option was previously specified in order to restore normal behavior."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:962
-msgid ""
-"Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and "
-"just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem "
-"read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
+msgid "Define the behavior when an error is encountered. (Either ignore errors and just mark the filesystem erroneous and continue, or remount the filesystem read-only, or panic and halt the system.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:969
-msgid ""
-"See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an "
-"inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The "
-"filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
+msgid "See mount options for fat. If the _msdos_ filesystem detects an inconsistency, it reports an error and sets the file system read-only. The filesystem can be made writable again by remounting it."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:973
-msgid ""
-"Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a "
-"_struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is "
-"constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does "
-"not know anything about ncpfs."
+msgid "Just like _nfs_, the _ncpfs_ implementation expects a binary argument (a _struct ncp_mount_data_) to the *mount*(2) system call. This argument is constructed by *ncpmount*(8) and the current version of *mount* (2.12) does not know anything about ncpfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:978
-msgid ""
-"Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses "
-"names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
+msgid "Character set to use when returning file names. Unlike VFAT, NTFS suppresses names that contain nonconvertible characters. Deprecated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:987
-msgid ""
-"For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode "
-"characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape "
-"sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a "
-"byteswapped bigendian encoding."
+msgid "For 0 (or 'no' or 'false'), do not use escape sequences for unknown Unicode characters. For 1 (or 'yes' or 'true') or 2, use vfat-style 4-byte escape sequences starting with \":\". Here 2 gives a little-endian encoding and 1 a byteswapped bigendian encoding."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:990
-msgid ""
-"If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower "
-"case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being "
-"suppressed. This option is obsolete."
+msgid "If enabled (posix=1), the filesystem distinguishes between upper and lower case. The 8.3 alias names are presented as hard links instead of being suppressed. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:993
-msgid ""
-"Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in "
-"octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody "
-"else."
+msgid "Set the file permission on the filesystem. The umask value is given in octal. By default, the files are owned by root and not readable by somebody else."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:997
-msgid ""
-"Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for "
-"other filesystems."
+msgid "Since Linux 3.18 the overlay pseudo filesystem implements a union mount for other filesystems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:999
-msgid ""
-"An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a "
-"*lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in "
-"the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is "
-"either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
+msgid "An overlay filesystem combines two filesystems - an *upper* filesystem and a *lower* filesystem. When a name exists in both filesystems, the object in the upper filesystem is visible while the object in the lower filesystem is either hidden or, in the case of directories, merged with the upper object."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1001
-msgid ""
-"The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not "
-"need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The "
-"upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the "
-"creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type "
-"in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
+msgid "The lower filesystem can be any filesystem supported by Linux and does not need to be writable. The lower filesystem can even be another overlayfs. The upper filesystem will normally be writable and if it is it must support the creation of trusted.* extended attributes, and must provide a valid d_type in readdir responses, so NFS is not suitable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1003
-msgid ""
-"A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem "
-"type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged "
-"directory by using:"
+msgid "A read-only overlay of two read-only filesystems may use any filesystem type. The options *lowerdir* and *upperdir* are combined into a merged directory by using:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1019
-msgid ""
-"The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as "
-"upperdir."
+msgid "The workdir needs to be an empty directory on the same filesystem as upperdir."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1020
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*user_xattr*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*userxattr*"
-msgstr "*user_xattr*"
+msgstr "*userxattr*"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1022
-msgid ""
-"Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay.*"
-"\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
+msgid "Use the \"*user.overlay.*\" xattr namespace instead of \"*trusted.overlay.*\". This is useful for unprivileged mounting of overlayfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1025
-msgid ""
-"If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied "
-"up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.redirect"
-"\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the "
-"root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location."
+msgid "If the _redirect_dir_ feature is enabled, then the directory will be copied up (but not the contents). Then the \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.redirect\" extended attribute is set to the path of the original location from the root of the overlay. Finally the directory is moved to the new location."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1028
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Messages are allowed."
msgid "Redirects are enabled."
-msgstr "Ð\9fовÑ\96домленнÑ\8f дозволено."
+msgstr "УвÑ\96мкнено пеÑ\80еÑ\81пÑ\80Ñ\8fмовÑ\83ваннÑ\8f."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1029 ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:78
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1031
-msgid ""
-"Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" "
-"feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
+msgid "Redirects are not created and only followed if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is enabled in the kernel/module config."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1032
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*--nofollow*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*follow*"
-msgstr "*--nofollow*"
+msgstr "*follow*"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1034
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid "Messages are not allowed."
msgid "Redirects are not created, but followed."
-msgstr "Ð\9fовÑ\96домленнÑ\8f забоÑ\80онено."
+msgstr "Ð\9fеÑ\80еÑ\81пÑ\80Ñ\8fмÑ\83ваннÑ\8f не Ñ\81Ñ\82воÑ\80Ñ\8eÑ\8eÑ\82Ñ\8cÑ\81Ñ\8f, але пеÑ\80еÑ\85оди виконÑ\83Ñ\8eÑ\82Ñ\8cÑ\81Ñ\8f."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1035
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*--nofollow*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*nofollow*"
-msgstr "*--nofollow*"
+msgstr "*nofollow*"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1037
-msgid ""
-"Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off"
-"\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
+msgid "Redirects are not created and not followed (equivalent to \"redirect_dir=off\" if \"redirect_always_follow\" feature is not enabled)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1038
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
-msgstr "*--direct-io*[**=on**|*off*]"
+msgstr "*index=*{**on**|**off**}"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1040
-msgid ""
-"Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links "
-"is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be "
-"propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
+msgid "Inode index. If this feature is disabled and a file with multiple hard links is copied up, then this will \"break\" the link. Changes will not be propagated to other names referring to the same inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1041
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
-msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
+msgstr "*uuid=*{**on**|**off**}"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1043
-msgid ""
-"Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles "
-"with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case "
-"the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is "
-"only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same "
-"filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
+msgid "Can be used to replace UUID of the underlying filesystem in file handles with null, and effectively disable UUID checks. This can be useful in case the underlying disk is copied and the UUID of this copy is changed. This is only applicable if all lower/upper/work directories are on the same filesystem, otherwise it will fallback to normal behaviour."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1044
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
-msgstr "*uni_xlate=*{**0**|**1**|*2*}"
+msgstr "*nfs_export=*{**on**|**off**}"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1047
-msgid ""
-"When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" "
-"feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
+msgid "When the underlying filesystems supports NFS export and the \"nfs_export\" feature is enabled, an overlay filesystem may be exported to NFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1054
-msgid ""
-"With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index "
-"entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the "
-"hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-"
-"directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a "
-"directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|"
-"**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory "
-"inode."
+msgid "With the \"nfs_export\" feature, on copy_up of any lower object, an index entry is created under the index directory. The index entry name is the hexadecimal representation of the copy up origin file handle. For a non-directory object, the index entry is a hard link to the upper inode. For a directory object, the index entry has an extended attribute \"{**trusted**|**user**}.overlay.upper\" with an encoded file handle of the upper directory inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1060
-msgid ""
-"For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode "
-"an upper file handle from upper inode"
+msgid "For a pure-upper object and for an existing non-indexed upper object, encode an upper file handle from upper inode"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1075
-msgid ""
-"If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an "
-"overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
+msgid "If a whiteout is found in index, return **ESTALE**. This represents an overlay object that was deleted after its file handle was encoded."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1076
-msgid ""
-"For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the "
-"decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
+msgid "For a non-directory, instantiate a disconnected overlay dentry from the decoded underlying dentry, the path type and index inode, if found."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1077
-msgid ""
-"For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and "
-"index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
+msgid "For a directory, use the connected underlying decoded dentry, path type and index, to lookup a connected overlay dentry."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1083
-msgid ""
-"Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. "
-"copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no "
-"upper alias."
+msgid "Decoding a non-directory file handle may return a disconnected dentry. copy_up of that disconnected dentry will create an upper index entry with no upper alias."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1095
-msgid ""
-"When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory "
-"may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects"
-"\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect"
-"\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer "
-"directory. Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a "
-"descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to "
-"reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories "
-"that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are "
-"copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay "
-"filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in "
-"this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. "
-"\"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
+msgid "When overlay filesystem has multiple lower layers, a middle layer directory may have a \"redirect\" to lower directory. Because middle layer \"redirects\" are not indexed, a lower file handle that was encoded from the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to find the middle or upper layer directory. Similarly, a lower file handle that was encoded from a descendant of the \"redirect\" origin directory, cannot be used to reconstruct a connected overlay path. To mitigate the cases of directories that cannot be decoded from a lower file handle, these directories are copied up on encode and encoded as an upper file handle. On an overlay filesystem with no upper layer this mitigation cannot be used NFS export in this setup requires turning off redirect follow (e.g. \"__redirect_dir=nofollow__\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1097
-msgid ""
-"The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file "
-"handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will "
-"cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
+msgid "The overlay filesystem does not support non-directory connectable file handles, so exporting with the _subtree_check_ exportfs configuration will cause failures to lookup files over NFS."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1099
-msgid ""
-"When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are "
-"verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This "
-"verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
+msgid "When the NFS export feature is enabled, all directory index entries are verified on mount time to check that upper file handles are not stale. This verification may cause significant overhead in some cases."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1102
-msgid ""
-"Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a "
-"read-write mount and will result in an error."
+msgid "Note: the mount options __index=off,nfs_export=on__ are conflicting for a read-write mount and will result in an error."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1104
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
-msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
+msgstr "*xino=*{**on**|**off**|**auto**}"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1106
-msgid ""
-"The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real "
-"object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the "
-"high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely "
-"use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does "
-"overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the "
-"non xino behavior for that inode."
+msgid "The \"xino\" feature composes a unique object identifier from the real object st_ino and an underlying fsid index. The \"xino\" feature uses the high inode number bits for fsid, because the underlying filesystems rarely use the high inode number bits. In case the underlying inode number does overflow into the high xino bits, overlay filesystem will fall back to the non xino behavior for that inode."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1108
-msgid ""
-"For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to "
-"https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/overlayfs.html?"
-"highlight=overlayfs"
+msgid "For a detailed description of the effect of this option please refer to https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/filesystems/overlayfs.html?highlight=overlayfs"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1109
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
-msgstr "*compr=*{**none**|**lzo**|*zlib*}"
+msgstr "*metacopy=*{**on**|**off**}"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1111
-msgid ""
-"When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up "
-"metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like "
-"chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is "
-"opened for WRITE operation."
+msgid "When metadata only copy up feature is enabled, overlayfs will only copy up metadata (as opposed to whole file), when a metadata specific operation like chown/chmod is performed. Full file will be copied up later when file is opened for WRITE operation."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1113
-msgid ""
-"In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up "
-"when there is a need to actually modify data."
+msgid "In other words, this is delayed data copy up operation and data is copied up when there is a need to actually modify data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1114
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*norelatime*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*volatile*"
-msgstr "*norelatime*"
+msgstr "*volatile*"
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1116
-msgid ""
-"Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly "
-"recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the "
-"overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
+msgid "Volatile mounts are not guaranteed to survive a crash. It is strongly recommended that volatile mounts are only used if data written to the overlay can be recreated without significant effort."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1118
-msgid ""
-"The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of "
-"sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
+msgid "The advantage of mounting with the \"volatile\" option is that all forms of sync calls to the upper filesystem are omitted."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1120
-msgid ""
-"In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) "
-"semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of "
-"VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâ\80\99s filesystem after a "
-"volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once "
-"this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every "
-"subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not "
-"experience a new error since the last sync call."
+msgid "In order to avoid a giving a false sense of safety, the syncfs (and fsync) semantics of volatile mounts are slightly different than that of the rest of VFS. If any writeback error occurs on the upperdirâ\80\99s filesystem after a volatile mount takes place, all sync functions will return an error. Once this condition is reached, the filesystem will not recover, and every subsequent sync call will return an error, even if the upperdir has not experience a new error since the last sync call."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1122
-msgid ""
-"When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/"
-"work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for "
-"this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator "
-"that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. "
-"In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed "
-"and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be "
-"removed."
+msgid "When overlay is mounted with \"volatile\" option, the directory \"$workdir/work/incompat/volatile\" is created. During next mount, overlay checks for this directory and refuses to mount if present. This is a strong indicator that user should throw away upper and work directories and create fresh one. In very limited cases where the user knows that the system has not crashed and contents of upperdir are intact, The \"volatile\" directory can be removed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1129
-msgid ""
-"Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, "
-"using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no "
-"longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
+msgid "Instructs version 3.6 reiserfs software to mount a version 3.5 filesystem, using the 3.6 format for newly created objects. This filesystem will no longer be compatible with reiserfs 3.5 tools."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1132
-msgid ""
-"Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within "
-"directories."
+msgid "Choose which hash function reiserfs will use to find files within directories."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1135
-msgid ""
-"A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, "
-"mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option "
-"should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
+msgid "A hash invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. It is fast and preserves locality, mapping lexicographically close file names to close hash values. This option should not be used, as it causes a high probability of hash collisions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1138
-msgid ""
-"A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash "
-"permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low "
-"probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if "
-"*EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
+msgid "A Davis-Meyer function implemented by Jeremy Fitzhardinge. It uses hash permuting bits in the name. It gets high randomness and, therefore, low probability of hash collisions at some CPU cost. This may be used if *EHASHCOLLISION* errors are experienced with the r5 hash."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1141
-msgid ""
-"A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the "
-"best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name "
-"patterns."
+msgid "A modified version of the rupasov hash. It is used by default and is the best choice unless the filesystem has huge directories and unusual file-name patterns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1144
-msgid ""
-"Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the "
-"filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs "
-"superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format "
-"filesystem."
+msgid "Instructs *mount* to detect which hash function is in use by examining the filesystem being mounted, and to write this information into the reiserfs superblock. This is only useful on the first mount of an old format filesystem."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1147 ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1150
-msgid ""
-"Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some "
-"situations."
+msgid "Tunes the block allocator. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1153
-msgid ""
-"Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This "
-"may provide performance improvements in some situations."
+msgid "Disable the border allocator algorithm invented by Yury Yu. Rupasov. This may provide performance improvements in some situations."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1156
-msgid ""
-"Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in "
-"some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. "
-"Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling "
-"operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation "
-"of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
+msgid "Disable journaling. This will provide slight performance improvements in some situations at the cost of losing reiserfs's fast recovery from crashes. Even with this option turned on, reiserfs still performs all journaling operations, save for actual writes into its journaling area. Implementation of _nolog_ is a work in progress."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1159
-msgid ""
-"By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its "
-"tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to "
-"disable packing of files into the tree."
+msgid "By default, reiserfs stores small files and 'file tails' directly into its tree. This confuses some utilities such as *lilo*(8). This option is used to disable packing of files into the tree."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1162
-msgid ""
-"Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount "
-"the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
+msgid "Replay the transactions which are in the journal, but do not actually mount the filesystem. Mainly used by _reiserfsck_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1165
-msgid ""
-"A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. "
-"Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This "
-"option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume "
-"management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained "
-"from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
+msgid "A remount option which permits online expansion of reiserfs partitions. Instructs reiserfs to assume that the device has _number_ blocks. This option is designed for use with devices which are under logical volume management (LVM). There is a special _resizer_ utility which can be obtained from _ftp://ftp.namesys.com/pub/reiserfsprogs_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1174
-msgid ""
-"This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. "
-"*barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also "
-"requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an "
-"error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. "
-"Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making "
-"volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your "
-"disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may "
-"safely improve performance."
+msgid "This disables / enables the use of write barriers in the journaling code. *barrier=none* disables, *barrier=flush* enables (default). This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if reiserfs gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable barriers again with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering of journal commits, making volatile disk write caches safe to use, at some performance penalty. If your disks are battery-backed in one way or another, disabling barriers may safely improve performance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1178
-msgid ""
-"UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that "
-"*atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
+msgid "UBIFS is a flash filesystem which works on top of UBI volumes. Note that *atime* is not supported and is always turned off."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1198
-msgid ""
-"Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the "
-"filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read "
-"faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. "
-"For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one "
-"NAND page."
+msgid "Enable bulk-read. VFS read-ahead is disabled because it slows down the filesystem. Bulk-Read is an internal optimization. Some flashes may read faster if the data are read at one go, rather than at several read requests. For example, OneNAND can do \"read-while-load\" if it reads more than one NAND page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1207
-msgid ""
-"Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does "
-"not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal "
-"indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 "
-"is always calculated when writing the data."
+msgid "Do not check data CRC-32 checksums. With this option, the filesystem does not check CRC-32 checksum for data, but it does check it for the internal indexing information. This option only affects reading, not writing. CRC-32 is always calculated when writing the data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1210
-msgid ""
-"Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It "
-"is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
+msgid "Select the default compressor which is used when new files are written. It is still possible to read compressed files if mounted with the *none* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1214
-msgid ""
-"UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical "
-"Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in "
-"the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly "
-"usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See "
-"also _iso9660_."
+msgid "UDF is the \"Universal Disk Format\" filesystem defined by OSTA, the Optical Storage Technology Association, and is often used for DVD-ROM, frequently in the form of a hybrid UDF/ISO-9660 filesystem. It is, however, perfectly usable by itself on disk drives, flash drives and other block devices. See also _iso9660_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1217
-msgid ""
-"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be "
-"specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and "
-"results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is "
-"the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
-"given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding "
-"decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
+msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given user. uid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) uid=<user> and results in UDF not storing uids to the media. In fact the recorded uid is the 32-bit overflow uid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <user> which is a valid user name or the corresponding decimal user id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1220
-msgid ""
-"Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can "
-"be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and "
-"results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is "
-"the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is "
-"given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding "
-"decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
+msgid "Make all files in the filesystem belong to the given group. gid=forget can be specified independently of (or usually in addition to) gid=<group> and results in UDF not storing gids to the media. In fact the recorded gid is the 32-bit overflow gid -1 as defined by the UDF standard. The value is given as either <group> which is a valid group name or the corresponding decimal group id, or the special string \"forget\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1223
-msgid ""
-"Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The "
-"value is given in octal."
+msgid "Mask out the given permissions from all inodes read from the filesystem. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1226
-msgid ""
-"If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the "
-"filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
+msgid "If *mode=* is set the permissions of all non-directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given mode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1229
-msgid ""
-"If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the "
-"filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
+msgid "If *dmode=* is set the permissions of all directory inodes read from the filesystem will be set to the given dmode. The value is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1232
-msgid ""
-"Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. "
-"Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with "
-"fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any "
-"valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
+msgid "Set the block size. Default value prior to kernel version 2.6.30 was 2048. Since 2.6.30 and prior to 4.11 it was logical device block size with fallback to 2048. Since 4.11 it is logical block size with fallback to any valid block size between logical device block size and 4096."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1234
-msgid ""
-"For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* "
-"and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
+msgid "For other details see the *mkudffs*(8) 2.0+ manpage, see the *COMPATIBILITY* and *BLOCK SIZE* sections."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1258
-msgid ""
-"Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with "
-"*CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
+msgid "Set the NLS character set. This requires kernel compiled with *CONFIG_UDF_NLS* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1269
-msgid ""
-"Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. "
-"(default= last session)"
+msgid "Select the session number for multi-session recorded optical media. (default= last session)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1300
-msgid ""
-"UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem "
-"are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are "
-"undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's "
-"why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values "
-"are:"
+msgid "UFS is a filesystem widely used in different operating systems. The problem are differences among implementations. Features of some implementations are undocumented, so its hard to recognize the type of ufs automatically. That's why the user must specify the type of ufs by mount option. Possible values are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1303
-msgid ""
-"Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the "
-"*-r* option.)"
+msgid "Old format of ufs, this is the default, read only. (Don't forget to give the *-r* option.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1306
-msgid ""
-"For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
+msgid "For filesystems created by a BSD-like system (NetBSD, FreeBSD, OpenBSD)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1324
-msgid ""
-"For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
+msgid "For filesystems created by NeXTStep (on NeXT station) (currently read only)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1330
-msgid ""
-"For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same "
-"filesystem type is also used by macOS."
+msgid "For filesystems created by OpenStep (currently read only). The same filesystem type is also used by macOS."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1339
-msgid ""
-"These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is "
-"encountered only a console message is printed."
+msgid "These mount options don't do anything at present; when an error is encountered only a console message is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1343
-msgid ""
-"See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by "
-"_umsdos_."
+msgid "See mount options for msdos. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _umsdos_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1347
-msgid ""
-"First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* "
-"option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
+msgid "First of all, the mount options for _fat_ are recognized. The *dotsOK* option is explicitly killed by _vfat_. Furthermore, there are"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1350
-msgid ""
-"Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This "
-"lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode "
-"characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is "
-"possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the "
-"vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode "
-"character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
+msgid "Translate unhandled Unicode characters to special escaped sequences. This lets you backup and restore filenames that are created with any Unicode characters. Without this option, a '?' is used when no translation is possible. The escape character is ':' because it is otherwise invalid on the vfat filesystem. The escape sequence that gets used, where u is the Unicode character, is: ':', (u & 0x3f), ((u>>6) & 0x3f), (u>>12)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1353
-msgid ""
-"Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
+msgid "Allow two files with names that only differ in case. This option is obsolete."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1356
-msgid ""
-"First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying "
-"_name~num.ext_."
+msgid "First try to make a short name without sequence number, before trying _name~num.ext_."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1359
-msgid ""
-"UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the "
-"console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled "
-"with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets "
-"disabled."
+msgid "UTF8 is the filesystem safe 8-bit encoding of Unicode that is used by the console. It can be enabled for the filesystem with this option or disabled with utf8=0, utf8=no or utf8=false. If _uni_xlate_ gets set, UTF8 gets disabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1362
-msgid ""
-"Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into "
-"8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the "
-"preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
+msgid "Defines the behavior for creation and display of filenames which fit into 8.3 characters. If a long name for a file exists, it will always be the preferred one for display. There are four __mode__s:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1365
-msgid ""
-"Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the "
-"short name is not all upper case."
+msgid "Force the short name to lower case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1368
-msgid ""
-"Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the "
-"short name is not all upper case."
+msgid "Force the short name to upper case upon display; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1371
-msgid ""
-"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
-"all lower case or all upper case."
+msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all lower case or all upper case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1374
-msgid ""
-"Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not "
-"all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
+msgid "Display the short name as is; store a long name when the short name is not all upper case. This mode is the default since Linux 2.6.32."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1379
-msgid ""
-"Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem "
-"(default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the device files in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0644). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1382
-msgid ""
-"Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs "
-"filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the bus directories in the usbfs filesystem (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0555). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1385
-msgid ""
-"Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, "
-"mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
+msgid "Set the owner and group and mode of the file _devices_ (default: uid=gid=0, mode=0444). The mode is given in octal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1389
-msgid ""
-"The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity "
-"checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can "
-"open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the "
-"device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount "
-"(optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root "
-"hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically "
-"reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
+msgid "The device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. The *mount* command can open the dm-verity device and do the integrity verification before the device filesystem is mounted. Requires libcryptsetup with in libmount (optionally via *dlopen*(3)). If libcryptsetup supports extracting the root hash of an already mounted device, existing devices will be automatically reused in case of a match. Mount options for dm-verity:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1392
-msgid ""
-"Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-"
-"verity."
+msgid "Path to the hash tree device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1395
-msgid ""
-"Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with "
-"_verity.roothashfile._"
+msgid "Hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice_. Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothashfile._"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1398
-msgid ""
-"Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity."
-"hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
+msgid "Path to file containing the hex-encoded hash of the root of _verity.hashdevice._ Mutually exclusive with _verity.roothash._"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1401
-msgid ""
-"If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: "
-"0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
+msgid "If the hash tree device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the tree."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1404
-msgid ""
-"Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source "
-"volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with "
-"*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
+msgid "Path to the Forward Error Correction (FEC) device associated with the source volume to pass to dm-verity. Optional. Requires kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_FEC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1407
-msgid ""
-"If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is "
-"used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
+msgid "If the FEC device is embedded in the source volume, _offset_ (default: 0) is used by dm-verity to get to the FEC area. Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1413
-msgid ""
-"Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires "
-"crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with "
-"*CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to "
-"be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
+msgid "Path to *pkcs7*(1ssl) signature of root hash hex string. Requires crypt_activate_by_signed_key() from cryptsetup and kernel built with *CONFIG_DM_VERITY_VERIFY_ROOTHASH_SIG*. For device reuse, signatures have to be either used by all mounts of a device or by none. Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1416
-msgid ""
-"Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. "
-"By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and "
-"libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
+msgid "Instruct the kernel to ignore, reboot or panic when corruption is detected. By default the I/O operation simply fails. Requires Linux 4.1 or newer, and libcrypsetup 2.3.4 or newer. Optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1432
-msgid ""
-"create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount "
-"verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root "
-"hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
+msgid "create squashfs image from _/etc_ directory, verity hash device and mount verified filesystem image to _/mnt_. The kernel will verify that the root hash is signed by a key from the kernel keyring if roothashsig is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1436
-msgid ""
-"One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the "
-"command"
+msgid "One further possible type is a mount via the loop device. For example, the command"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1442
-msgid ""
-"will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/"
-"disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
+msgid "will set up the loop device _/dev/loop3_ to correspond to the file _/tmp/disk.img_, and then mount this device on _/mnt_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1444
-msgid ""
-"If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is "
-"given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, "
-"for example"
+msgid "If no explicit loop device is mentioned (but just an option '**-o loop**' is given), then *mount* will try to find some unused loop device and use that, for example"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1450
-msgid ""
-"The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular "
-"file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for "
-"libblkid, for example:"
+msgid "The *mount* command *automatically* creates a loop device from a regular file if a filesystem type is not specified or the filesystem is known for libblkid, for example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1458
-msgid ""
-"This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and "
-"*sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be "
-"used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
+msgid "This type of mount knows about three options, namely *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit*, that are really options to *losetup*(8). (These options can be used in addition to those specific to the filesystem type.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1460
-msgid ""
-"Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning "
-"that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* "
-"independently of _/etc/mtab_."
+msgid "Since Linux 2.6.25 auto-destruction of loop devices is supported, meaning that any loop device allocated by *mount* will be freed by *umount* independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1462
-msgid ""
-"You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
+msgid "You can also free a loop device by hand, using *losetup -d* or *umount -d*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1464
-msgid ""
-"Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than "
-"initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some "
-"loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a "
-"filesystem corruption."
+msgid "Since util-linux v2.29, *mount* re-uses the loop device rather than initializing a new device if the same backing file is already used for some loop device with the same offset and sizelimit. This is necessary to avoid a filesystem corruption."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1494
-msgid ""
-"The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 "
-"(some failed, some succeeded)."
+msgid "The command *mount -a* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1502
-msgid ""
-"where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the "
-"same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for "
-"filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse."
-"sshfs*)."
+msgid "where the _suffix_ is the filesystem type and the *-sfnvoN* options have the same meaning as the normal mount options. The *-t* option is used for filesystems with subtypes support (for example */sbin/mount.fuse -t fuse.sshfs*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1504
-msgid ""
-"The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, "
-"*runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, "
-"*rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and "
-"*sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a "
-"comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
+msgid "The command *mount* does not pass the mount options *unbindable*, *runbindable*, *private*, *rprivate*, *slave*, *rslave*, *shared*, *rshared*, *auto*, *noauto*, *comment*, *x-**, *loop*, *offset* and *sizelimit* to the mount.<suffix> helpers. All other options are used in a comma-separated list as an argument to the *-o* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1525
-msgid ""
-"See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section "
-"above."
+msgid "See also \"*The files /etc/fstab, /etc/mtab and /proc/mounts*\" section above."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1553
-msgid ""
-"Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, "
-"ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la "
-"BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
+msgid "Some Linux filesystems don't support *-o sync* and *-o dirsync* (the ext2, ext3, ext4, fat and vfat filesystems _do_ support synchronous updates (a la BSD) when mounted with the *sync* option)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1555
-msgid ""
-"The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-"
-"specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for "
-"example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
+msgid "The *-o remount* may not be able to change mount parameters (all _ext2fs_-specific parameters, except *sb*, are changeable with a remount, for example, but you can't change *gid* or *umask* for the _fatfs_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1557
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on "
-"systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the "
-"*mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on "
-"the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain "
-"cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS "
-"mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable "
-"information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a "
-"symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
+msgid "It is possible that the files _/etc/mtab_ and _/proc/mounts_ don't match on systems with a regular _mtab_ file. The first file is based only on the *mount* command options, but the content of the second file also depends on the kernel and others settings (e.g. on a remote NFS server -- in certain cases the *mount* command may report unreliable information about an NFS mount point and the _/proc/mount_ file usually contains more reliable information.) This is another reason to replace the _mtab_ file with a symlink to the _/proc/mounts_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1559
-msgid ""
-"Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the "
-"*fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results "
-"due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* "
-"mount option is used."
+msgid "Checking files on NFS filesystems referenced by file descriptors (i.e. the *fcntl* and *ioctl* families of functions) may lead to inconsistent results due to the lack of a consistency check in the kernel even if the *noac* mount option is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mount.8.adoc:1561
-msgid ""
-"The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail "
-"when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size "
-"of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be "
-"worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling "
-"*mount* with the configured loop device."
+msgid "The *loop* option with the *offset* or *sizelimit* options used may fail when using older kernels if the *mount* command can't confirm that the size of the block device has been configured as requested. This situation can be worked around by using the *losetup*(8) command manually before calling *mount* with the configured loop device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given "
-"directory."
+msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the device that is mounted on the given directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
+msgid "Do not follow symbolic link if it the last element of the _directory_ path."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
+msgid "Show the major/minor numbers of the given blockdevice on standard output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--"
-"devno*"
+msgid "success; the directory is a mountpoint, or device is block device on *--devno*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device "
-"on *--devno*"
+msgid "failure; the directory is not a mountpoint, or device is not a block device on *--devno*"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/mountpoint.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for "
-"libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van "
-"Smoorenburg."
+msgid "The util-linux *mountpoint* implementation was written from scratch for libmount. The original version for sysvinit suite was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are "
-"specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not "
-"given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
+msgid "The *nsenter* command executes _program_ in the namespace(s) that are specified in the command-line options (described below). If _program_ is not given, then \"$\\{SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
-"except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
-"make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further "
-"details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* "
-"flag in *clone*(2)."
+msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ for the *shared* flag). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7) and the discussion of the *CLONE_NEWNS* flag in *clone*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For "
-"further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "Setting hostname or domainname will not affect the rest of the system. For further details, see *uts_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:31 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as "
-"well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. "
-"For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "The process will have an independent namespace for POSIX message queues as well as System V message queues, semaphore sets and shared memory segments. For further details, see *ipc_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:34 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, "
-"firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, "
-"sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "The process will have independent IPv4 and IPv6 stacks, IP routing tables, firewall rules, the _/proc/net_ and _/sys/class/net_ directory trees, sockets, etc. For further details, see *network_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the "
-"*nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID "
-"namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID "
-"namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new "
-"program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see "
-"*pid_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "Children will have a set of PID to process mappings separate from the *nsenter* process. *nsenter* will fork by default if changing the PID namespace, so that the new program and its children share the same PID namespace and are visible to each other. If *--no-fork* is used, the new program will be exec'ed without forking. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:40 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For "
-"further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "The process will have a distinct set of UIDs, GIDs and capabilities. For further details, see *user_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:43 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new "
-"cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further "
-"details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "The process will have a virtualized view of _/proc/self/cgroup_, and new cgroup mounts will be rooted at the namespace cgroup root. For further details, see *cgroup_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or "
-"*CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For "
-"further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "The process can have a distinct view of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* and/or *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which can be changed using _/proc/self/timens_offsets_. For further details, see *time_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional "
-"_file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files "
-"described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was "
-"created on one of those files."
+msgid "Various of the options below that relate to namespaces take an optional _file_ argument. This should be one of the _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ files described in *namespaces*(7), or the pathname of a bind mount that was created on one of those files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/"
-"{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process "
-"namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --"
-"mount*=[_path_])."
+msgid "Enter all namespaces of the target process by the default _/proc/[pid]/ns/{asterisk}_ namespace paths. The default paths to the target process namespaces may be overwritten by namespace specific options (e.g., *--all --mount*=[_path_])."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user "
-"namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining "
-"those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
+msgid "The user namespace will be ignored if the same as the caller's current user namespace. It prevents a caller that has dropped capabilities from regaining those capabilities via a call to setns(). See *setns*(2) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts "
-"specified by _pid_ are:"
+msgid "Specify a target process to get contexts from. The paths to the contexts specified by _pid_ are:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount "
-"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount "
-"namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the mount namespace. If no file is specified, enter the mount namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the mount namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of "
-"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace "
-"specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the UTS namespace. If no file is specified, enter the UTS namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the UTS namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of "
-"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace "
-"specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the IPC namespace. If no file is specified, enter the IPC namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the IPC namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network "
-"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network "
-"namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the network namespace. If no file is specified, enter the network namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the network namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of "
-"the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace "
-"specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the PID namespace. If no file is specified, enter the PID namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the PID namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace "
-"of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace "
-"specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
+msgid "Enter the user namespace. If no file is specified, enter the user namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the user namespace specified by _file_. See also the *--setuid* and *--setgid* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup "
-"namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup "
-"namespace specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the cgroup namespace. If no file is specified, enter the cgroup namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the cgroup namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace "
-"of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace "
-"specified by _file_."
+msgid "Enter the time namespace. If no file is specified, enter the time namespace of the target process. If _file_ is specified, enter the time namespace specified by _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
-"supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the "
-"default is 0."
+msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups. *nsenter* always sets GID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* "
-"always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
+msgid "Set the user ID which will be used in the entered namespace. *nsenter* always sets UID for user namespaces, the default is 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops "
-"supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
+msgid "Don't modify UID and GID when enter user namespace. The default is to drops supplementary groups and sets GID and UID to 0."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory "
-"to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set "
-"the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is "
-"open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
+msgid "Set the root directory. If no directory is specified, set the root directory to the root directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the root directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:120
-msgid ""
-"Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working "
-"directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is "
-"specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The "
-"specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested "
-"namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the "
-"current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
+msgid "Set the working directory. If no directory is specified, set the working directory to the working directory of the target process. If directory is specified, set the working directory to the specified directory. The specified _directory_ is open before it switches to the requested namespaces, it means the specified directory works as \"tunnel\" to the current namespace. See also *--wdns*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:121
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-w*, *--wd*[=_directory_]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_directory_]"
-msgstr "*-w*, *--wd*[=_каталог_]"
+msgstr "*-W*, *--wdns*[=_каталог_]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:123
-msgid ""
-"Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the "
-"requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--"
-"wdns* are mutually exclusive."
+msgid "Set the working directory. The _directory_ is open after switch to the requested namespaces and after *chroot*(2) call. The options *--wd* and *--wdns* are mutually exclusive."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:126
-msgid ""
-"Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering "
-"a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any "
-"children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
+msgid "Do not fork before exec'ing the specified program. By default, when entering a PID namespace, *nsenter* calls *fork* before calling *exec* so that any children will also be in the newly entered PID namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according "
-"to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has "
-"to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
+msgid "Set the SELinux security context used for executing a new process according to already running process specified by *--target* PID. (The util-linux has to be compiled with SELinux support otherwise the option is unavailable.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:136
-msgid ""
-"mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
-"Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
-"Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:biederm@xmission.com[Eric Biederman], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/nsenter.1.adoc:142
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current "
-"working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a "
-"sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that "
-"*pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
+msgid "Note that, depending on the implementation of *pivot_root*, root and current working directory of the caller may or may not change. The following is a sequence for invoking *pivot_root* that works in either case, assuming that *pivot_root* and *chroot* are in the current *PATH*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new "
-"root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root "
-"directory of the shell."
+msgid "Note that *chroot* must be available under the old root and under the new root, because *pivot_root* may or may not have implicitly changed the root directory of the shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary "
-"if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that "
-"standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old "
-"root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking "
-"*chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work "
-"whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
+msgid "Note that *exec chroot* changes the running executable, which is necessary if the old root directory should be unmounted afterwards. Also note that standard input, output, and error may still point to a device on the old root file system, keeping it busy. They can easily be changed when invoking *chroot* (see below; note the absence of leading slashes to make it work whether *pivot_root* has changed the shell's root or not)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/pivot_root.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run "
-"*init*:"
+msgid "Mount the new root file system over NFS from 10.0.0.1:/my_root and run *init*:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:18
msgid "prlimit - get and set process resource limits"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "prlimit — отримання і встановлення обмежень ресурсів для процесів"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:22
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*chrt* [options] *-p* [_priority_] _PID_\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
-msgstr "*chrt* [параметри] *-p* [_пріоритетність_] _PID_\n"
+msgstr "*prlimit* [параметри] [*--resource*[=_обмеження_]] [*--pid* _PID_]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:24
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*runuser* [options] *-u* _user_ [[--] _command_ [_argument_...]]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*prlimit* [options] [*--resource*[=_limits_]] _command_ [_argument_...]\n"
-msgstr "*runuser* [параметри] *-u* _користувач_ [[--] _команда_ [_аргумент_...]]\n"
+msgstr "*prlimit* [параметри] [*--resource*[=_обмеження_]] _команда_ [_аргумент_...]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve "
-"and/or modify the limits."
+msgid "Given a process ID and one or more resources, *prlimit* tries to retrieve and/or modify the limits."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given "
-"arguments."
+msgid "When _command_ is given, *prlimit* will run this command with the given arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:32
-msgid ""
-"The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by "
-"a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are "
-"given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is "
-"not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or "
-"infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
+msgid "The _limits_ parameter is composed of a soft and a hard value, separated by a colon (:), in order to modify the existing values. If no _limits_ are given, *prlimit* will display the current values. If one of the values is not given, then the existing one will be used. To specify the unlimited or infinity limit (*RLIM_INFINITY*), the -1 or 'unlimited' string can be passed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to "
-"the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource "
-"limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
+msgid "Because of the nature of limits, the soft limit must be lower or equal to the high limit (also called the ceiling). To see all available resource limits, refer to the *RESOURCE OPTIONS* section."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, "
-"then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported "
-"columns."
+msgid "Define the output columns to use. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
+msgid "Specify the process id; if none is given, the running process will be used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels "
-"will break this program."
+msgid "The *prlimit*(2) system call is supported since Linux 2.6.36, older kernels will break this program."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the "
-"number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
+msgid "Display the limits of the RSS, and set the soft and hard limits for the number of open files to 1024 and 4095, respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number "
-"of processes to unlimited."
+msgid "Set for the current process both the soft and ceiling values for the number of processes to unlimited."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/prlimit.1.adoc:130
-msgid ""
-"Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
+msgid "Set both the soft and hard CPU time limit to ten seconds and run *sort*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print "
-"ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the "
-"first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function "
-"in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the "
-"normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number "
-"of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks "
-"to ease readability."
+msgid "The *readprofile* command uses the _/proc/profile_ information to print ascii data on standard output. The output is organized in three columns: the first is the number of clock ticks, the second is the name of the C function in the kernel where those many ticks occurred, and the third is the normalized `load' of the procedure, calculated as a ratio between the number of ticks and the length of the procedure. The output is filled with blanks to ease readability."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported "
-"ticks are not printed."
+msgid "Print all symbols in the mapfile. By default the procedures with reported ticks are not printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the "
-"kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is "
-"chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the "
-"kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* "
-"only the decimal number is printed."
+msgid "Info. This makes *readprofile* only print the profiling step used by the kernel. The profiling step is the resolution of the profiling buffer, and is chosen during kernel configuration (through *make config*), or in the kernel's command line. If the *-t* (terse) switch is used together with *-i* only the decimal number is printed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You "
-"should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last "
-"one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the "
-"map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
+msgid "Specify a mapfile, which by default is _/usr/src/linux/System.map_. You should specify the map file on cmdline if your current kernel isn't the last one you compiled, or if you keep System.map elsewhere. If the name of the map file ends with _.gz_ it is decompressed on the fly."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the "
-"kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to "
-"set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux "
-"2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets "
-"the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
+msgid "On some architectures it is possible to alter the frequency at which the kernel delivers profiling interrupts to each CPU. This option allows you to set the frequency, as a multiplier of the system clock frequency, HZ. Linux 2.6.16 dropped multiplier support for most systems. This option also resets the profiling buffer, and requires superuser privileges."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. "
-"Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel "
-"profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be "
-"copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed "
-"profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to "
-"know the size of the buffer in advance."
+msgid "Specify a different profiling buffer, which by default is _/proc/profile_. Using a different pro-file is useful if you want to `freeze' the kernel profiling at some time and read it later. The _/proc/profile_ file can be copied using *cat*(1) or *cp*(1). There is no more support for compressed profile buffers, like in *readprofile-1.1*, because the program needs to know the size of the buffer in advance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/"
-"profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. "
-"However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the "
-"buffer without gaining privileges."
+msgid "Reset the profiling buffer. This can only be invoked by root, because _/proc/profile_ is readable by everybody but writable only by the superuser. However, you can make *readprofile* set-user-ID 0, in order to reset the buffer without gaining privileges."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The "
-"first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name "
-"of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the "
-"normalized load."
+msgid "Verbose. The output is organized in four columns and filled with blanks. The first column is the RAM address of a kernel function, the second is the name of the function, the third is the number of clock ticks and the last is the normalized load."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is "
-"trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
+msgid "This program only works with ELF kernels. The change for a.out kernels is trivial, and left as an exercise to the a.out user."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling "
-"module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, "
-"you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. "
-"The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
+msgid "To enable profiling, the kernel must be rebooted, because no profiling module is available, and it wouldn't be easy to build. To enable profiling, you can specify *profile*=_2_ (or another number) on the kernel commandline. The number you specify is the two-exponent used as profiling step."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/readprofile.8.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many "
-"profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for "
-"misleading information."
+msgid "Profiling is disabled when interrupts are inhibited. This means that many profiling ticks happen when interrupts are re-enabled. Watch out for misleading information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, "
-"or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used "
-"it must be the first argument."
+msgid "Specify the scheduling _priority_ to be used for the process, process group, or user. Use of the option *-n* or *--priority* is optional, but when used it must be the first argument."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they "
-"own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value"
-"\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless "
-"(since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see "
-"*ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
+msgid "Users other than the superuser may only alter the priority of processes they own. Furthermore, an unprivileged user can only _increase_ the \"nice value\" (i.e., choose a lower priority) and such changes are irreversible unless (since Linux 2.6.12) the user has a suitable \"nice\" resource limit (see *ulimit*(1p) and *getrlimit*(2))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to "
-"any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected "
-"processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the "
-"\"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very "
-"fast)."
+msgid "The superuser may alter the priority of any process and set the priority to any value in the range -20 to 19. Useful priorities are: 19 (the affected processes will run only when nothing else in the system wants to), 0 (the \"base\" scheduling priority), anything negative (to make things go very fast)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/renice.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs "
-"987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
+msgid "The following command would change the priority of the processes with PIDs 987 and 32, plus all processes owned by the users daemon and root:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward "
-"compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is "
-"specified or when the option *--output* is used."
+msgid "The command \"list\" output format is deprecated and maintained for backward compatibility only. The new output format is the default when no command is specified or when the option *--output* is used."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should "
-"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define "
-"expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list "
-"in environments where a stable output is required."
+msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using the *--output* option together with a columns list in environments where a stable output is required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of "
-"available columns."
+msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:52
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-l*, *--list* [__device__...]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*list* [__id__|__type__ ...]"
-msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__пристрій__...]"
+msgstr "*list* [__ідентифікатор__|__тип__ ...]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"List the current state of all available devices. The command output format "
-"is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check "
-"with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting "
-"*block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use "
-"of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported."
+msgid "List the current state of all available devices. The command output format is deprecated, see the *DESCRIPTION* section. It is a good idea to check with *list* command _id_ or _type_ scope is appropriate before setting *block* or *unblock*. Special _all_ type string will match everything. Use of multiple _ID_ or _type_ arguments is supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:55
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**block id**|*type* [...]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "**block** __id__|__type__ [...]"
-msgstr "**block id**|*type* [...]"
+msgstr "**block** __ідентифікатор__|__тип__ [...]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:57
msgid "Disable the corresponding device."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вимкнути відповідний пристрій."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:58
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "**unblock** __id__|__type__ [...]"
-msgstr "**unblock id**|*type* [...]"
+msgstr "**unblock** __ідентифікатор__|__тип__ [...]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example "
-"via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-"
-"unblocked."
+msgid "Enable the corresponding device. If the device is hard-blocked, for example via a hardware switch, it will remain unavailable though it is now soft-unblocked."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:61
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "**toggle** __id__|__type__ [...]"
-msgstr "**toggle id**|*type* [...]"
+msgstr "**toggle** __ідентифікатор__|__тип__ [...]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:63
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rfkill.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co."
-"uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
+msgid "This manual page was written by mailto:linux@youmustbejoking.demon.co.uk[Darren Salt] for the Debian project (and may be used by others)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake "
-"from it at a specified time."
+msgid "This program is used to enter a system sleep state and to automatically wake from it at a specified time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and "
-"leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver "
-"that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
+msgid "This uses cross-platform Linux interfaces to enter a system sleep state, and leave it no later than a specified time. It uses any RTC framework driver that supports standard driver model wakeup flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a "
-"suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms "
-"can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
+msgid "This is normally used like the old *apmsleep* utility, to wake from a suspend state like ACPI S1 (standby) or S3 (suspend-to-RAM). Most platforms can implement those without analogues of BIOS, APM, or ACPI."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from "
-"states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media "
-"that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
+msgid "On some systems, this can also be used like *nvram-wakeup*, waking from states like ACPI S4 (suspend to disk). Not all systems have persistent media that are appropriate for such suspend modes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to "
-"setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
+msgid "Note that alarm functionality depends on hardware; not every RTC is able to setup an alarm up to 24 hours in the future."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example "
-"wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of "
-"a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this "
-"problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system "
-"sleep."
+msgid "The suspend setup may be interrupted by active hardware; for example wireless USB input devices that continue to send events for some fraction of a second after the return key is pressed. *rtcwake* tries to avoid this problem and it waits to the terminal to settle down before entering a system sleep."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) "
-"from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is "
-"the default."
+msgid "Read the clock mode (whether the hardware clock is set to UTC or local time) from the _adjtime_ file, where *hwclock*(8) stores that information. This is the default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp "
-"can be any of the following:"
+msgid "Set the wakeup time to the value of the timestamp. Format of the timestamp can be any of the following:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option "
-"is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify "
-"*rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
+msgid "Use the specified _device_ instead of *rtc0* as realtime clock. This option is only relevant if your system has more than one RTC. You may specify *rtc1*, *rtc2*, ... here."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the "
-"contents of the _adjtime_ file."
+msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to local time, regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while "
-"providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is "
-"the default mode."
+msgid "ACPI state S1. This state offers minimal, though real, power savings, while providing a very low-latency transition back to a working system. This is the default mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the "
-"processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any "
-"platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, "
-"because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
+msgid "The processes are frozen, all the devices are suspended and all the processors idled. This state is a general state that does not need any platform-specific support, but it saves less power than Suspend-to-RAM, because the system is still in a running state. (Available since Linux 3.9.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings "
-"as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for "
-"memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
+msgid "ACPI state S3 (Suspend-to-RAM). This state offers significant power savings as everything in the system is put into a low-power state, except for memory, which is placed in self-refresh mode to retain its contents."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power "
-"savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support "
-"for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but "
-"includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
+msgid "ACPI state S4 (Suspend-to-disk). This state offers the greatest power savings, and can be used even in the absence of low-level platform support for power management. This state operates similarly to Suspend-to-RAM, but includes a final step of writing memory contents to disk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not "
-"officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
+msgid "ACPI state S5 (Poweroff). This is done by calling '/sbin/shutdown'. Not officially supported by ACPI, but it usually works."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This "
-"mode is useful for debugging."
+msgid "Don't suspend, but read the RTC device until an alarm time appears. This mode is useful for debugging."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:89
msgid "Disable a previously set alarm."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Вимкнути раніше встановлене нагадування."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:90
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in "
-"ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
+msgid "Print alarm information in format: \"alarm: off|on <time>\". The time is in ctime() output format, e.g., \"alarm: on Tue Nov 16 04:48:45 2010\"."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, "
-"suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
+msgid "This option does everything apart from actually setting up the alarm, suspending the system, or waiting for the alarm."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:96
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--seconds* _seconds_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-s*, *--seconds* _секунди_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:98
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:99
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-t*, *--time* _time_t_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-t*, *--time* _час_t_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in "
-"seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert "
-"between human-readable time and _time_t_."
+msgid "Set the wakeup time to the absolute time _time_t_. _time_t_ is the time in seconds since 1970-01-01, 00:00 UTC. Use the *date*(1) tool to convert between human-readable time and _time_t_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), "
-"regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
+msgid "Assume that the hardware clock is set to UTC (Universal Time Coordinated), regardless of the contents of the _adjtime_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only "
-"the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code "
-"to make the framebuffer work again."
+msgid "Some PC systems can't currently exit sleep states such as *mem* using only the kernel code accessed by this driver. They need help from userspace code to make the framebuffer work again."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before "
-"appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit "
-"87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
+msgid "The program was posted several times on LKML and other lists before appearing in kernel commit message for Linux 2.6 in the GIT commit 87ac84f42a7a580d0dd72ae31d6a5eb4bfe04c6d."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David "
-"Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
+msgid "The program was written by mailto:dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net[David Brownell] and improved by mailto:bwalle@suse.de[Bernhard Walle]."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of "
-"the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. "
-"There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
+msgid "This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of the link:http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html[GNU General Public License]. There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/rtcwake.8.adoc:135
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*hwclock*(8),\n"
-#| "*date*(1)\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*date*(1)\n"
msgstr ""
+"*adjtime_config*(5),\n"
"*hwclock*(8),\n"
"*date*(1)\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:12
-msgid ""
-"setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set "
-"personality flags"
+msgid "setarch - change reported architecture in new program environment and/or set personality flags"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:16
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*arch* [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*setarch* [_arch_] [options] [_program_ [_argument_...]]\n"
-msgstr "*arch* [параметри] [_програма_ [_аргумент_...]]\n"
+msgstr "*setarch* [_архітектура_] [параметри] [_програма_ [_аргумент_...]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:18
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For "
-"example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause "
-"_program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also "
-"be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/"
-"sh*."
+msgid "The execution domains currently only affects the output of *uname -m*. For example, on an AMD64 system, running *setarch i386* _program_ will cause _program_ to see i686 instead of _x86_64_ as the machine type. It can also be used to set various personality options. The default _program_ is */bin/sh*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and "
-"*setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, "
-"SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
+msgid "Since version 2.33 the _arch_ command line argument is optional and *setarch* may be used to change personality flags (ADDR_LIMIT_*, SHORT_INODE, etc) without modification of the execution domain."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can "
-"actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
+msgid "List the architectures that *setarch* knows about. Whether *setarch* can actually set each of these architectures depends on the running kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. "
-"Turns on *UNAME26*."
+msgid "Causes the _program_ to see a kernel version number beginning with 2.6. Turns on *UNAME26*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported "
-"on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
+msgid "Specifies _program_ should use a maximum of 3GB of address space. Supported on x86. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_3GB*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, "
-"and may be removed in future releases."
+msgid "This option has no effect. It is retained for backward compatibility only, and may be removed in future releases."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and "
-"Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
+msgid "Limit the address space to 32 bits to emulate hardware. Supported on ARM and Alpha. Turns on *ADDR_LIMIT_32BIT*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address "
-"descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support "
-"*FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, "
-"Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
+msgid "Treat user-space function pointers to signal handlers as pointers to address descriptors. This option has no effect on architectures that do not support *FDPIC* ELF binaries. In kernel v4.14 support is limited to ARM, Blackfin, Fujitsu FR-V, and SuperH CPU architectures."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary "
-"does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
+msgid "Provide legacy virtual address space layout. Use when the _program_ binary does not have *PT_GNU_STACK* ELF header. Turns on *ADDR_COMPAT_LAYOUT*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on "
-"*ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
+msgid "Disables randomization of the virtual address space. Turns on *ADDR_NO_RANDOMIZE*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve "
-"the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not "
-"slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on "
-"this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) "
-"manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
+msgid "This makes *select*(2), *pselect*(2), and *ppoll*(2) system calls preserve the timeout value instead of modifying it to reflect the amount of time not slept when interrupted by a signal handler. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior. For more details see the timeout description in *select*(2) manual page. Turns on *STICKY_TIMEOUTS*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit "
-"- as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will "
-"automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on "
-"*READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
+msgid "If this is set then *mmap*(3p) *PROT_READ* will also add the *PROT_EXEC* bit - as expected by legacy x86 binaries. Notice that the ELF loader will automatically set this bit when it encounters a legacy binary. Turns on *READ_IMPLIES_EXEC*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use when "
-"_program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to "
-"be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
+msgid "SVr4 bug emulation that will set *mmap*(3p) page zero as read-only. Use when _program_ depends on this behavior, and the source code is not available to be fixed. Turns on *MMAP_PAGE_ZERO*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
-"Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich "
-"Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:sopwith@redhat.com[Elliot Lee], mailto:jnovy@redhat.com[Jindrich Novy], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setarch.8.adoc:94
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across "
-"*execve*(2)."
+msgid "Sets or queries various Linux privilege settings that are inherited across *execve*(2)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor "
-"does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper "
-"around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as "
-"*setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools "
-"shipped by other service managers."
+msgid "In comparison to *su*(1) and *runuser*(1), *setpriv* neither uses PAM, nor does it prompt for a password. It is a simple, non-set-user-ID wrapper around *execve*(2), and can be used to drop privileges in the same way as *setuidgid*(8) from *daemontools*, *chpst*(8) from *runit*, or similar tools shipped by other service managers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than "
-"once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other "
-"options."
+msgid "Dump the current privilege state. This option can be specified more than once to show extra, mostly useless, information. Incompatible with all other options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or "
-"names."
+msgid "Set supplementary groups. The argument is a comma-separated list of GIDs or names."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability "
-"bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list "
-"of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry "
-"respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in "
-"*capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where "
-"_N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be "
-"used to add or remove all caps."
+msgid "Set the inheritable capabilities, ambient capabilities or the capability bounding set. See *capabilities*(7). The argument is a comma-separated list of **+**__cap__ and **-**__cap__ entries, which add or remove an entry respectively. _cap_ can either be a human-readable name as seen in *capabilities*(7) without the _cap__ prefix or of the format *cap_N*, where _N_ is the internal capability index used by Linux. *+all* and *-all* can be used to add or remove all caps."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:40
-msgid ""
-"The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-"
-"caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding "
-"set for *--bounding-set*."
+msgid "The set of capabilities starts out as the current inheritable set for *--inh-caps*, the current ambient set for *--ambient-caps* and the current bounding set for *--bounding-set*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding "
-"modifications to these capability sets:"
+msgid "Note the following restrictions (detailed in *capabilities*(7)) regarding modifications to these capability sets:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently "
-"present in the bounding set."
+msgid "A capability can be added to the inheritable set only if it is currently present in the bounding set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present "
-"in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
+msgid "A capability can be added to the ambient set only if it is currently present in both the permitted and inheritable sets."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit "
-"capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
+msgid "Notwithstanding the syntax offered by *setpriv*, the kernel does not permit capabilities to be added to the bounding set."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from "
-"the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
+msgid "If you drop a capability from the bounding set without also dropping it from the inheritable set, you are likely to become confused. Do not do that."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--"
-"egid*, or *--regid*."
+msgid "Preserve supplementary groups. Only useful in conjunction with *--rgid*, *--egid*, or *--regid*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in "
-"conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
+msgid "Initialize supplementary groups using initgroups3. Only useful in conjunction with *--ruid* or *--reuid*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant "
-"new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well "
-"as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits "
-"set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, "
-"especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) "
-"This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) "
-"and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
+msgid "Set the _no_new_privs_ bit. With this bit set, *execve*(2) will not grant new privileges. For example, the set-user-ID and set-group-ID bits as well as file capabilities will be disabled. (Executing binaries with these bits set will still work, but they will not gain privileges. Certain LSMs, especially AppArmor, may result in failures to execute certain programs.) This bit is inherited by child processes and cannot be unset. See *prctl*(2) and _Documentation/prctl/no_new_privs.txt_ in the Linux kernel source."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a "
-"textual group name."
+msgid "Set the real, effective, or both GIDs. The _gid_ argument can be given as a textual group name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-"
-"groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
+msgid "For safety, you must specify one of *--clear-groups*, *--groups*, *--keep-groups*, or *--init-groups* if you set any primary _gid_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a "
-"textual login name."
+msgid "Set the real, effective, or both UIDs. The _uid_ argument can be given as a textual login name."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec "
-"call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, "
-"you probably want to do something like:"
+msgid "Setting a _uid_ or _gid_ does not change capabilities, although the exec call at the end might change capabilities. This means that, if you are root, you probably want to do something like:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid "
-"securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, "
-"_no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by "
-"*execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
+msgid "Set or clear securebits. The argument is a comma-separated list. The valid securebits are _noroot_, _noroot_locked_, _no_setuid_fixup_, _no_setuid_fixup_locked_, and _keep_caps_locked_. _keep_caps_ is cleared by *execve*(2) and is therefore not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux "
-"and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using "
-"*--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing "
-"credentials to remedy that situation."
+msgid "Keep, clear or set the parent death signal. Some LSMs, most notably SELinux and AppArmor, clear the signal when the process' credentials change. Using *--pdeathsig keep* will restore the parent death signal after changing credentials to remedy that situation."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not "
-"dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in "
-"use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at "
-"SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with "
-"_no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
+msgid "Request a particular SELinux transition (using a transition on exec, not dyntrans). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if SELinux is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at SELinux's whim. (In particular, this is unlikely to work in conjunction with _no_new_privs_.) This is similar to *runcon*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This "
-"will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the "
-"transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
+msgid "Request a particular AppArmor profile (using a transition on exec). This will fail and cause *setpriv* to abort if AppArmor is not in use, and the transition may be ignored or cause *execve*(2) to fail at AppArmor's whim."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the "
-"environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the "
-"user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a "
-"regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/"
-"usr/bin_ for root."
+msgid "Clears all the environment variables except *TERM*; initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME* according to the user's passwd entry; sets *PATH* to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for a regular user and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and "
-"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to "
-"*/bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
+msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_. The environment variable *SHELL* defaults to */bin/sh* if none is given in the user's passwd entry."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and "
-"*setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
+msgid "If applying any specified option fails, _program_ will not be run and *setpriv* will return with exit status 127."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. "
-"For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is "
-"SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux "
-"restrictions from taking effect."
+msgid "Be careful with this tool -- it may have unexpected security consequences. For example, setting _no_new_privs_ and then execing a program that is SELinux-confined (as this tool would do) may prevent the SELinux restrictions from taking effect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setpriv.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) "
-"(without the *-g* option), try something like:"
+msgid "If you're looking for behavior similar to *su*(1)/*runuser*(1), or *sudo*(8) (without the *-g* option), try something like:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/setsid.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of "
-"this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
+msgid "Wait for the execution of the program to end, and return the exit status of this program as the exit status of *setsid*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:12
-msgid ""
-"swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
+msgid "swapon, swapoff - enable/disable devices and files for paging and swapping"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be "
-"of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or "
-"uuid."
+msgid "The device or file used is given by the _specialfile_ parameter. It may be of the form *-L* _label_ or *-U* _uuid_ to indicate a device by label or uuid."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap "
-"devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved "
-"across several devices and files."
+msgid "Calls to *swapon* normally occur in the system boot scripts making all swap devices available, so that the paging and swapping activity is interleaved across several devices and files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except "
-"for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as "
-"swap are silently skipped."
+msgid "All devices marked as \"swap\" in _/etc/fstab_ are made available, except for those with the \"noauto\" option. Devices that are already being used as swap are silently skipped."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:36
-msgid ""
-"Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or "
-"trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, "
-"but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available "
-"swap discard policies:"
+msgid "Enable swap discards, if the swap backing device supports the discard or trim operation. This may improve performance on some Solid State Devices, but often it does not. The option allows one to select between two available swap discard policies:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at "
-"swapon; or"
+msgid "to perform a single-time discard operation for the whole swap area at swapon; or"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for "
-"reuse."
+msgid "to asynchronously discard freed swap pages before they are available for reuse."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard "
-"types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or "
-"*discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
+msgid "If no policy is selected, the default behavior is to enable both discard types. The _/etc/fstab_ mount options *discard*, *discard=once*, or *discard=pages* may also be used to enable discard flags."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option "
-"*nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
+msgid "Silently skip devices that do not exist. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may also be used to skip non-existing device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match "
-"that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device "
-"and does not check for bad blocks."
+msgid "Reinitialize (exec mkswap) the swap space if its page size does not match that of the current running kernel. *mkswap*(8) initializes the whole device and does not check for bad blocks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/"
-"proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
+msgid "Use the partition that has the specified _label_. (For this, access to _/proc/partitions_ is needed.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For "
-"example:"
+msgid "Specify swap options by an __fstab__-compatible comma-separated string. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line "
-"options."
+msgid "The _opts_ string is evaluated last and overrides all other command line options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 "
-"and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a "
-"full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option "
-"field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, "
-"it defaults to -1."
+msgid "Specify the priority of the swap device. _priority_ is a value between -1 and 32767. Higher numbers indicate higher priority. See *swapon*(2) for a full description of swap priorities. Add **pri=**__value__ to the option field of _/etc/fstab_ for use with *swapon -a*. When no priority is defined, it defaults to -1."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This "
-"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better "
-"control on output data."
+msgid "Display swap usage summary by device. Equivalent to *cat /proc/swaps*. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show* that provides better control on output data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list "
-"of available columns."
+msgid "Display a definable table of swap areas. See the *--help* output for a list of available columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly "
-"units."
+msgid "Display swap size in bytes in *--show* output instead of in user-friendly units."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:117
-msgid ""
-"The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or "
-"64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
+msgid "The command *swapoff --all* returns 0 (all succeeded), 32 (all failed), or 64 (some failed, some succeeded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success "
-"in all versions."
+msgid "The old versions before v2.36 has no documented exit status, 0 means success in all versions."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:141
-msgid ""
-"The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to "
-"the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a "
-"problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like "
-"Btrfs."
+msgid "The swap file implementation in the kernel expects to be able to write to the file directly, without the assistance of the filesystem. This is a problem on files with holes or on copy-on-write files on filesystems like Btrfs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:143
-msgid ""
-"Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files "
-"will be rejected by *swapon*."
+msgid "Commands like *cp*(1) or *truncate*(1) create files with holes. These files will be rejected by *swapon*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files "
-"with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are "
-"supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
+msgid "Preallocated files created by *fallocate*(1) may be interpreted as files with holes too depending of the filesystem. Preallocated swap files are supported on XFS since Linux 4.18."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:147
-msgid ""
-"The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/"
-"zero_."
+msgid "The most portable solution to create a swap file is to use *dd*(1) and _/dev/zero_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/swapon.8.adoc:151
-msgid ""
-"Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* "
-"attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
+msgid "Swap files on Btrfs are supported since Linux 5.0 on files with *nocow* attribute. See the *btrfs*(5) manual page for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:12
-msgid ""
-"switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
+msgid "switch_root - switch to another filesystem as the root of the mount tree"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
-"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], "
-"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:pjones@redhat.com[Peter Jones], mailto:katzj@redhat.com[Jeremy Katz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/switch_root.8.adoc:53
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set "
-"to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not "
-"use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i "
-"0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should "
-"work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven "
-"printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be "
-"desirable."
+msgid "specifies the IRQ to use for the parallel port in question. If this is set to something non-zero, *-t* and *-c* have no effect. If your port does not use interrupts, this option will make printing stop. The command *tunelp -i 0* restores non-interrupt driven (polling) action, and your printer should work again. If your parallel port does support interrupts, interrupt-driven printing should be somewhat faster and efficient, and will probably be desirable."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer "
-"doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* "
-"parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, "
-"and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care "
-"how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a "
-"buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low "
-"system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than "
-"text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
+msgid "is the amount of time in jiffies that the driver waits if the printer doesn't take a character for the number of tries dictated by the *-c* parameter. 10 is the default value. If you want fastest possible printing, and don't care about system load, you may set this to 0. If you don't care how fast your printer goes, or are printing text on a slow printer with a buffer, then 500 (5 seconds) should be fine, and will give you very low system load. This value generally should be lower for printing graphics than text, by a factor of approximately 10, for best performance."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before "
-"sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries "
-"to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most "
-"printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some "
-"printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to "
-"handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a "
-"very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling "
-"mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
+msgid "is the number of times to try to output a character to the printer before sleeping for *-t* _TIME_. It is the number of times around a loop that tries to send a character to the printer. 120 appears to be a good value for most printers in polling mode. 1000 is the default, because there are some printers that become jerky otherwise, but you _must_ set this to '1' to handle the maximal CPU efficiency if you are using interrupts. If you have a very fast printer, a value of 10 might make more sense even if in polling mode. If you have a _really_ old printer, you can increase this further."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
+msgid "Setting *-t* _TIME_ to 0 is equivalent to setting *-c* _CHARS_ to infinity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While "
-"most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some "
-"printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it "
-"possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use "
-"longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your "
-"printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
+msgid "is the number of usec we wait while playing with the strobe signal. While most printers appear to be able to deal with an extremely short strobe, some printers demand a longer one. Increasing this from the default 1 may make it possible to print with those printers. This may also make it possible to use longer cables. It's also possible to decrease this value to 0 if your printer is fast enough or your machine is slow enough."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you "
-"are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error "
-"and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you "
-"aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer "
-"isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
+msgid "This is whether to abort on printer error - the default is not to. If you are sitting at your computer, you probably want to be able to see an error and fix it, and have the printer go on printing. On the other hand, if you aren't, you might rather that your printer spooler find out that the printer isn't ready, quit trying, and send you mail about it. The choice is yours."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check "
-"to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or "
-"other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
+msgid "This option is much like *-a*. It makes any *open*(2) of this device check to see that the device is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors. This is the correct setting for most versions of *lpd*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:47
-msgid ""
-"This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, "
-"the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting "
-"any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly "
-"useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
+msgid "This option adds extra (\"careful\") error checking. When this option is on, the printer driver will ensure that the printer is on-line and not reporting any out of paper or other errors before sending data. This is particularly useful for printers that normally appear to accept data when turned off."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number "
-"from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-"
-"q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
+msgid "This option returns the current printer status, both as a decimal number from 0..255, and as a list of active flags. When this option is specified, *-q* off, turning off the display of the current IRQ, is implied."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/tunelp.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or "
-"later."
+msgid "This option resets the port. It requires a Linux kernel version of 1.1.80 or later."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file "
-"hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has "
-"been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may "
-"also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device "
-"was mounted on more than one directory."
+msgid "The *umount* command detaches the mentioned filesystem(s) from the file hierarchy. A filesystem is specified by giving the directory where it has been mounted. Giving the special device on which the filesystem lives may also work, but is obsolete, mainly because it will fail in case this device was mounted on more than one directory."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, "
-"when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working "
-"directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process "
-"could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open "
-"for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may "
-"introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
+msgid "Note that a filesystem cannot be unmounted when it is 'busy' - for example, when there are open files on it, or when some process has its working directory there, or when a swap file on it is in use. The offending process could even be *umount* itself - it opens libc, and libc in its turn may open for example locale files. A lazy unmount avoids this problem, but it may introduce other issues. See *--lazy* description below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated "
-"_/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, "
-"rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be "
-"replaced by *--types* umount option."
+msgid "All of the filesystems described in _/proc/self/mountinfo_ (or in deprecated _/etc/mtab_) are unmounted, except the proc, devfs, devpts, sysfs, rpc_pipefs and nfsd filesystems. This list of the filesystems may be replaced by *--types* umount option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified "
-"filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the "
-"device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--"
-"recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively "
-"unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a "
-"symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
+msgid "Unmount all mountpoints in the current mount namespace for the specified filesystem. The filesystem can be specified by one of the mountpoints or the device name (or UUID, etc.). When this option is used together with *--recursive*, then all nested mounts within the filesystem are recursively unmounted. This option is only supported on systems where _/etc/mtab_ is a symlink to _/proc/mounts_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) "
-"and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases "
-"(for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used "
-"with canonical path to the mount point."
+msgid "Do not canonicalize paths. The paths canonicalization is based on *stat*(2) and *readlink*(2) system calls. These system calls may hang in some cases (for example on NFS if server is not available). The option has to be used with canonical path to the mount point."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that "
-"*umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
+msgid "For more details about this option see the *mount*(8) man page. Note that *umount* does not pass this option to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helpers."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. "
-"This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this "
-"case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
+msgid "When the unmounted device was a loop device, also free this loop device. This option is unnecessary for devices initialized by *mount*(8), in this case \"autoclear\" functionality is enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount "
-"helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to "
-"remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier "
-"with the *-n* option."
+msgid "Causes everything to be done except for the actual system call or umount helper execution; this 'fakes' unmounting the filesystem. It can be used to remove entries from the deprecated _/etc/mtab_ that were unmounted earlier with the *-n* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. "
-"It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid "
-"unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in "
-"*umount*."
+msgid "Note that this option does not guarantee that umount command does not hang. It's strongly recommended to use absolute paths without symlinks to avoid unwanted *readlink*(2) and *stat*(2) system calls on unreachable NFS in *umount*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By "
-"default such a helper program is called if it exists."
+msgid "Do not call the **/sbin/umount.**__filesystem__ helper even if it exists. By default such a helper program is called if it exists."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean "
-"up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
+msgid "Lazy unmount. Detach the filesystem from the file hierarchy now, and clean up all references to this filesystem as soon as it is not busy anymore."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this "
-"option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The "
-"recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to "
-"an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a "
-"downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be "
-"possible."
+msgid "A system reboot would be expected in near future if you're going to use this option for network filesystem or local filesystem with submounts. The recommended use-case for *umount -l* is to prevent hangs on shutdown due to an unreachable network share where a normal *umount* will hang due to a downed server or a network partition. Remounts of the share will not be possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either "
-"PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that "
-"namespace."
+msgid "Perform *umount* in the mount namespace specified by _ns_. _ns_ is either PID of process running in that namespace or special file representing that namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/"
-"fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. "
-"Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be "
-"taken for this option."
+msgid "Unmount only the filesystems that have the specified option set in _/etc/fstab_. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. Each option can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory "
-"will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The "
-"relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ "
-"entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive "
-"unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it "
-"umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same "
-"mountpoint)."
+msgid "Recursively unmount each specified directory. Recursion for each directory will stop if any unmount operation in the chain fails for any reason. The relationship between mountpoints is determined by _/proc/self/mountinfo_ entries. The filesystem must be specified by mountpoint path; a recursive unmount by device name (or UUID) is unsupported. Since version 2.37 it umounts also all over-mounted filesystems (more filesystems on the same mountpoint)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the "
-"specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated "
-"list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate "
-"that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that "
-"*umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/"
-"mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in "
-"the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
+msgid "Indicate that the actions should only be taken on filesystems of the specified _type_. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to indicate that no action should be taken for all of the mentioned types. Note that *umount* reads information about mounted filesystems from kernel (_/proc/mounts_) and filesystem names may be different than filesystem names used in the _/etc/fstab_ (e.g., \"nfs4\" vs. \"nfs\")."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ "
-"contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding "
-"filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
+msgid "Normally, only the superuser can umount filesystems. However, when _fstab_ contains the *user* option on a line, anybody can umount the corresponding filesystem. For more details see *mount*(8) man page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount "
-"operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's "
-"ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
+msgid "Since version 2.34 the *umount* command can be used to perform umount operation also for fuse filesystems if kernel mount table contains user's ID. In this case _fstab_ *user=* mount option is not required."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:123
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are "
-"inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions "
-"and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases "
-"where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user "
-"namespaces, etc)."
+msgid "Since version 2.35 *umount* command does not exit when user permissions are inadequate by internal *libmount* security rules. It drops suid permissions and continue as regular non-root user. This can be used to support use-cases where root permissions are not necessary (e.g., fuse filesystems, user namespaces, etc)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:127
-msgid ""
-"The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously "
-"initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
+msgid "The *umount* command will automatically detach loop device previously initialized by *mount*(8) command independently of _/etc/mtab_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see "
-"*losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the "
-"option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature "
-"is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
+msgid "In this case the device is initialized with \"autoclear\" flag (see *losetup*(8) output for more details), otherwise it's necessary to use the option *--detach-loop* or call *losetup -d* _device_. The autoclear feature is supported since Linux 2.6.25."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:139
-msgid ""
-"where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or "
-"*helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for "
-"filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
+msgid "where _suffix_ is the filesystem type (or the value from a *uhelper=* or *helper=* marker in the mtab file). The *-t* option can be used for filesystems that have subtype support. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/"
-"etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint "
-"that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was "
-"mounted by *udisks*(1))."
+msgid "A **uhelper=**__something__ marker (unprivileged helper) can appear in the _/etc/mtab_ file when ordinary users need to be able to unmount a mountpoint that is not defined in _/etc/fstab_ (for example for a device that was mounted by *udisks*(1))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:147
-msgid ""
-"A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount "
-"requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
+msgid "A **helper=**__type__ marker in the _mtab_ file will redirect all unmount requests to the **/sbin/umount.**__type__ helper independently of UID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:149
-msgid ""
-"Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other "
-"userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
+msgid "Note that _/etc/mtab_ is currently deprecated and *helper=* and other userspace mount options are maintained by *libmount*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/umount.8.adoc:165
-msgid ""
-"table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to "
-"_/proc/mounts_)"
+msgid "table of mounted filesystems (deprecated and usually replaced by symlink to _/proc/mounts_)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:16
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*unshare* [options] [_program_ [_arguments_]]\n"
-msgstr "*unshare* [параметри] [_програма_ [_аргументи_]\n"
+msgstr "*unshare* [параметри] [_програма_ [_аргументи_]]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-"
-"line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If "
-"_program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
+msgid "The *unshare* command creates new namespaces (as specified by the command-line options described below) and then executes the specified _program_. If _program_ is not given, then \"${SHELL}\" is run (default: _/bin/sh_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member "
-"processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member "
-"processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. "
-"A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be "
-"entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID "
-"namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a "
-"persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using "
-"*umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more "
-"details."
+msgid "By default, a new namespace persists only as long as it has member processes. A new namespace can be made persistent even when it has no member processes by bind mounting /proc/_pid_/ns/_type_ files to a filesystem path. A namespace that has been made persistent in this way can subsequently be entered with *nsenter*(1) even after the _program_ terminates (except PID namespaces where a permanently running init process is required). Once a persistent namespace is no longer needed, it can be unpersisted by using *umount*(8) to remove the bind mount. See the *EXAMPLES* section for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, "
-"except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --"
-"make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the "
-"*shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "Mounting and unmounting filesystems will not affect the rest of the system, except for filesystems which are explicitly marked as shared (with *mount --make-shared*; see _/proc/self/mountinfo_ or *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* for the *shared* flags). For further details, see *mount_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their "
-"parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
+msgid "Children will have a distinct set of PID-to-process mappings from their parent. For further details, see *pid_namespaces*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid "Create a new IPC namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be "
-"located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error "
-"results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the "
-"current setting. See also the examples below."
+msgid "Create a new mount namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. Note that _file_ must be located on a mount whose propagation type is not *shared* (or an error results). Use the command *findmnt -o+PROPAGATION* when not sure about the current setting. See also the examples below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace "
-"is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid "Create a new network namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a "
-"persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also "
-"specified.)"
+msgid "Create a new PID namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. (Creation of a persistent PID namespace will fail if the *--fork* option is not also specified.)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid "Create a new UTS namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid "Create a new user namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:77
-msgid ""
-"Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
+msgid "Create a new cgroup namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is "
-"made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--"
-"boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the "
-"time namespace."
+msgid "Create a new time namespace. If _file_ is specified, then the namespace is made persistent by creating a bind mount at _file_. The *--monotonic* and *--boottime* options can be used to specify the corresponding offset in the time namespace."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than "
-"running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note "
-"that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores "
-"*SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is "
-"necessary to send signals to the child process."
+msgid "Fork the specified _program_ as a child process of *unshare* rather than running it directly. This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. Note that when *unshare* is waiting for the child process, then it ignores *SIGINT* and *SIGTERM* and does not forward any signals to the child. It is necessary to send signals to the child process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the "
-"user namespace are preserved in the child process."
+msgid "When the *--user* option is given, ensure that capabilities granted in the user namespace are preserved in the child process."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child "
-"process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing "
-"of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults "
-"to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
+msgid "When *unshare* terminates, have _signame_ be sent to the forked child process. Combined with *--pid* this allows for an easy and reliable killing of the entire process tree below *unshare*. If not given, _signame_ defaults to *SIGKILL*. This option implies *--fork*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ "
-"(default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It "
-"also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would "
-"otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem "
-"is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
+msgid "Just before running the program, mount the proc filesystem at _mountpoint_ (default is _/proc_). This is useful when creating a new PID namespace. It also implies creating a new mount namespace since the _/proc_ mount would otherwise mess up existing programs on the system. The new proc filesystem is explicitly mounted as private (with *MS_PRIVATE*|*MS_REC*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to "
-"_uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
-"precedence. This option implies *--user*."
+msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user ID has been mapped to _uid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning "
-"at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at "
-"_inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of "
-"user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a \"hole"
-"\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest user ID "
-"of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first "
-"block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block "
-"starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
-"occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
+msgid "Run the program only after the block of user IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outeruid_ has been mapped to the block of user IDs beginning at _inneruid_. This mapping is created with **newuidmap**(1). If the range of user IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-user*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest user ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to "
-"_gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes "
-"precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
+msgid "Run the program only after the current effective group ID has been mapped to _gid_. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning "
-"at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at "
-"_innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of "
-"group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a \"hole"
-"\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest group ID "
-"of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first "
-"block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ to a block "
-"starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last "
-"occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
+msgid "Run the program only after the block of group IDs of size _count_ beginning at _outergid_ has been mapped to the block of group IDs beginning at _innergid_. This mapping is created with **newgidmap**(1). If the range of group IDs overlaps with the mapping specified by *--map-group*, then a \"hole\" will be removed from the mapping. This may result in the highest group ID of the mapping not being mapped. The special value *auto* will map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. If this option is specified multiple times, the last occurrence takes precedence. This option implies *--user*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:105
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-a*, *--auto*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "**--map-auto**"
-msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*"
+msgstr "**--map-auto**"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/"
-"subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the "
-"first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to "
-"a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common "
-"case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the "
-"whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--"
-"map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
+msgid "Map the first block of user IDs owned by the effective user from _/etc/subuid_ to a block starting at user ID 0. In the same manner, also map the first block of group IDs owned by the effective group from _/etc/subgid_ to a block starting at group ID 0. This option is intended to handle the common case where the first block of subordinate user and group IDs can map the whole user and group ID space. This option is equivalent to specifying *--map-users=auto* and *--map-groups=auto*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
-"been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user "
-"namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed "
-"to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as "
-"configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in "
-"the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience "
-"feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping "
-"multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and "
-"*--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
+msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the superuser UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This makes it possible to conveniently gain capabilities needed to manage various aspects of the newly created namespaces (such as configuring interfaces in the network namespace or mounting filesystems in the mount namespace) even when run unprivileged. As a mere convenience feature, it does not support more sophisticated use cases, such as mapping multiple ranges of UIDs and GIDs. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=0 --map-group=0*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have "
-"been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. "
-"This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is "
-"equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
+msgid "Run the program only after the current effective user and group IDs have been mapped to the same UID and GID in the newly created user namespace. This option implies *--setgroups=deny* and *--user*. This option is equivalent to *--map-user=$(id -ru) --map-group=$(id -rg)*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The "
-"default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable "
-"this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored "
-"when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
+msgid "Recursively set the mount propagation flag in the new mount namespace. The default is to set the propagation to _private_. It is possible to disable this feature with the argument *unchanged*. The option is silently ignored when the mount namespace (*--mount*) is not requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:121
-msgid ""
-"To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have "
-"*CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel "
-"gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/"
-"**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when "
-"*setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map "
-"becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is "
-"permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
+msgid "To be able to call *setgroups*(2), the calling process must at least have *CAP_SETGID*. But since Linux 3.19 a further restriction applies: the kernel gives permission to call *setgroups*(2) only after the GID map (**/proc/**__pid__*/gid_map*) has been set. The GID map is writable by root when *setgroups*(2) is enabled (i.e., *allow*, the default), and the GID map becomes writable by unprivileged processes when *setgroups*(2) is permanently disabled (with *deny*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:133
-msgid ""
-"Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop "
-"supplementary groups."
+msgid "Set the group ID which will be used in the entered namespace and drop supplementary groups."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:136
-msgid ""
-"Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time "
-"namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
+msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_MONOTONIC* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:139
-msgid ""
-"Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time "
-"namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
+msgid "Set the offset of *CLOCK_BOOTTIME* which will be used in the entered time namespace. This option requires unsharing a time namespace with *--time*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to "
-"be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to "
-"sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the "
-"rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
+msgid "The proc and sysfs filesystems mounting as root in a user namespace have to be restricted so that a less privileged user cannot get more access to sensitive files that a more privileged user made unavailable. In short the rule for proc and sysfs is as close to a bind mount as possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:149
-msgid ""
-"The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that "
-"the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first "
-"process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that "
-"a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new "
-"*proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to "
-"the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new "
-"namespaces are automatically torn down."
+msgid "The following command creates a PID namespace, using *--fork* to ensure that the executed command is performed in a child process that (being the first process in the namespace) has PID 1. The *--mount-proc* option ensures that a new mount namespace is also simultaneously created and that a new *proc*(5) filesystem is mounted that contains information corresponding to the new PID namespace. When the *readlink*(1) command terminates, the new namespaces are automatically torn down."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:156
-msgid ""
-"As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's "
-"credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
+msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a new user namespace where the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:169
-msgid ""
-"As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs "
-"are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside "
-"the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in "
-"*subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file "
-"with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are "
-"shown:"
+msgid "As an unprivileged user, create a user namespace where the first 65536 IDs are all mapped, and the user's credentials are mapped to the root IDs inside the namespace. The map is determined by the subordinate IDs assigned in *subuid*(5) and *subgid*(5). Demonstrate this mapping by creating a file with user ID 1 and group ID 1. For brevity, only the user ID mappings are shown:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:190
-msgid ""
-"The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace "
-"and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then "
-"entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this "
-"step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the "
-"namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. "
-"The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
+msgid "The first of the following commands creates a new persistent UTS namespace and modifies the hostname as seen in that namespace. The namespace is then entered with *nsenter*(1) in order to display the modified hostname; this step demonstrates that the UTS namespace continues to exist even though the namespace had no member processes after the *unshare* command terminated. The namespace is then destroyed by removing the bind mount."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:200
-msgid ""
-"The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by "
-"the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation "
-"of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is "
-"made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
+msgid "The following commands establish a persistent mount namespace referenced by the bind mount _/root/namespaces/mnt_. In order to ensure that the creation of that bind mount succeeds, the parent directory (_/root/namespaces_) is made a bind mount whose propagation type is not *shared*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:209
-msgid ""
-"The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when "
-"creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, "
-"all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
+msgid "The following commands demonstrate the use of the *--kill-child* option when creating a PID namespace, in order to ensure that when *unshare* is killed, all of the processes within the PID namespace are killed."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:231
-msgid ""
-"The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have "
-"been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the "
-"namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all "
-"other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series "
-"of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when "
-"*unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
+msgid "The *pidof*(1) command prints no output, because the *sleep* processes have been killed. More precisely, when the *sleep* process that has PID 1 in the namespace (i.e., the namespace's init process) was killed, this caused all other processes in the namespace to be killed. By contrast, a similar series of commands where the *--kill-child* option is not used shows that when *unshare* terminates, the processes in the PID namespace are not killed:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:249
-msgid ""
-"The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where "
-"the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
+msgid "The following example demonstrates the creation of a time namespace where the boottime clock is set to a point several years in the past:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:261
-msgid ""
-"mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
-"com[Karel Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat."
-"com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:dottedmag@dottedmag.net[Mikhail Gusarov], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/unshare.1.adoc:270
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*clone*(2),\n"
-#| "*unshare*(2),\n"
-#| "*namespaces*(7),\n"
-#| "*mount*(8)\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*newuidmap*(1)\n"
"*newgidmap*(1)\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
"*mount*(8)\n"
msgstr ""
+"*newuidmap*(1)\n"
+"*newgidmap*(1)\n"
"*clone*(2),\n"
"*unshare*(2),\n"
"*namespaces*(7),\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:20
-msgid ""
-"Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If "
-"more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank "
-"line."
+msgid "Show hardware watchdog status. The default device is _/dev/watchdog_. If more than one device is specified then the output is separated by one blank line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:22
-msgid ""
-"If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the "
-"device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about "
-"supported features (flags) might be missing."
+msgid "If the device is already used or user has no permissions to read from the device, then *wdctl* reads data from sysfs. In this case information about supported features (flags) might be missing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
+msgid "Note that the number of supported watchdog features is hardware specific."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output "
-"arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get "
-"list of all supported columns."
+msgid "Define the output columns to use in table of watchdog flags. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
+msgid "Print all wanted information on one line in key=\"value\" output format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:45
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _seconds_"
-msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _секунди_"
+msgstr "*-p*, *--setpretimeout* _секунди_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a "
-"notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur "
-"in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is "
-"handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or "
-"by **--setpregovernor**."
+msgid "Set the watchdog pre-timeout in seconds. A watchdog pre-timeout is a notification generated by the watchdog before the watchdog reset might occur in the event the watchdog has not been serviced. This notification is handled by the kernel and can be configured to take an action using sysfs or by **--setpregovernor**."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:51
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-g*, *--group* _group_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _governor_"
-msgstr "*-g*, *--group* _група_"
+msgstr "*-g*, *--setpregovernor* _керування_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** "
-"output."
+msgid "Set pre-timeout governor name. For available governors see default **wdctl** output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:57
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-s*, *-settimeout* _seconds_"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--settimeout* _seconds_"
-msgstr "*-s*, *-settimeout* _секунди_"
+msgstr "*-s*, *--settimeout* _секунди_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:59
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/wdctl.8.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
-"Poettering]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart "
-"Poettering]"
+msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]"
+msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:lennart@poettering.net[Lennart Poettering]"
#. type: Title =
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:2
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The "
-"command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* "
-"option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/"
-"zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
+msgid "Note that _zramdev_ node specified on command line has to already exist. The command *zramctl* creates a new _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes only when *--find* option specified. It's possible (and common) that after system boot _/dev/zram<N>_ nodes are not created yet."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:41
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
-msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|*842*"
+msgstr "*-a*, **--algorithm lzo**|**lz4**|**lz4hc**|**deflate**|**842**|**zstd**"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram "
-"device."
+msgid "Set the compression algorithm to be used for compressing data in the zram device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then "
-"initialize the device."
+msgid "Find the first unused zram device. If a *--size* argument is present, then initialize the device."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is "
-"specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all "
-"supported columns."
+msgid "Define the status output columns to be used. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can "
-"be changed only after a reset."
+msgid "Reset the options of the specified zram device(s). Zram device settings can be changed only after a reset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to "
-"memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, "
-"it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, "
-"the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
+msgid "Create a zram device of the specified _size_. Zram devices are aligned to memory pages; when the requested _size_ is not a multiple of the page size, it will be rounded up to the next multiple. When not otherwise specified, the unit of the _size_ parameter is bytes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB "
-"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
-"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the "
-"suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and "
-"YB."
+msgid "The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the "
-"device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than "
-"4.6."
+msgid "Set the maximum number of compression streams that can be used for the device. The default is use all CPUs and one stream for kernels older than 4.6."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:84
-msgid ""
-"The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and "
-"use it as swap device."
+msgid "The following commands set up a zram device with a size of one gigabyte and use it as swap device."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
-"Zak]"
-msgstr ""
-"mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel "
-"Zak]"
+msgid "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgstr "mailto:nefelim4ag@gmail.com[Timofey Titovets], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../sys-utils/zramctl.8.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/"
-"Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
+msgid "link:http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/tree/Documentation/admin-guide/blockdev/zram.rst[Linux kernel documentation]"
msgstr ""
#. type: Title =
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:24
-msgid ""
-"Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and "
-"uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-"
-"bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters "
-"with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U "
-"(kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of "
-"line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
+msgid "Adapts the tty settings to parity bits and to erase, kill, end-of-line and uppercase characters when it reads a login name. The program can handle 7-bit characters with even, odd, none or space parity, and 8-bit characters with no parity. The following special characters are recognized: Control-U (kill); DEL and backspace (erase); carriage return and line feed (end of line). See also the *--erase-chars* and *--kill-chars* options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by "
-"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
+msgid "Optionally deduces the baud rate from the CONNECT messages produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:26
-msgid ""
-"Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful "
-"for call-back applications)."
+msgid "Optionally does not hang up when it is given an already opened line (useful for call-back applications)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:28
-msgid ""
-"Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/"
-"etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
+msgid "Optionally displays an alternative issue files or directories instead of _/etc/issue_ or _/etc/issue.d_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:30
-msgid ""
-"Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
+msgid "Optionally invokes a non-standard login program instead of _/bin/login_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:34
-msgid ""
-"This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ "
-"(SunOS 4) files."
+msgid "This program does not use the _/etc/gettydefs_ (System V) or _/etc/gettytab_ (SunOS 4) files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, "
-"*agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port "
-"and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
+msgid "A path name relative to the _/dev_ directory. If a \"-\" is specified, *agetty* assumes that its standard input is already connected to a tty port and that a connection to a remote user has already been established."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:44
-msgid ""
-"A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* "
-"receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as "
-"if it were circular."
+msgid "A comma-separated list of one or more baud rates. Each time *agetty* receives a BREAK character it advances through the list, which is treated as if it were circular."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null "
-"character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
+msgid "Baud rates should be specified in descending order, so that the null character (Ctrl-@) can also be used for baud-rate switching."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--"
-"keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
+msgid "The default for *serial terminals* is keep the current baud rate (see *--keep-baud*) and if unsuccessful then default to '9600'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:53
-msgid ""
-"The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides "
-"whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
+msgid "The value to be used for the *TERM* environment variable. This overrides whatever *init*(1) may have set, and is inherited by login and the shell."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or "
-"'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
+msgid "The default is 'vt100', or 'linux' for Linux on a virtual terminal, or 'hurd' for GNU Hurd on a virtual terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or "
-"password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to "
-"be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can "
-"be used to modify this option's behavior."
+msgid "Automatically log in the specified user without asking for a username or password. Using this option causes an *-f* _username_ option and argument to be added to the */bin/login* command line. See *--login-options*, which can be used to modify this option's behavior."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the "
-"serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and "
-"it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
+msgid "Note that *--autologin* may affect the way in which *getty* initializes the serial line, because on auto-login *agetty* does not read from the line and it has no opportunity optimize the line setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more "
-"details."
+msgid "Do not reset terminal cflags (control modes). See *termios*(3) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by "
-"something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it "
-"is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, "
-"*login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
+msgid "Typically the *login*(1) command is given a remote hostname when called by something such as *telnetd*(8). This option allows *agetty* to pass what it is using for a hostname to *login*(1) for use in *utmp*(5). See *--host*, *login*(1), and *utmp*(5)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option "
-"and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
+msgid "If the *--host* _fakehost_ option is given, then an *-h* _fakehost_ option and argument are added to the _/bin/login_ command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */"
-"bin/login* command line."
+msgid "If the *--nohostname* option is given, then an *-H* option is added to the */bin/login* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:80
-msgid ""
-"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed "
-"instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are "
-"displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified "
-"path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in "
-"version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be "
-"displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this "
-"option."
+msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of files and directories to be displayed instead of _/etc/issue_ (or other). All specified files and directories are displayed, missing or empty files are silently ignored. If the specified path is a directory then display all files with __.issue__ file extension in version-sort order from the directory. This allows custom messages to be displayed on different terminals. The *--noissue* option will override this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:83
-msgid ""
-"Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. "
-"Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any "
-"other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete "
-"information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
+msgid "Display the current issue file (or other) on the current terminal and exit. Use this option to review the current setting, it is not designed for any other purpose. Note that output may use some default or incomplete information as proper output depends on terminal and *agetty* command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:86
-msgid ""
-"Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to "
-"disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
+msgid "Enable hardware (RTS/CTS) flow control. It is left up to the application to disable software (XON/XOFF) flow protocol where appropriate."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host "
-"is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and "
-"consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal "
-"concentrators and the like."
+msgid "Write the specified _fakehost_ into the utmp file. Normally, no login host is given, since *agetty* is used for local hardwired connections and consoles. However, this option can be useful for identifying terminal concentrators and the like."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the "
-"login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when "
-"receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if "
-"the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
+msgid "Do not display the contents of _/etc/issue_ (or other) before writing the login prompt. Terminals or communications hardware may become confused when receiving lots of text at the wrong baud rate; dial-up scripts may fail if the login prompt is preceded by too much text."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:95
-msgid ""
-"Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything "
-"else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may "
-"be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For "
-"example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
+msgid "Set an initial string to be sent to the tty or modem before sending anything else. This may be used to initialize a modem. Non-printable characters may be sent by writing their octal code preceded by a backslash (\\). For example, to send a linefeed character (ASCII 10, octal 012), write \\12."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:98
-msgid ""
-"Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the "
-"screen is cleared."
+msgid "Do not clear the screen before prompting for the login name. By default the screen is cleared."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the "
-"use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask "
-"for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-"
-"options*."
+msgid "Invoke the specified _login_program_ instead of /bin/login. This allows the use of a non-standard login program. Such a program could, for example, ask for a dial-up password or use a different password file. See *--login-options*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:104
-msgid ""
-"Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, "
-"*always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is "
-"*always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default "
-"is *auto*."
+msgid "Control the CLOCAL line flag. The optional _mode_ argument is *auto*, *always* or *never*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, then the default is *always*. If the *--local-line* option is not given at all, then the default is *auto*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can "
-"be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line "
-"does not set the carrier-detect signal."
+msgid "Forces the line to be a local line with no need for carrier detect. This can be useful when you have a locally attached terminal where the serial line does not set the carrier-detect signal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-"
-"detect signal is expected on the line."
+msgid "Explicitly clears the CLOCAL flag from the line setting and the carrier-detect signal is expected on the line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the "
-"setting enabled by the kernel."
+msgid "The *agetty* default. Does not modify the CLOCAL setting and follows the setting enabled by the kernel."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by "
-"Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: "
-"\"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status "
-"message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on "
-"the command line."
+msgid "Try to extract the baud rate from the CONNECT status message produced by Hayes(tm)-compatible modems. These status messages are of the form: \"<junk><speed><junk>\". *agetty* assumes that the modem emits its status message at the same speed as specified with (the first) _baud_rate_ value on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you "
-"still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates "
-"on the command line."
+msgid "Since the *--extract-baud* feature may fail on heavily-loaded systems, you still should enable BREAK processing by enumerating all expected baud rates on the command line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with "
-"the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as "
-"a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no "
-"input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out "
-"parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It "
-"defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line "
-"character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) "
-"is run as root."
+msgid "Do not prompt the user for a login name. This can be used in connection with the *--login-program* option to invoke a non-standard login process such as a BBS system. Note that with the *--skip-login* option, *agetty* gets no input from the user who logs in and therefore will not be able to figure out parity, character size, and newline processing of the connection. It defaults to space parity, 7 bit characters, and ASCII CR (13) end-of-line character. Beware that the program that *agetty* starts (usually /bin/login) is run as root."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:128
-msgid ""
-"Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced "
-"by the login name. For example:"
+msgid "Options and arguments that are passed to *login*(1). Where \\u is replaced by the login name. For example:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:137
-msgid ""
-"Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with "
-"*--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
+msgid "Wait for any key before dropping to the login prompt. Can be combined with *--autologin* to save memory by lazily spawning shells."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:146
-msgid ""
-"Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are "
-"used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates "
-"specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted "
-"baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after "
-"unexpected BREAKs."
+msgid "Try to keep the existing baud rate. The baud rates from the command line are used when *agetty* receives a BREAK character. If another baud rates specified then the original baud rate is also saved to the end of the wanted baud rates list. This can be used to return to the original baud rate after unexpected BREAKs."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:149
-msgid ""
-"Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of "
-"this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
+msgid "Terminate if no user name could be read within _timeout_ seconds. Use of this option with hardwired terminal lines is not recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:152
-msgid ""
-"Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will "
-"detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only "
-"terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this "
-"has no support for any Unicode characters."
+msgid "Turn on support for detecting an uppercase-only terminal. This setting will detect a login name containing only capitals as indicating an uppercase-only terminal and turn on some upper-to-lower case conversions. Note that this has no support for any Unicode characters."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:155
-msgid ""
-"Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed "
-"character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login "
-"prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
+msgid "Wait for the user or the modem to send a carriage-return or a linefeed character before sending the _/etc/issue_ file (or others) and the login prompt. This is useful with the *--init-string* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:161
-msgid ""
-"By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no "
-"hostname at all will be shown."
+msgid "By default the hostname will be printed. With this option enabled, no hostname at all will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:164
-msgid ""
-"By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this "
-"option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not "
-"found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
+msgid "By default the hostname is only printed until the first dot. With this option enabled, the fully qualified hostname by *gethostname*(3P) or (if not found) by *getaddrinfo*(3) is shown."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
-"backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login "
-"name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 "
-"no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
+msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a backspace (\"ignore the previous character\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'erase' has been '#', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional erase characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:170
-msgid ""
-"This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a "
-"kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login "
-"name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 "
-"no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
+msgid "This option specifies additional characters that should be interpreted as a kill (\"ignore all previous characters\") when the user types the login name. The default additional 'kill' has been '@', but since util-linux 2.23 no additional kill characters are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:182
-msgid ""
-"Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed "
-"prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the "
-"command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without "
-"Linux *inotify*(7)."
+msgid "Ask all running *agetty* instances to reload and update their displayed prompts, if the user has not yet commenced logging in. After doing so the command will exit. This feature might be unsupported on systems without Linux *inotify*(7)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:188
-msgid ""
-"This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/"
-"inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other "
-"fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
+msgid "This section shows examples for the process field of an entry in the _/etc/inittab_ file. You'll have to prepend appropriate values for the other fields. See *inittab*(5) for more details."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:196
-msgid ""
-"For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try "
-"this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
+msgid "For a directly connected terminal without proper carrier-detect wiring (try this if your terminal just sleeps instead of giving you a password: prompt):"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:208
-msgid ""
-"For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the "
-"example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/"
-"computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, "
-"and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
+msgid "For a Hayes modem with a fixed 115200 bps interface to the machine (the example init string turns off modem echo and result codes, makes modem/computer DCD track modem/modem DCD, makes a DTR drop cause a disconnection, and turns on auto-answer after 1 ring):"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:216
-msgid ""
-"If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware "
-"that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which "
-"then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading "
-"\"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded "
-"spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the "
-"login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check "
-"that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
+msgid "If you use the *--login-program* and *--login-options* options, be aware that a malicious user may try to enter lognames with embedded options, which then get passed to the used login program. *agetty* does check for a leading \"-\" and makes sure the logname gets passed as one parameter (so embedded spaces will not create yet another parameter), but depending on how the login binary parses the command line that might not be sufficient. Check that the used login program cannot be abused this way."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:218
-msgid ""
-"Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line "
-"should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by "
-"passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
+msgid "Some programs use \"--\" to indicate that the rest of the command line should not be interpreted as options. Use this feature if available by passing \"--\" before the username gets passed by \\u."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:222
-msgid ""
-"The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* "
-"also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional "
-"extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed "
-"after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the "
-"directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory "
-"are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-"
-"party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
+msgid "The default issue file is _/etc/issue_. If the file exists, then *agetty* also checks for _/etc/issue.d_ directory. The directory is optional extension to the default issue file and content of the directory is printed after _/etc/issue_ content. If the _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then the directory is ignored. All files *with .issue extension* from the directory are printed in version-sort order. The directory can be used to maintain 3rd-party messages independently on the primary system _/etc/issue_ file."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:224
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are "
-"supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks "
-"for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/"
-"usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific "
-"configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for "
-"static distribution maintained configuration."
+msgid "Since version 2.35 additional locations for issue file and directory are supported. If the default _/etc/issue_ does not exist, then *agetty* checks for _/run/issue_ and _/run/issue.d_, thereafter for _/usr/lib/issue_ and _/usr/lib/issue.d_. The directory _/etc_ is expected for host specific configuration, _/run_ is expected for generated stuff and _/usr/lib_ for static distribution maintained configuration."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:226
-msgid ""
-"The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case "
-"specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file "
-"and directory locations are ignored."
+msgid "The default path maybe overridden by *--issue-file* option. In this case specified path has to be file or directory and all the default issue file and directory locations are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:228
-msgid ""
-"The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
+msgid "The issue file feature can be completely disabled by *--noissue* option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:230
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on "
-"the current terminal."
+msgid "It is possible to review the current issue file by *agetty --show-issue* on the current terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:232
-msgid ""
-"The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, "
-"date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) "
-"immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
+msgid "The issue files may contain certain escape codes to display the system name, date, time et cetera. All escape codes consist of a backslash (\\) immediately followed by one of the characters listed below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:235
-msgid ""
-"Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: "
-"\\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the "
-"first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no "
-"configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's "
-"hostname."
+msgid "Insert the IPv4 address of the specified network interface (for example: \\4\\{eth0}). If the _interface_ argument is not specified, then select the first fully configured (UP, non-LOCALBACK, RUNNING) interface. If no configured interface is found, fall back to the IP address of the machine's hostname."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:236
#, no-wrap
msgid "6 or 6{_interface_}"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "6 або 6{_інтерфейс_}"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:238
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:247
-msgid ""
-"Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for "
-"example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not "
-"specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, "
-"blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, "
-"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, "
-"magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are "
-"silently ignored."
+msgid "Translate the human-readable _name_ to an escape sequence and insert it (for example: \\e{red}Alert text.\\e{reset}). If the _name_ argument is not specified, then insert \\033. The currently supported names are: black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, yellow and white. All unknown names are silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:250
-msgid ""
-"Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -"
-"s'. See also the \\S escape code."
+msgid "Insert the system name (the name of the operating system). Same as 'uname -s'. See also the \\S escape code."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:253
-msgid ""
-"Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist "
-"then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not "
-"specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). "
-"This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release "
-"independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal "
-"escape sequence."
+msgid "Insert the VARIABLE data from _/etc/os-release_. If this file does not exist then fall back to _/usr/lib/os-release_. If the VARIABLE argument is not specified, then use PRETTY_NAME from the file or the system name (see \\s). This escape code can be used to keep _/etc/issue_ distribution and release independent. Note that \\S{ANSI_COLOR} is converted to the real terminal escape sequence."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:262
-msgid ""
-"Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as "
-"*uname -n*."
+msgid "Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname. Same as *uname -n*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:280
-msgid ""
-"Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of "
-"current users logged in."
+msgid "Insert the string \"1 user\" or \"<n> users\" where <n> is the number of current users logged in."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:316
-msgid ""
-"The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
-"*agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within "
-"30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--"
-"extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line "
-"argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
+msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that *agetty* be scheduled soon enough after completion of a dial-in call (within 30 ms with modems that talk at 2400 baud). For robustness, always use the *--extract-baud* option in combination with a multiple baud rate command-line argument, so that BREAK processing is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:318
-msgid ""
-"The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always "
-"output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
+msgid "The text in the _/etc/issue_ file (or other) and the login prompt are always output with 7-bit characters and space parity."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:320
-msgid ""
-"The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that "
-"the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
+msgid "The baud-rate detection feature (the *--extract-baud* option) requires that the modem emits its status message _after_ raising the DCD line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:324
-msgid ""
-"Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to "
-"the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages "
-"are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if "
-"there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
+msgid "Depending on how the program was configured, all diagnostics are written to the console device or reported via the *syslog*(3) facility. Error messages are produced if the _port_ argument does not specify a terminal device; if there is no utmp entry for the current process (System V only); and so on."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:331
-msgid ""
-"The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv."
-"win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter "
-"Orbaek]."
+msgid "The original *agetty* for serial terminals was written by mailto:wietse@wzv.win.tue.nl[W.Z. Venema] and ported to Linux by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]."
msgstr ""
#
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have "
-"to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write "
-"access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may "
-"display messages on the terminal."
+msgid "The *mesg* utility is invoked by a user to control write access others have to the terminal device associated with standard error output. If write access is allowed, then programs such as *talk*(1) and *write*(1) may display messages on the terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become "
-"more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write "
-"access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your "
-"ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in "
-"your login scripts."
+msgid "Traditionally, write access is allowed by default. However, as users become more conscious of various security risks, there is a trend to remove write access by default, at least for the primary login shell. To make sure your ttys are set the way you want them to be set, *mesg* should be executed in your login scripts."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on "
-"terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option "
-"*--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour "
-"has been introduced in version 2.33."
+msgid "The *mesg* utility silently exits with error status 2 if not executed on terminal. In this case execute *mesg* is pointless. The command line option *--verbose* forces mesg to print a warning in this situation. This behaviour has been introduced in version 2.33."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on "
-"standard error output."
+msgid "If no arguments are given, *mesg* shows the current message status on standard error output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the "
-"logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This "
-"version also supports a new timing file which records additional "
-"information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the "
-"information."
+msgid "Since version 2.35, *script* supports multiple streams and allows the logging of input and output to separate files or all the one file. This version also supports a new timing file which records additional information. The command *scriptreplay --summary* then provides all the information."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves "
-"the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved "
-"in the file _typescript_."
+msgid "If the argument _file_ or option *--log-out* _file_ is given, *script* saves the dialogue in this _file_. If no filename is given, the dialogue is saved in the file _typescript_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-"
-"sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e."
-"g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
+msgid "Note that logging input using *--log-in* or *--log-io* may record security-sensitive information as the log file contains all terminal session input (e.g., passwords) independently of the terminal echo flag setting."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes "
-"KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB "
-"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or "
-"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB "
-"and YB."
+msgid "Below, the _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:68
-msgid ""
-"Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
+msgid "Append the output to _file_ or to _typescript_, retaining the prior contents."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a "
-"script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its "
-"stdout is not a tty."
+msgid "Run the _command_ rather than an interactive shell. This makes it easy for a script to capture the output of a program that behaves differently when its stdout is not a tty."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:74
-msgid ""
-"This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's "
-"pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
+msgid "This option controls the *ECHO* flag for the slave end of the session's pseudoterminal. The supported modes are _always_, _never_, or _auto_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal "
-"slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for "
-"it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal "
-"(for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the "
-"pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen "
-"while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
+msgid "The default is _auto_ -- in this case, *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave; if the current standard input is a terminal, *ECHO* is disabled for it to prevent double echo; if the current standard input is not a terminal (for example pipe: *echo date | script*) then keeping *ECHO* enabled for the pseudoterminal slave enables the standard input data to be viewed on screen while being recorded to session log simultaneously."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because "
-"users input is not repeated on output."
+msgid "Note that 'never' mode affects content of the session output log, because users input is not repeated on output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:81
-msgid ""
-"Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash "
-"termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the "
-"signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the "
-"type script file too."
+msgid "Return the exit status of the child process. Uses the same format as bash termination on signal termination (i.e., exit status is 128 {plus} the signal number). The exit status of the child process is always stored in the type script file too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person "
-"does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-"
-"time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on "
-"performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
+msgid "Flush output after each write. This is nice for telecooperation: one person does *mkfifo* _foo_; *script -f* _foo_, and another can supervise in real-time what is being done using *cat* _foo_. Note that flush has an impact on performance; it's possible to use *SIGUSR1* to flush logs on demand."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. "
-"The command will follow a symbolic link."
+msgid "Allow the default output file _typescript_ to be a hard or symbolic link. The command will follow a symbolic link."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only "
-"if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate "
-"output and input streams from the log _file_."
+msgid "Log input and output to the same _file_. Note, this option makes sense only if *--log-timing* is also specified, otherwise it's impossible to separate output and input streams from the log _file_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* "
-"specified."
+msgid "Log input to the _file_. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including "
-"input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
+msgid "Use this logging functionality carefully as it logs all input, including input when terminal has disabled echo flag (for example, password inputs)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name "
-"_typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log "
-"output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
+msgid "Log output to the _file_. The default is to log output to the file with name _typescript_ if the option *--log-out* or *--log-in* is not given. The log output is disabled if only *--log-in* specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported "
-"now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) "
-"logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--"
-"log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
+msgid "Log timing information to the _file_. Two timing file formats are supported now. The classic format is used when only one stream (input or output) logging is enabled. The multi-stream format is used on *--log-io* or when *--log-in* and *--log-out* are used together. See also *--logging-format*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic "
-"format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as "
-"output logging is requested."
+msgid "Force use of _advanced_ or _classic_ format. The default is the classic format to log only output and the advanced format when input as well as output logging is requested."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:108
-msgid ""
-"The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates "
-"how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates "
-"how many characters were output this time."
+msgid "The log contains two fields, separated by a space. The first field indicates how much time elapsed since the previous output. The second field indicates how many characters were output this time."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, "
-"'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous "
-"entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
+msgid "The first field is an entry type identifier ('I'nput, 'O'utput, 'H'eader, 'S'ignal). The second field is how much time elapsed since the previous entry, and the rest of the entry is type-specific data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the "
-"child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not "
-"include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and "
-"appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output "
-"file might be larger than the specified value."
+msgid "Limit the size of the typescript and timing files to _size_ and stop the child process after this size is exceeded. The calculated file size does not include the start and done messages that the *script* command prepends and appends to the child process output. Due to buffering, the resulting output file might be larger than the specified value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:120
-msgid ""
-"Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option "
-"is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not "
-"optional."
+msgid "Output timing data to standard error, or to _file_ when given. This option is deprecated in favour of *--log-timing* where the _file_ argument is not optional."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:126
-msgid ""
-"Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
+msgid "Upon receiving *SIGUSR1*, *script* immediately flushes the output files."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:133
-msgid ""
-"If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that "
-"shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set "
-"this variable automatically)."
+msgid "If the variable *SHELL* exists, the shell forked by *script* will be that shell. If *SHELL* is not set, the Bourne shell is assumed. (Most shells set this variable automatically)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:137
-msgid ""
-"The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne "
-"shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not "
-"set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
+msgid "The script ends when the forked shell exits (a _control-D_ for the Bourne shell (*sh*(1p)), and _exit_, _logout_ or _control-d_ (if _ignoreeof_ is not set) for the C-shell, *csh*(1))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:139
-msgid ""
-"Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the "
-"typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate "
-"the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
+msgid "Certain interactive commands, such as *vi*(1), create garbage in the typescript file. *script* works best with commands that do not manipulate the screen, the results are meant to emulate a hardcopy terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:141
-msgid ""
-"It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner "
-"shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected "
-"results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to "
-"avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* "
-"file, which is read by login shells only:"
+msgid "It is not recommended to run *script* in non-interactive shells. The inner shell of *script* is always interactive, and this could lead to unexpected results. If you use *script* in the shell initialization file, you have to avoid entering an infinite loop. You can use for example the *.profile* file, which is read by login shells only:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:150
-msgid ""
-"You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read "
-"more input than you would expect."
+msgid "You should also avoid use of *script* in command pipes, as *script* can read more input than you would expect."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:21
-msgid ""
-"This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing "
-"information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally "
-"appeared when the script was recorded."
+msgid "This program re-runs a typescript, using stdin typescript and timing information to ensure that input happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:23
-msgid ""
-"The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's "
-"$SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
+msgid "The *session is executed* in a newly created pseudoterminal with the user's $SHELL (or defaults to _/bin/bash_)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
-"log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what "
-"script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
+msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*. The typescript has to contain stdin information and it is what script1 outputs to file specified by *--log-in* or *--log-io*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:38 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:43
-msgid ""
-"File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style "
-"arguments."
+msgid "File containing *script*'s timing output. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line "
-"options."
+msgid "Aliased to *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:44 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a "
-"floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by "
-"this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
+msgid "Speed up the replay displaying this _number_ of times. The argument is a floating-point number. It's called divisor because it divides the timings by this factor. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:47 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument "
-"is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the "
-"typescript replay."
+msgid "Set the maximum delay between updates to _number_ of seconds. The argument is a floating-point number. This can be used to avoid long pauses in the typescript replay."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:72 ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:92
-msgid ""
-"This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO "
-"warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
+msgid "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:21
-msgid ""
-"This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that "
-"output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script "
-"was recorded."
+msgid "This program replays a typescript, using timing information to ensure that output happens in the same rhythm as it originally appeared when the script was recorded."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:23
-msgid ""
-"The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run "
-"when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same "
-"information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to "
-"work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was "
-"recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be "
-"interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending "
-"its output."
+msgid "The replay simply displays the information again; the programs that were run when the typescript was being recorded are *not run again*. Since the same information is simply being displayed, *scriptreplay* is only guaranteed to work properly if run on the same type of terminal the typescript was recorded on. Otherwise, any escape characters in the typescript may be interpreted differently by the terminal to which *scriptreplay* is sending its output."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--"
-"log-timing*."
+msgid "The timing information is what *script*(1) outputs to file specified by *--log-timing*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:27
-msgid ""
-"By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, "
-"but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option "
-"*--log-out*."
+msgid "By default, the typescript to display is assumed to be named _typescript_, but other filenames may be specified, as the second parameter or with option *--log-out*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:29
-msgid ""
-"If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up "
-"multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as "
-"fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original "
-"session."
+msgid "If the third parameter or *--divisor* is specified, it is used as a speed-up multiplier. For example, a speed-up of 2 makes *scriptreplay* go twice as fast, and a speed-down of 0.1 makes it go ten times slower than the original session."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:46
-msgid ""
-"This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) "
-"command-line options."
+msgid "This is an alias for *-t*, maintained for compatibility with *script*(1) command-line options."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:49
-msgid ""
-"File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. "
-"This option overrides old-style arguments."
+msgid "File containing *script*'s terminal output. Deprecated alias to *--log-out*. This option overrides old-style arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:52
-msgid ""
-"Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log "
-"files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line "
-"break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the "
-"same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
+msgid "Specifies how to use the CR (0x0D, carriage return) character from log files. The default mode is _auto_, in this case CR is replaced with line break for stdin log, because otherwise *scriptreplay* would overwrite the same line. The other modes are _never_ and _always_."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and "
-"exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see "
-"*script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
+msgid "Display details about the session recorded in the specified timing file and exit. The session has to be recorded using _advanced_ format (see *script*(1) option *--logging-format* for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported "
-"stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is "
-"recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only "
-"specified data."
+msgid "Forces *scriptreplay* to print only the specified stream. The supported stream types are _in_, _out_, _signal_, or _info_. This option is recommended for multi-stream logs (e.g., *--log-io*) in order to print only specified data."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/scriptreplay.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet."
-"net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James "
-"Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
+msgid "The original *scriptreplay* program was written by mailto:joey@kitenet.net[Joey Hess]. The program was re-written in C by mailto:jay@gnu.org[James Youngman] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:33
-msgid ""
-"Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, "
-"*magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
+msgid "Below, an _8-color_ can be *black*, *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, "
-"*green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
+msgid "A _16-color_ can be an _8-color_, or *grey*, or *bright* followed by *red*, *green*, *yellow*, *blue*, *magenta*, *cyan*, or *white*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:37
-msgid ""
-"The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual "
-"consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--"
-"underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
+msgid "The various color options may be set independently, at least on virtual consoles, though the results of setting multiple modes (for example, *--underline* and *--half-bright*) are hardware-dependent."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:39
-msgid ""
-"The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space "
-"between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. "
-"*setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument "
-"too."
+msgid "The optional arguments are recommended with '=' (equals sign) and not space between the option and the argument. For example --option=argument. *setterm* can interpret the next non-option argument as an optional argument too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:42
-msgid ""
-"Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. "
-"will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the "
-"_vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can "
-"cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Sets Cursor Key Application Mode on or off. When on, ESC O A, ESC O B, etc. will be sent for the cursor keys instead of ESC [ A, ESC [ B, etc. See the _vi and Cursor-Keys_ section of the _Text-Terminal-HOWTO_ for how this can cause problems for *vi* users. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:45
-msgid ""
-"Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. "
-"Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
+msgid "Like *--dump*, but appends to the snapshot file instead of overwriting it. Only works if no *--dump* options are given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:51
-msgid ""
-"Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be "
-"automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets "
-"the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked "
-"vt). Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Sets the interval of inactivity, in minutes, after which the screen will be automatically blanked (using APM if available). Without an argument, it gets the blank status (returns which vt was blanked, or zero for an unblanked vt). Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:58
-msgid ""
-"Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. "
-"Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Sets the bell frequency in Hertz. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to "
-"*0*. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Sets the bell duration in milliseconds. Without an argument, it defaults to *0*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns "
-"off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid "Turns blink mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--blink off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
-"bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid "urns bold (extra bright) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--bold off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared "
-"and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With "
-"the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position "
-"to the end."
+msgid "Without an argument or with the argument *all*, the entire screen is cleared and the cursor is set to the home position, just like *clear*(1) does. With the argument *rest*, the screen is cleared from the current cursor position to the end."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
-"*1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Clears tab stops from the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it clears all tab stops. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file "
-"specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is "
-"_screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. "
-"This overrides *--append*."
+msgid "Writes a snapshot of the virtual console with the given number to the file specified with the *--file* option, overwriting its contents; the default is _screen.dump_. Without an argument, it dumps the current virtual console. This overrides *--append*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the "
-"same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen."
-"dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum "
-"will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
+msgid "Sets the snapshot file name for any *--dump* or *--append* options on the same command line. If this option is not present, the default is _screen.dump_ in the current directory. A path name that exceeds the system maximum will be truncated, see *PATH_MAX* from _linux/limits.h_ for the value."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--"
-"half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, "
-"reverse)."
+msgid "Turns dim (half-brightness) mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--half-bright off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the "
-"terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
+msgid "Displays the terminal initialization string, which typically sets the terminal's rendering options, and other attributes to the default values."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the "
-"console. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Enables or disables the sending of kernel *printk*() messages to the console. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages "
-"strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* "
-"has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all "
-"kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the "
-"logging of kernel messages."
+msgid "Sets the console logging level for kernel *printk()* messages. All messages strictly more important than this will be printed, so a logging level of *0* has the same effect as *--msg on* and a logging level of *8* will print all kernel messages. *klogd*(8) may be a more convenient interface to the logging of kernel messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:114
-msgid ""
-"Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it "
-"defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the "
-"monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode "
-"or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
+msgid "Sets the VESA powerdown interval in minutes. Without an argument, it defaults to *0* (disable powerdown). If the console is blanked or the monitor is in suspend mode, then the monitor will go into vsync suspend mode or powerdown mode respectively after this period of time has elapsed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:129
-msgid ""
-"Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab "
-"every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to "
-"*8*. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Clears all tab stops, then sets a regular tab stop pattern, with one tab every specified number of positions. Without an argument, it defaults to *8*. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:135
-msgid ""
-"Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to "
-"its power-on state."
+msgid "Displays the terminal reset string, which typically resets the terminal to its power-on state."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:138
-msgid ""
-"Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when "
-"actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use "
-"case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but just byte "
-"streams and breaks."
+msgid "Reset terminal size by assessing maximum row and column. This is useful when actual geometry and kernel terminal driver are not in sync. Most notable use case is with serial consoles, that do not use *ioctl*(3p) but just byte streams and breaks."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:141
-msgid ""
-"Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse "
-"off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
+msgid "Turns reverse video mode on or off. Except on a virtual console, *--reverse off* turns off all attributes (bold, half-brightness, blink, reverse)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:144
-msgid ""
-"Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background "
-"colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
+msgid "Stores the terminal's current rendering options (foreground and background colors) as the values to be used at reset-to-default. Virtual consoles only."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:147
-msgid ""
-"Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range "
-"*1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
+msgid "Sets tab stops at the given horizontal cursor positions, in the range *1-160*. Without arguments, it shows the current tab stop settings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/setterm.1.adoc:162
-msgid ""
-"Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, "
-"for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single "
-"hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-"
-"compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are "
-"no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
+msgid "Since version 2.25 *setterm* has support for long options with two hyphens, for example *--help*, beside the historical long options with a single hyphen, for example *-help*. In scripts it is better to use the backward-compatible single hyphen rather than the double hyphen. Currently there are no plans nor good reasons to discontinue single-hyphen compatibility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:51
#, no-wrap
msgid "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _timeout_] [*-g* _group_] [_message_ | _file_]\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*wall* [*-n*] [*-t* _час-очікування_] [*-g* _група_] [_повідомлення_ | _файл_]\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:55
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to "
-"deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
+msgid "Only the superuser can write on the terminals of users who have chosen to deny messages or are using a program which automatically denies messages."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the "
-"program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
+msgid "Reading from a _file_ is refused when the invoker is not superuser and the program is set-user-ID or set-group-ID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:64
msgid "Suppress the banner."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Придушити банер."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This "
-"_timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, "
-"which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
+msgid "Abandon the write attempt to the terminals after _timeout_ seconds. This _timeout_ must be a positive integer. The default value is 300 seconds, which is a legacy from the time when people ran terminals over modem lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:70
-msgid ""
-"Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. "
-"The argument can be group name or GID."
+msgid "Limit printing message to members of group defined as a _group_ argument. The argument can be group name or GID."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/wall.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) "
-"ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is "
-"done to avoid write errors."
+msgid "Some sessions, such as *wdm*(1x), that have in the beginning of *utmp*(5) ut_type data a ':' character will not get the message from *wall*. This is done to avoid write errors."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:57
-msgid ""
-"When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message "
-"of the form:"
+msgid "When you run the *write* command, the user you are writing to gets a message of the form:"
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. "
-"If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
+msgid "Any further lines you enter will be copied to the specified user's terminal. If the other user wants to reply, they must run *write* as well."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other "
-"user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
+msgid "When you are done, type an end-of-file or interrupt character. The other user will see the message *EOF* indicating that the conversation is over."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with "
-"the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), "
-"may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't "
-"overwritten."
+msgid "You can prevent people (other than the superuser) from writing to you with the *mesg*(1) command. Some commands, for example *nroff*(1) and *pr*(1), may automatically disallow writing, so that the output they produce isn't overwritten."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you "
-"can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the "
-"second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* "
-"select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle "
-"time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up "
-"from home, the message will go to the right place."
+msgid "If the user you want to write to is logged in on more than one terminal, you can specify which terminal to write to by giving the terminal name as the second operand to the *write* command. Alternatively, you can let *write* select one of the terminals - it will pick the one with the shortest idle time. This is so that if the user is logged in at work and also dialed up from home, the message will go to the right place."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../term-utils/write.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, "
-"either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the "
-"other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes "
-"the conversation to be over."
+msgid "The traditional protocol for writing to someone is that the string _-o_, either at the end of a line or on a line by itself, means that it's the other person's turn to talk. The string _oo_ means that the person believes the conversation to be over."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to "
-"each column position."
+msgid "Do not output any backspaces, printing only the last character written to each column position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line "
-"boundary are printed on the following line."
+msgid "Permit half-forward line feeds. Normally characters destined for a half-line boundary are printed on the following line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
+msgid "Buffer at least _number_ lines in memory. By default, 128 lines are buffered."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally "
-"*col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and "
-"interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
+msgid "Force unknown control sequences to be passed through unchanged. Normally *col* will filter out any control sequences other than those recognized and interpreted by itself, which are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The "
-"*-l* option is an extension to the standard."
+msgid "The *col* utility conforms to the Single UNIX Specification, Version 2. The *-l* option is an extension to the standard."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:89
-msgid ""
-"The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their "
-"decimal values are listed in the following table:"
+msgid "The control sequences for carriage motion that *col* understands and their decimal values are listed in the following table:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:110
#, no-wrap
msgid "*vertical tab*"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*вертикальна табуляція*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:112
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/col.1.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will "
-"display a warning message."
+msgid "If the input attempts to back up to the last flushed line, *col* will display a warning message."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing "
-"_allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
+msgid "Suppress all underlining. This option is especially useful for previewing _allboxed_ tables from *tbl*(1)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. "
-"Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty "
-"lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. "
-"The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the "
-"output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be "
-"partially invisible."
+msgid "Causes all half-lines to be printed, effectively double spacing the output. Normally, a minimal space output format is used which will suppress empty lines. The program never suppresses two consecutive empty lines, however. The *-2* option is useful for sending output to the line printer when the output contains superscripts and subscripts which would otherwise be partially invisible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true "
-"underline character would show."
+msgid "Should fold underlines onto blanks even with the *-* option so that a true underline character would show."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or "
-"underline becomes '{plus}'."
+msgid "General overstriking is lost; as a special case '|' overstruck with '-' or underline becomes '{plus}'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colcrt.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in "
-"documents which are already double-spaced."
+msgid "Some provision should be made for processing superscripts and subscripts in documents which are already double-spaced."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/colrm.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed "
-"starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters "
-"the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
+msgid "If called with one parameter the columns of each line will be removed starting with the specified _first_ column. If called with two parameters the columns from the _first_ column to the _last_ column will be removed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util "
-"support three modes:"
+msgid "The *column* utility formats its input into multiple columns. The util support three modes:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This "
-"mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible "
-"to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is "
-"aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-"
-"interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)."
+msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. This mode is enabled by option *-t, --table* and columns formatting is possible to modify by *--table-** options. Use this mode if not sure. The output is aligned to the terminal width in interactive mode and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode (see *--output-width* for more details)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:65
-msgid ""
-"Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines "
-"are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> "
-"convention."
+msgid "Input is taken from _file_, or otherwise from standard input. Empty lines are ignored and all invalid multibyte sequences are encoded by x<hex> convention."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of "
-"the column names as defined by *--table-columns* or it's column number in "
-"order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers. The "
-"special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all columns."
+msgid "The argument _columns_ for *--table-** options is a comma separated list of the column names as defined by *--table-columns* or it's column number in order as specified by input. It's possible to mix names and numbers. The special placeholder '0' (e.g. -R0) may be used to specify all columns."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:72
-msgid ""
-"Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is "
-"required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
+msgid "Use JSON output format to print the table, the option *--table-columns* is required and the option *--table-name* is recommended."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:75
-msgid ""
-"Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The "
-"original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since "
-"v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The "
-"default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The "
-"column headers are never truncated."
+msgid "Output is formatted to a width specified as number of characters. The original name of this option is *--columns*; this name is deprecated since v2.30. Note that input longer than _width_ is not truncated by default. The default is a terminal width and the 80 columns in non-interactive mode. The column headers are never truncated."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:78
-msgid ""
-"Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on "
-"the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
+msgid "Do not print header. This option allows the use of logical column names on the command line, but keeps the header hidden when printing the table."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:87
-msgid ""
-"Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. "
-"Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters "
-"supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for "
-"pretty-printing."
+msgid "Determine the number of columns the input contains and create a table. Columns are delimited with whitespace, by default, or with the characters supplied using the *--output-separator* option. Table output is useful for pretty-printing."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:90
-msgid ""
-"Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are "
-"used for the table header or to address column in option arguments."
+msgid "Specify the columns names by comma separated list of names. The names are used for the table header or to address column in option arguments."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:91
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _number_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-l, --table-columns-limit* _число_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:93
-msgid ""
-"Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain "
-"all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the "
-"columns in the input data."
+msgid "Specify maximal number of the input columns. The last column will contain all remaining line data if the limit is smaller than the number of the columns in the input data."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:99
-msgid ""
-"Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very "
-"long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
+msgid "Specify columns where text can be truncated when necessary, otherwise very long table entries may be printed on multiple lines."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:102
-msgid ""
-"Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than "
-"average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the "
-"width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
+msgid "Specify columns where is possible to ignore unusually long (longer than average) cells when calculate column width. The option has impact to the width calculation and table formatting, but the printed text is not affected."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:110
-msgid ""
-"Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when "
-"necessary."
+msgid "Specify columns where is possible to use multi-line cell for long text when necessary."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to "
-"hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
+msgid "Don't print specified columns. The special placeholder '-' may be used to hide all unnamed columns (see *--table-columns*)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty "
-"lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is "
-"now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only "
-"applies to table mode."
+msgid "Preserve whitespace-only lines in the input. The default is ignore empty lines at all. This option's original name was *--table-empty-lines* but is now deprecated because it gives the false impression that the option only applies to table mode."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies "
-"and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
+msgid "Specify column to use tree-like output. Note that the circular dependencies and other anomalies in child and parent relation are silently ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:140
-msgid ""
-"The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the "
-"screen if no other information is available."
+msgid "The environment variable *COLUMNS* is used to determine the size of the screen if no other information is available."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:168
-msgid ""
-"Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before "
-"columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording "
-"did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see "
-"above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older "
-"documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
+msgid "Historical versions of this tool indicated that \"rows are filled before columns\" by default, and that the *-x* option reverses this. This wording did not reflect the actual behavior, and it has since been corrected (see above). Other implementations of *column* may continue to use the older documentation, but the behavior should be identical in any case."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:175
#, no-wrap
msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE,OPTIONS,PASS,FREQ --table-right PASS,FREQ\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:178
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:181
#, no-wrap
msgid "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "sed 's/#.*//' /etc/fstab | column --table --table-columns SOURCE,TARGET,TYPE --table-hide -\n"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/column.1.adoc:184
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:48
-msgid ""
-"hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
+msgid "hexdump - display file contents in hexadecimal, decimal, octal, or ascii"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:56
-msgid ""
-"The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or "
-"standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
+msgid "The *hexdump* utility is a filter which displays the specified files, or standard input if no files are specified, in a user-specified format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:60
-msgid ""
-"Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the "
-"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, "
-"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same "
-"meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on "
-"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
+msgid "Below, the _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:63
-msgid ""
-"_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
-"by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, "
-"in octal, per line."
+msgid "_One-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, zero-filled bytes of input data, in octal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:66
-msgid ""
-"_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
-"followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters "
-"of input data per line."
+msgid "_One-byte character display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, three-column, space-filled characters of input data per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} and {underscore} untranslated.
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:69
-msgid ""
-"_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
-"followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed "
-"by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* "
-"characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
+msgid "_Canonical hex{plus}ASCII display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by sixteen space-separated, two-column, hexadecimal bytes, followed by the same sixteen bytes in *%{underscore}p* format enclosed in *|* characters. Invoking the program as *hd* implies this option."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
-"followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units "
-"of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
+msgid "_Two-byte decimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, five-column, zero-filled, two-byte units of input data, in unsigned decimal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. "
-"Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are "
-"ignored."
+msgid "Specify a file that contains one or more newline-separated format strings. Empty lines and lines whose first non-blank character is a hash mark (#) are ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:82
-msgid ""
-"Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be "
-"*auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults "
-"to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see "
-"the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* "
-"section below."
+msgid "Accept color units for the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *Colors* subsection and the *COLORS* section below."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:83
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-n*, *--length* _length_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-n*, *--length* _довжина_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:85
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed "
-"by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of "
-"input data, in octal, per line."
+msgid "_Two-byte octal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, six-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in octal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:89
#, no-wrap
msgid "*-s*, *--skip* _offset_"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*-s*, *--skip* _зсув_"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:91
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* "
-"option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the "
-"immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), "
-"are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
+msgid "The *-v* option causes *hexdump* to display all input data. Without the *-v* option, any number of groups of output lines which would be identical to the immediately preceding group of output lines (except for the input offsets), are replaced with a line comprised of a single asterisk."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:97
-msgid ""
-"_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, "
-"followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte "
-"quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
+msgid "_Two-byte hexadecimal display_. Display the input offset in hexadecimal, followed by eight space-separated, four-column, zero-filled, two-byte quantities of input data, in hexadecimal, per line."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:101
-msgid ""
-"For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard "
-"output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by "
-"the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
+msgid "For each input file, *hexdump* sequentially copies the input to standard output, transforming the data according to the format strings specified by the *-e* and *-f* options, in the order that they were specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ==
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:105
-msgid ""
-"A format string contains any number of format units, separated by "
-"whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a "
-"byte count, and a format."
+msgid "A format string contains any number of format units, separated by whitespace. A format unit contains up to three items: an iteration count, a byte count, and a format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:107
-msgid ""
-"The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. "
-"Each format is applied iteration count times."
+msgid "The iteration count is an optional positive integer, which defaults to one. Each format is applied iteration count times."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:109
-msgid ""
-"The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the "
-"number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
+msgid "The byte count is an optional positive integer. If specified it defines the number of bytes to be interpreted by each iteration of the format."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:111
-msgid ""
-"If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must "
-"be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to "
-"disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
+msgid "If an iteration count and/or a byte count is specified, a single slash must be placed after the iteration count and/or before the byte count to disambiguate them. Any whitespace before or after the slash is ignored."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:113
-msgid ""
-"The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. "
-"It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with "
-"the following exceptions:"
+msgid "The format is required and must be surrounded by double quote (\" \") marks. It is interpreted as a fprintf-style format string (see *fprintf*(3)), with the following exceptions:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:119
-msgid ""
-"A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion "
-"character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if "
-"the precision is unspecified)."
+msgid "A byte count or field precision _is_ required for each *s* conversion character (unlike the *fprintf*(3) default which prints the entire string if the precision is unspecified)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:122
-msgid ""
-"The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
+msgid "The conversion characters *h*, *l*, *n*, *p*, and *q* are not supported."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:125
-msgid ""
-"The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are "
-"supported:"
+msgid "The single character escape sequences described in the C standard are supported:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:142
-msgid ""
-"The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion "
-"strings."
+msgid "The *hexdump* utility also supports the following additional conversion strings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:145
-msgid ""
-"Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to "
-"be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display "
-"base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
+msgid "Display the input offset, cumulative across input files, of the next byte to be displayed. The appended characters *d*, *o*, and *x* specify the display base as decimal, octal or hexadecimal respectively."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:148
-msgid ""
-"Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only "
-"performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
+msgid "Almost identical to the *_a* conversion string except that it is only performed once, when all of the input data has been processed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:151
-msgid ""
-"Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
-"displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those "
-"representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed "
-"as two-character strings."
+msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed in three-character, zero-padded octal, except for those representable by standard escape notation (see above), which are displayed as two-character strings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:154
-msgid ""
-"Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are "
-"displayed as a single '*.*'."
+msgid "Output characters in the default character set. Non-printing characters are displayed as a single '*.*'."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:157
-msgid ""
-"Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are "
-"displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than "
-"0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
+msgid "Output US ASCII characters, with the exception that control characters are displayed using the following, lower-case, names. Characters greater than 0xff, hexadecimal, are displayed as hexadecimal strings."
msgstr ""
#. type: Table
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:172
-msgid ""
-"When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the "
-"respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are "
-"evaluated prior to highlighting."
+msgid "When put at the end of a format specifier, *hexdump* highlights the respective string with the color specified. Conditions, if present, are evaluated prior to highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:181
-msgid ""
-"Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit "
-"if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the "
-"respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string "
-"does not match the one at the offset."
+msgid "Negate the condition. Please note that it only makes sense to negate a unit if both a value/string and an offset are specified. In that case the respective output string will be highlighted if and only if the value/string does not match the one at the offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:187
-msgid ""
-"A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a "
-"string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by "
-"*hexdump* inside the color_units."
+msgid "A value to be matched specified in hexadecimal, or octal base, or as a string. Please note that the usual C escape sequences are not interpreted by *hexdump* inside the color_units."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:190
-msgid ""
-"An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that "
-"lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
+msgid "An offset or an offset range at which to check for a match. Please note that lone OFFSET_START uses the same value as END offset."
msgstr ""
#. type: Title ===
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:194
-msgid ""
-"The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as "
-"follows:"
+msgid "The default and supported byte counts for the conversion characters are as follows:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:205
-msgid ""
-"The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data "
-"required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte "
-"count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the "
-"format if the byte count is not specified."
+msgid "The amount of data interpreted by each format string is the sum of the data required by each format unit, which is the iteration count times the byte count, or the iteration count times the number of bytes required by the format if the byte count is not specified."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:207
-msgid ""
-"The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the "
-"largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings "
-"interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format "
-"unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified "
-"iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input "
-"block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block "
-"to satisfy the format string."
+msgid "The input is manipulated in _blocks_, where a block is defined as the largest amount of data specified by any format string. Format strings interpreting less than an input block's worth of data, whose last format unit both interprets some number of bytes and does not have a specified iteration count, have the iteration count incremented until the entire input block has been processed or there is not enough data remaining in the block to satisfy the format string."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:209
-msgid ""
-"If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the "
-"iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, "
-"no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
+msgid "If, either as a result of user specification or *hexdump* modifying the iteration count as described above, an iteration count is greater than one, no trailing whitespace characters are output during the last iteration."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:211
-msgid ""
-"It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion "
-"characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or "
-"strings is *_a* or *_A*."
+msgid "It is an error to specify a byte count as well as multiple conversion characters or strings unless all but one of the conversion characters or strings is *_a* or *_A*."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:213
-msgid ""
-"If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being "
-"reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input "
-"block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any "
-"format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the "
-"zero bytes)."
+msgid "If, as a result of the specification of the *-n* option or end-of-file being reached, input data only partially satisfies a format string, the input block is zero-padded sufficiently to display all available data (i.e., any format units overlapping the end of data will display some number of the zero bytes)."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated.
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:216
-msgid ""
-"Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of "
-"spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces "
-"output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and "
-"precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with "
-"any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and "
-"referencing a NULL string."
+msgid "Further output by such format strings is replaced by an equivalent number of spaces. An equivalent number of spaces is defined as the number of spaces output by an *s* conversion character with the same field width and precision as the original conversion character or conversion string but with any '*{plus}*', ' ', '*#*' conversion flag characters removed, and referencing a NULL string."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:218
-msgid ""
-"If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to "
-"the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between "
-"format units than in the default output)."
+msgid "If no format strings are specified, the default display is very similar to the *-x* output format (the *-x* option causes more space to be used between format units than in the default output)."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: delimited block _
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:226
-msgid ""
-"The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") "
-"compatible."
+msgid "The *hexdump* utility is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block _
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:238
msgid "Implement the *-x* option:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Реалізувати параметр *-x*:"
#. type: delimited block .
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:242
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/hexdump.1.adoc:245
-msgid ""
-"MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at "
-"offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
+msgid "MBR Boot Signature example: Highlight the addresses cyan and the bytes at offsets 510 and 511 green if their value is 0xAA55, red otherwise."
msgstr ""
#. type: delimited block .
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:21
-msgid ""
-"The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to "
-"standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit "
-"status of 1 on EOF or read error."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма *line* копіює один рядок (аж до символу нового рядка) із "
-"стандартного джерела даних до стандартного виведення даних. Вона завжди "
-"виводить принаймні символ нового рядка і повертає стан виходу 1 на символі "
-"EOF або при помилці читання."
+msgid "The utility *line* copies one line (up to a newline) from standard input to standard output. It always prints at least a newline and returns an exit status of 1 on EOF or read error."
+msgstr "Програма *line* копіює один рядок (аж до символу нового рядка) із стандартного джерела даних до стандартного виведення даних. Вона завжди виводить принаймні символ нового рядка і повертає стан виходу 1 на символі EOF або при помилці читання."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/line.1.adoc:25
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to "
-"precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
+msgid "Options are also taken from the environment variable *MORE* (make sure to precede them with a dash (*-*)) but command-line options will override those."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:64
-msgid ""
-"Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display "
-"\"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an "
-"illegal key is pressed."
+msgid "Prompt with \"[Press space to continue, 'q' to quit.]\", and display \"[Press 'h' for instructions.]\" instead of ringing the bell when an illegal key is pressed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:68
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid "*-l*, *--list-one*"
+#, no-wrap
msgid "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*"
-msgstr "*-l*, *--list-one*"
+msgstr "*-e*, *--exit-on-eof*"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:70
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not "
-"folded)."
+msgid "Count logical lines, rather than screen lines (i.e., long lines are not folded)."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:76
-msgid ""
-"Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. "
-"Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is "
-"named *page*."
+msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, clear the whole screen and then display the text. Notice that this option is switched on automatically if the executable is named *page*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the "
-"remainder of each line as it is displayed."
+msgid "Do not scroll. Instead, paint each screen from the top, clearing the remainder of each line as it is displayed."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:85
-msgid ""
-"Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards "
-"compatibility."
+msgid "Suppress underlining. This option is silently ignored as backwards compatibility."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:88
-msgid ""
-"Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a "
-"positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values "
-"obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
+msgid "Specify the _number_ of lines per screenful. The _number_ argument is a positive decimal integer. The *--lines* option shall override any values obtained from any other source, such as number of lines reported by terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:103
-msgid ""
-"Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be "
-"preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the "
-"following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
+msgid "Interactive commands for *more* are based on *vi*(1). Some commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called k in the descriptions below. In the following descriptions, *^X* means *control-X*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:106
-msgid ""
-"Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, "
-"remember this one."
+msgid "Help; display a summary of these commands. If you forget all other commands, remember this one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:112
-msgid ""
-"Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument "
-"becomes new default."
+msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to current screen size. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:115
-msgid ""
-"Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
+msgid "Display next k lines of text. Defaults to 1. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:118
-msgid ""
-"Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument "
-"becomes new default."
+msgid "Scroll k lines. Default is current scroll size, initially 11. Argument becomes new default."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:130
-msgid ""
-"Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, "
-"not pipes."
+msgid "Skip backwards k screenfuls of text. Defaults to 1. Only works with files, not pipes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:148
-msgid ""
-"Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment "
-"variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or "
-"defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
+msgid "Start up an editor at current line. The editor is taken from the environment variable *VISUAL* if defined, or *EDITOR* if *VISUAL* is not defined, or defaults to *vi*(1) if neither *VISUAL* nor *EDITOR* is defined."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:160
msgid "Display current file name and line number."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Показати назву поточного файла і номер поточного рядка."
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:161
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:167
-msgid ""
-"The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they "
-"exist:"
+msgid "The *more* command respects the following environment variables, if they exist:"
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:176
-msgid ""
-"The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics "
-"necessary to manipulate the screen."
+msgid "The terminal type used by *more* to get the terminal characteristics necessary to manipulate the screen."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:186
-msgid ""
-"The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* "
-"version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux "
-"community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the "
-"man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
+msgid "The *more* command appeared in 3.0BSD. This man page documents *more* version 5.19 (Berkeley 6/29/88), which is currently in use in the Linux community. Documentation was produced using several other versions of the man page, and extensive inspection of the source code."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:23
-msgid ""
-"If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. "
-"If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes "
-"each file with its name if there is more than one."
+msgid "If no filename is given on the command line, *pg* reads from standard input. If standard output is not a terminal, *pg* acts like *cat*(1) but precedes each file with its name if there is more than one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:25
-msgid ""
-"If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while "
-"reading, to make navigation possible."
+msgid "If input comes from a pipe, *pg* stores the data in a buffer file while reading, to make navigation possible."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:35
-msgid ""
-"Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
+msgid "Start at the line containing the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ given."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:38
-msgid ""
-"The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines "
-"minus one."
+msgid "The number of lines per page. By default, this is the number of CRT lines minus one."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:41
-msgid ""
-"Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the "
-"terminal provides this capability."
+msgid "Clear the screen before a page is displayed, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:50
-msgid ""
-"Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
+msgid "Without this option, commands must be terminated by a newline character."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:55
-msgid ""
-"Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ "
-"contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current "
-"page."
+msgid "Instead of the normal prompt _:_, _string_ is displayed. If _string_ contains *%d*, its first occurrence is replaced by the number of the current page."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:61
-msgid ""
-"Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal "
-"provides this capability."
+msgid "Print messages in _standout_ mode, if the terminfo entry for the terminal provides this capability."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:67
-msgid ""
-"The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by "
-"_i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If "
-"this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the "
-"current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
+msgid "The following commands may be entered at the prompt. Commands preceded by _i_ in this document accept a number as argument, positive or negative. If this argument starts with *+* or *-*, it is interpreted relative to the current position in the input file, otherwise relative to the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:73
-msgid ""
-"Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted "
-"relative to the current position."
+msgid "Display the next halfpage. If _i_ is given, it is always interpreted relative to the current position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:79
-msgid ""
-"Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted "
-"relative to the current position."
+msgid "Skip a page forward. _i_ must be a positive number and is always interpreted relative to the current position."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:91
-msgid ""
-"Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular "
-"Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and "
-"stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a "
-"positive number."
+msgid "Search forward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts after the current page and stops at the end of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:92
#, no-wrap
msgid "__i__**?**__pattern__**?** or __i__**^**__pattern__**^**"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "__i__**?**__взірець__**?** або __i__**^**__взірець__**^**"
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:94
-msgid ""
-"Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic "
-"Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current "
-"page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. "
-"_i_ must be a positive number."
+msgid "Search backward until the first or the _i_-th occurrence of the Basic Regular Expression _pattern_ is found. The search starts before the current page and stops at the beginning of the file. No wrap-around is performed. _i_ must be a positive number."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:96
-msgid ""
-"The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line "
-"containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the "
-"default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The "
-"selected position is used in following searches, too."
+msgid "The search commands accept an added letter. If *t* is given, the line containing the pattern is displayed at the top of the screen, which is the default. *m* selects the middle and *b* the bottom of the screen. The selected position is used in following searches, too."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:116
-msgid ""
-"If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the "
-"input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the "
-"prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
+msgid "If the user presses the interrupt or quit key while *pg* reads from the input file or writes on the terminal, *pg* will immediately display the prompt. In all other situations these keys will terminate *pg*."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:54
-msgid ""
-"The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing "
-"the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard "
-"input is read."
-msgstr ""
-"Програма *rev* копіює вказані файли до стандартного виведення, змінюючи "
-"порядок символів у кожному рядку на протилежний. Якщо програмі не буде "
-"передано жодної назви файла, дані буде взято зі стандартного джерела вхідних "
-"даних."
+msgid "The *rev* utility copies the specified files to standard output, reversing the order of characters in every line. If no files are specified, standard input is read."
+msgstr "Програма *rev* копіює вказані файли до стандартного виведення, змінюючи порядок символів у кожному рядку на протилежний. Якщо програмі не буде передано жодної назви файла, дані буде взято зі стандартного джерела вхідних даних."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:56
-#, fuzzy
-#| msgid ""
-#| "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated "
-#| "buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without "
-#| "line breaks than allocate the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
-msgid ""
-"This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer "
-"for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line "
-"breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
-msgstr ""
-"Роботу програми зорієнтовано на обробку рядків, вона використовує буфер у "
-"пам'яті для кожного з рядків. Якщо вхідний файл є величезним і містить мало "
-"розривів рядків, можлива нестача пам'яті для успішної обробки файла."
+msgid "This utility is a line-oriented tool and it uses in-memory allocated buffer for a whole wide-char line. If the input file is huge and without line breaks then allocating the memory for the file may be unsuccessful."
+msgstr "Роботу програми зорієнтовано на обробку рядків, вона використовує буфер у пам'яті для кожного з рядків. Якщо вхідний файл є величезним і містить мало розривів рядків, можлива нестача пам'яті для успішної обробки файла."
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/rev.1.adoc:64
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:59
-msgid ""
-"Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes "
-"`-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is "
-"present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
+msgid "Underlining is indicated by a separate line containing appropriate dashes `-'; this is useful when you want to look at the underlining which is present in an *nroff* output stream on a crt-terminal."
msgstr ""
#. type: Labeled list
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:62
-msgid ""
-"Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
+msgid "Override the environment variable *TERM* with the specified _terminal_ type."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:71
-msgid ""
-"The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device "
-"capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, "
-"either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set "
-"during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
+msgid "The *TERM* variable is used to relate a tty device with its device capability description (see *terminfo*(5)). *TERM* is set at login time, either by the default terminal type specified in _/etc/ttys_ or as set during the login process by the user in their _login_ file (see *setenv*(3))."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. type: Plain text
#: ../text-utils/ul.1.adoc:88
-#, fuzzy, no-wrap
-#| msgid ""
-#| "*colcrt*(1), \n"
-#| "*login*(1),\n"
-#| "*man*(1),\n"
-#| "*nroff*(1),\n"
-#| "*setenv*(3),\n"
-#| "*terminfo*(5)\n"
+#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"*colcrt*(1),\n"
"*login*(1),\n"
"*setenv*(3),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"
msgstr ""
-"*colcrt*(1), \n"
+"*colcrt*(1),\n"
"*login*(1),\n"
"*man*(1),\n"
"*nroff*(1),\n"
"*setenv*(3),\n"
"*terminfo*(5)\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/"
-#~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Неявне розфарбування можна вимкнути створенням порожнього файла _/etc/"
-#~ "terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
+#~ msgid "Implicit coloring can be disabled by creating the empty file _/etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
+#~ msgstr "Неявне розфарбування можна вимкнути створенням порожнього файла _/etc/terminal-colors.d/cfdisk.disable_."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization "
-#~ "configuration."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Див. *terminal-colors.d*(5), щоб дізнатися більше про налаштовування "
-#~ "розфарбування."
+#~ msgid "See *terminal-colors.d*(5) for more details about colorization configuration."
+#~ msgstr "Див. *terminal-colors.d*(5), щоб дізнатися більше про налаштовування розфарбування."
#~ msgid "Display a help text and exit."
#~ msgstr "Вивести текст довідки і завершити роботу."
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "SFDISK_DEBUG=all"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBFDISK_DEBUG=all"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG=all"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "*blkid*(8), \n"
#~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
#~ "*blkid*(8), \n"
#~ "*findfs*(8)\n"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*-u*, *--help*"
#~ msgstr "*-u*, *--help*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*--help*"
#~ msgstr "*--help*"
#~ msgid "Display version number and exit."
#~ msgstr "Показати дані щодо версії і завершити роботу."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Вивести стовпчик розміру у байтах, а не у зручному для читання форматі."
+#~ msgid "Print the SIZE column in bytes rather than in a human-readable format."
+#~ msgstr "Вивести стовпчик розміру у байтах, а не у зручному для читання форматі."
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
#~ msgstr "LIBMOUNT_DEBUG=all"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
#~ msgstr "LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING=on"
#~ msgid "Output version information and exit."
#~ msgstr "Вивести дані щодо версії і завершити роботу."
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid ""
#~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
#~ "*libuuid*(3),\n"
#~ "link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]\n"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*CPU*"
#~ msgstr "*CPU*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*CORE*"
#~ msgstr "*CORE*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*SOCKET*"
#~ msgstr "*SOCKET*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*CLUSTER*"
#~ msgstr "*CLUSTER*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*BOOK*"
#~ msgstr "*BOOK*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*DRAWER*"
#~ msgstr "*DRAWER*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*NODE*"
#~ msgstr "*NODE*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*CACHE*"
#~ msgstr "*CACHE*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*ADDRESS*"
#~ msgstr "*ADDRESS*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*ONLINE*"
#~ msgstr "*ONLINE*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*CONFIGURED*"
#~ msgstr "*CONFIGURED*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*POLARIZATION*"
#~ msgstr "*POLARIZATION*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*MAXMHZ*"
#~ msgstr "*MAXMHZ*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*MINMHZ*"
#~ msgstr "*MINMHZ*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*-h, --help*"
#~ msgstr "*-h, --help*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*-V, --version*"
#~ msgstr "*-V, --version*"
-#, no-wrap
#~ msgid "*-H*, *--help*"
#~ msgstr "*-H*, *--help*"
projects / thirdparty / util-linux.git / commitdiff
